Power Tools 2013/2014
Contents
Type A AD 14,4/3,0 AD 18,0/3,0 R ADH 14,4/3,0 AID 14,4/3,0 ½” AID 14,4/3,0 ¼” ADW 18,0-42 ADW 18,0-42 M ALC 1-360 ALC 2/1 ALC 2-F ALi 10,8 G B BED 18 BED 69 BH 812 VV BHW 812 VV BHW 1549 VR C CHE 2-26 SDS-plus CHE 5-45 SDS-max CS 60 WET CSE 55 T CSM 4060 D DH 5 SDS-max DW 7-25 DW 7-45 DW 7-60 F F 1109 G GM 320 H H 1105 VE H 1127 VE HPI 603 L L 602 VR L 602 VR Set L 10-10 125 L 1202 L 12-3 100 WET L 1503 VR L 1506 VR L 1710 FRA L 21-6 230 L 24-6 230 L 3206 CD L 3208 CD L 3309 FR L 3309 FRG L 3406 VRG L 3410 FR L 3410 VR L 3709/115 L 3709/125 LBR 1506 VRA LBS 1105 VE LBS 1105 VE Set LD 1709 FR LD 3206 C LDC 1709 FR LE 9-10 125 LE 12-3 100 WET LE 14-7 125 INOX LE 14-7 125 INOX Set LG 1704 VR LK 602 VR LK 604 LKS 100-300 5/8 LKS 65-170 F 1/4
Page NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW NEW
150 113 150 150 150 112 112 232 232 233 145 270 271 161 272 270
NEW
NEW NEW NEW
153 155 280 120 57 157 102 102 103 165 95 28 28 140
NEW NEW
NEW NEW
249 249 21 251 266 251 23 25 26 26 27 27 22 22 25 24 24 20 20 43 42 42 134 138 136 20 266 21 40 274 274 23 234 234
Type L LL 1107 VEA LLK 1503 VR LP 1503 VR LP 1503 VR Set LR 1 LRP 1503 VRA LST 803 VR LST 1503 VR LW 802 VR LW 1202 LW 1202 S LWW 2106 VR M MS 1706 FR Set MXE 900 MXE 1100 MXE 1102 MXE 1300 MXE 1302 O ODE 100-2 ODE 100-2 Set ORE 125-2 ORE 125-2 Set OSE 80-2 OSE 80-2 Set P PE 14-1 180 PE 14-2 150 PE 14-2 150 Set PE 14-3 125 PE 14-3 125 Set R R 600 VV R 1800 VR RE 14-5 115 RZ 600 VV S S 2902 VV SBG 4910 SE 14-2 125 SK 602 VV SKE 2902 VV SR 602 VV ST 1005 VE T TT 2000 V VC 25 L MC VC 35 L MC VCE 35 L AC VCE 45 H AC VCE 45 L AC VCE 45 M AC W WD 10 WSE 500 WSE 7 Vario WSE 7 Vario Plus WSE 7 Vario Set WST 700 VV WST 700 VV Plus WST 1000 FV X X 1107 VE XC 3401 VRG XC 3401 VRG Set
Page
NEW
188 45 41 41 233 44 273 273 267 267 267 268 164 215 216 217 218 219 186 186 187 187 186 186
NEW
248 248 248 249 249 220 220 130 221
NEW NEW
55 56 178 54 55 54 46 269 204 204 205 206 205 206 268 82 71 71 71 76 76 90 188 250 250
Product features The key features of our products are identified by the following symbols.
Lithium-ion technology No self-discharge, no memory effect. Protection System: protects from overloading, overheating and deep discharge.
Carrying case Rugged metal or plastic case.
Guard adjustment Tool-free guard adjustment from both sides.
Patented guard adjustment Patented tool-free guard adjustment from both sides (Patent No. DE10115635C1).
Saw blade pendulum action Pendulum action selectable. Useful for fast sawing in wood. Bail handle Additional bail handle for a more comfortable grip.
Side handgrip Hand grip optionally on left or right side.
SoftVib hand grip Vibration cushioning hand grip, preventing strain on the wrists. Dust extraction Extractor connection
Antistatic equipment Discharge function prevents static charging.
Hook and loop fasteners Quick grip for attaching abrasives – without adhesives or clamping. GFCI operator protector circuit breaker Integrated GFCI cicuit breaker protection circuit breaker with normal Schuko plug for 230V sockets. Central water feed For wet-grinding granite and marble.
Quick-fit coupling Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½“ water hose
Tool-free tool change Easy tool change without the need for additional tools.
Spindle lock Push-button spindle-lock facilitates fast, easy disc change.
FixTec quick-lock nut Tool-free disc change.
Cable length Mains cable
Cable length Mains cable with flex red plug.
Cable length Mains cable PUR
FR electronic control Tachogenerator-controlled constant speed, soft-start, overload protection.
VR electronic control Tachogenerator-controlled constant speed, soft-start, overload protection, speed selection with optimized low-speed range.
VE electronic control Continuous speed selection and overload protection.
VV electronic control Constant speed, soft-start with continuous speed selection trigger and overload protection.
FV electronic control: constant speed, soft-start and overload protection Constant speed, soft-start and overload protection.
That extra bit more.
Dear Customers, Innovations develop from discussions. It is only by the continuous exchange of experiences with tradesmen and the trade that high-quality and durable electric power tools are developed for specific solutions to problems in industry and trade. The requirements are uncompromisingly demanding as always: highest precision, excellent ergonomics, rational functions and minimised work load and health burden. Our product innovations speak for themselves: The new drywall saw CSE 55 T as well as the drywall screwdrivers (for cordless or mains operation) and the newly developed laser range – extremely robust and very easy to handle – expand and deepen the competence of FLEX in the area of professional dry construction. The new polisher PE 14-1 180, designed on the basis of the gear technology used in the established POLISHFLEX, reaches its full potential particularly on large surfaces. The new 14.4 volt cordless screwdrivers, with their new high-performance motors, are characterised by their durability as well as excellent handling, and the new two-handed angle grinders L 21-6 230 and L 24-6 230 are now available as 2100 and 2400 watt power tools. Above all, however, the new rotary sander SUPRAFLEX, the sanding specialist, is distinguished by its processing of metal, stone, paint and wood. Gears, smooth running performance and motor output are already in a class of their own. The specialist is characterised in particular by the high material removal and optimum extraction – last but not least the health of the user is at the heart of every new development from FLEX. The “baggage” also includes a new innovative “Box on Box” carrying case system featuring intelligent Duo-Click technology. The boxes can be connected simply, quickly and effortlessly and selected for the site. We would like to share another innovation with you: Since 2012 FLEX has had its own sales outlets in the Netherlands and Italy. Now also in these countries you can directly experience FLEX competence of more than ninety years: That extra bit more when it comes to precision and function. We wish you continued success with our power tools and we hope you enjoy the new FLEX main catalogue 2013.
Dr. Josef Kring Managing Director
Hans-Richard Axtmann Managing Director
1
Electric power tools for professionals Metal surface finishing Angle grinders Straight grinders Metal surface finishing Saws
14 28 34 52
Renovation and modernization Wall and ceiling sanders Drywall screwdriver Dry construction saw Renovation machines Screwing and drilling Special tools Surface finishing sanding Safety vacuum cleaners Mixers Laser measuring technology
60 96 116 122 142 164 166 194 212 224
Painted surface finishing Polishers
236
Stone working Wet grinders Core drilling machines, Blind hole drills Dry grinders Stone cutter
264 270 274 276
FLEX Carrying case system FLEX Warranty FLEX Electronics How to find us
282 284 285 286
3
Innovation comes from tradition. For over 90 years, everyone has heard of it. Many use it every day. But very few people know that “flexen”, a common German verb, actually refers back to an invention developed by FLEX, formerly known as Ackermann + Schmitt. But let’s start at the beginning: In 1922, Hermann Ackermann and Hermann Schmitt started a company in Stuttgart-Bad Cannstatt to produce and sell their new invention: the MS 6 handheld grinding machine, featuring an electrical motor that drove a flexible shaft. This feature was the inspiration for this brand-new tool’s name: FLEX. And this is the origin of today’s brand name and a verb that has become an integral part of everyday German vocabulary: “flexen”. In the late 1920s, the engineers succeeded in replacing the flexible shaft with an angle gear set. This was the world’s first angle grinder, also sold under the brand name FLEX. FLEX started becoming established as a new word. In 1935, Ackermann + Schmitt launched a low-speed angle grinder. In 1954, it unveiled the first high-speed angle grinder: the DL 9. By now, FLEX was synonymous with angle grinder, while the verb ‚flexen’ completely replaced the less snappy verb “trennschleifen” (“abrasive cutting”) in colloquial German. In 1996, Ackermann + Schmitt renamed itself FLEX. In 2006, “flexen” was officially added to the Duden spelling dictionary. The FLEX still uses the same basic approach, but the tool itself continues to evolve and improve. High-tech plastics replaced cast iron, making the tools considerably lighter. Motor power has increased, but motors have grown smaller and smaller. The motor and gears have become better protected against grinding and cutting dust; the tools are now more durable, quieter and more ergonomic. The basic idea of the angle grinder has proved to be so efficient and successful that it is incorporated into other machines and will continue to drive new innovations.
Professional tools for professionals. You need quality tools to do quality work. But what are quality tools? How do I recognise real quality? For FLEX it’s the craftsman who sets the standard. That is why we visit those sites where tools are used when we develop new machines. On construction sites, in the shops and factories. And that’s precisely where we determine the specifications that every FLEX must fulfil. This primarily includes the long life of our power tools and machines, their power and functionality and their design, ergonomics and safety. All this is made possible by the advanced technology that frequently provides new solutions to problems, revolutionizing the work procedures of entire industries. Our approach is justified by each of the millions of craftsmen who perform outstanding work using their FLEX every day. The heart beating in any original FLEX is created from the outset in our motor manufacturing plant in Steinheim. This is where we produce a wide range of electric motors, perfectly matched to customer needs. From the fully automated winding of magnetic fields through our state-of-the-art powder-coating line to the precision lathe. The use of the latest manufacturing systems in motor production, steel and aluminium machining and the continuous quality controls in all other stages of production ensure our high quality standards. Our state-of-the-art processing machines guarantee a high degree of flexibility in manufacture and enable us to respond rapidly to customer wishes. Quality and functional checks during the entire manufacturing process are standard policy in our company. In our Research and Development Department, all new developments and existing products are tested on test stands and in continuous use to ensure they meet our quality and functional requirements. Ongoing staff training is a fundamental requirement for us, to ensure that we remain able to apply the latest manufacturing technologies in the future.
5
The tops in whatever discipline. The FLEX programme for professional metal surface finishing.
FLEX has probably the most extensive range of tools for the metal surface finishing professionals. The range stretches from universal products such as angle and straight grinders through to band and circular saws and to a host of specialities such as burnishing machines and tube belt grinders. Metalwork shops, fitters’ workshops and railing constructors, for instance, can always rely on FLEX.
7
Everything covered. The FLEX programme for all professional burnishing, renovating and modernising work.
Whether it is a matter of preparing bases,chiselling work to remove plaster or masonry or drilling holes for anchoring systems - the precision, dependability and handling of professionals never fails to impress. And it is quite obvious that this is admirably true for their tools and accessories. At FLEX each is a master of his particular field - from the wall and ceiling sanders through to mixers and mobile vacuum cleaners.
9
10
Dazzling presentations. The FLEX programme for professional paint surface finishing.
Perfect surface quality stems from high-grade tools specially designed for low speeds and high torques. That is why professionals in body shops, garages and car dealers as well as car enthusiasts have full confidence in FLEX. After all, by using our polishers and optimally adapted polishing accessories they are the masters in bringing that degree of care to both paint preparation and paint finishing.
11
Master of all the classes. The FLEX programme for professional working of natural and artificial stone.
12
Stone has its own laws as well as its own peculiarities and sensitiveness. This is something known all too well to stone masons, stone sculptors as well as to garden constructors and landscapers. That is why they sand down natural and artificial stone with FLEX machinery and accessories. All the more so since FLEX sets the standards all the way from wet grinders and stone separators through to bushhammers. This holds true in matters of sturdiness, dependability, handling and maintenance-friendliness.
13
14
Tools for metal surface finishing. The FLEX tools and their accessories are specially tailored to the diverse requirements of metal finishers. This includes the longevity of the machines just as much as their capacity, functionality, handiness and safety. And, of course, not forgetting the innovative technology. After all nothing is that good that precludes any further improvements.
Angle grinders Overview of power tools Accessories
16 18 29
Straight grinders Accessories
28 30
Metal surface finishing INOXFLEX Accessories INOXFLEX Overview of power tools Accessories
34 36 38 40 46
Saws Overview of power tools Accessories
52 54 58
15
Angle grinders
Intelligence meets durability. More power, safer, longer service life • Four-fold microprocessor electronics: with consistent speed control, soft start, starter lock, and overload protection. • Five-fold microprocessor electronics: with consistent speed control, soft start, starter lock, overload protection, and temperature monitoring. • Six-fold microprocessor electronics: with consistent speed control, soft start, starter lock, overload protection, temperature monitoring, and speed selection set by an adjustment wheel. • Seven-fold microprocessor electronics: with constant speed control, accelerator switch, starter lock, overload protection,temperature monitoring and speed selection by adjustment wheel. What is transfered to the disc is critical • Outstanding output: thanks to complexly machined high-performance armature. • High operating efficiency: great energy with cost-efficient operation. • Best endurance run characteristics: due to high manufacturing precision.
2 1 5 3 4 1
Gearbox housing made of die-cast aluminium Light, sleek, robust.
2
Spindle lock Double safety because of recessed design.
3
FLEX SoftVib – the handle The vibration damping construction of the elastic body of the SoftVib handle reduces vibration levels noticeably. With built-in holding wrench - for exchanging the discs without additional tools.
4
Patented safety disc guard Adjustable without tools, impossible to lose, with rotation lock.
5
Perfection to the very last detail Highly flexible cable strain reliever prevents cable breakage. 4-metre power cable with FLEX red plug.
Created for precise, low-fatigue work • Optimal centre of gravity: precisely in the middle of the machine; finely balanced. • Sleek motor housing with ergonomic, waisted grip depression. • Structured surface*: no slipping, for a secure grip.
1
5
2
4
6
3
(*on G versions with super-slender special rear grip)
16
1
Air vents to front Protects user and motor from abrasive swarf.
2
Large ventilator Optimised in wind tunnel tests for maximum cooling.
3
Winding protecting cage Rotating ribs prevent abrasive dust from damaging the windings of the armature and provide for additional cooling. This extends the service life of the motor considerably.
4
High-performance armature Sustained power and endurance, heat-resistance. Winding protected from aggressive swarf by a winding protecting cage.
5
Quality auto-stop carbon brushes Protects the motor from damage.
6
Microprocessor electronics Greater performance, safer, more convenience.
Angle grinders
User friendly to the smallest detail. 1
Prepared for extreme conditions Angle grinders are optimally protected from rough and conductive swarf by a powder coating on the magnetic fields.
2
FixTec quick-action clamping nut For a quick, tool-free disc change: simply open the clamp, press the spindle lock, unscrew the FixTec nut anticlockwise and change the disc.
3
Multi-grip system The front and rear vibration-cushioning grips can be adjusted in steps up to 180°. L 3206 CD angle grinder.
4
Reduced Vibration An additional vibration damping ring between the motor housing and rear handle reduces the vibrations. Angle grinder L 3206 CD/L 3208 CD/L 21-6 230.
5
SoftVib hand grip The vibration damping construction of the elastic body of the SoftVib handle reduces vibration levels when compared to standard handle by up to 60%. The hand and arm joints of the user are subjected to less stress.
Without vibration dampening 6
1
2
3
4
5
6
With FLEX SoftVib handle
Integral pin wrench With a patented integral pin wrench (Patent No. DE10117835A1) for tool less disc changing.
17
Angle grinders
Always the right choice. The original. The most recent examples from FLEX development show that even today we set the standards for angle grinders. Using state-of-the-art technology, maximumuser friendliness, and innovative product features: microprocessor electronics, extensive protection against abrasive dust, unique comfort details such as the SoftVib handle, which reduces vibration levels by up to 60%. Or the FLEX MultiGrip system with the
Cutting < 30 mm
Cutting > 30 mm
Cutting < 5 mm
Cutting > 5 mm
Breaking edges
Surface grinding
Cutting > 10 mm
Breaking edges
Weld preparation
Surface grinding
Plate < 5 mm, profiles s > 5 mm
10000 750 115
–
–
–
–
L 3709/125
10000 800 125
–
–
–
LE 9-10 125
6000900 125 10000
–
–
–
L 10-10 125
10000 1010 125
–
–
–
L 3309 FR
11000 1010 125
–
–
–
–
L 3309 FRG
11000 1010 125
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
LE 14-7 125 INOX
22001200 125 6800 21001400 125 7500
L 3410 FR
11000 1400 125
–
–
–
–
L 3410 VR
29001400 125 11000
–
–
–
–
L 1710 FRA
10000 1400 125
–
–
–
–
L 3406 VRG
21001400 125 7500
–
–
–
–
L 21-6 230
NEW! 6500 2100 230
–
L 24-6 230
NEW! 6500 2400 230
–
L 3206 CD
6500 2500 230
–
L 3208 CD
8500 2500 180
–
–
–
LK 604
4000 1200 175
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
highly suitable, highly recommended suitable, recommended suitable to a certain degree
18
Concrete, artificial/ Sheet metal t < 5 mm, natural stone and profiles s < 5 mm sandstone, clay
L 3709/115
L 1506 VR
–
Steel black, galvanized, non-tempered
Surface grinding
Disc Ø mm
Power in watts
rpm
Stone
not recommendable
Angle grinders
two step-adjustable handles on the 2 500 Watt RedBear angle grinder. And much, much more. FLEX supplies one of the most sophisticated and innovative angle grinder ranges in the world. And you have at hand the power tools that you need for perfect results.
Corrosion-proof steel
Cast steel
Non-ferrous metals, synthetic materials
Polish, mat
Cutting, depth < 5 mm
Cutting, depth > 5 mm
Breaking edges
Surface grinding
Weld preparation
Surface grinding
Cutting
Deburr
Breaking edges
Cutting
Surface grinding
Weld preparation
Polish, mat
Deburr
Remove rust
Remove paint
Clean
Sheet metal t < 5 mm, plate t > 5 mm, profiles s < 5 mm, profiles > 5 mm
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Note!!! For cutting a diamond wheel is needed or a special cutting guard is required for cutting with resin-bonded wheels
19
Angle grinders Overview of power tools
L 3709/115
L 3709/125
LE 9-10 125
Angle grinders
Universal 900 watt angle grinder, 125 mm
• Extensive dust protection for motor and gears • Lightweight, ergonomic design, short and versatile • Spindle lock • Side handgrip • Tool-free adjustment of safety guard
• Microprocessor electronics: with tachogenerator constant speed control, speed control, soft start, restart protection after power failure, overload protection and temperature monitoring • With double winding protection from metal dust; reduces motor wear and lengthens service life • Tool-free adjustment of safety guard • Side handgrip • This universal angle grinder is suited for steel/metal surface finishing, for work on the site/renovation as well as for vehicle bodywork and construction firms • Kickback stop - this shuts down the motor on the disc being blocked • Spindle lock
SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter No load speed
115 mm 10000 rpm
Power input
750 watt
Power output
450 watt
Tool fixture Weight
Type L 3709/115
M 14 Standard equipment: 1,8 kg 1 guard grinding 115 Ø 1 handle 1 clamping flange Order no. 1 clamping nut M14 334.979 1 pin wrench
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter No load speed
Max. disc diameter 125 mm 10000 rpm
No load speed Power input
Power input
800 watt
Power output
Power output
470 watt
Tool fixture
Tool fixture Weight
Type L 3709/125
! Accessories from page 30 20
M 14 Standard equipment: 1,8 kg 1 guard grinding 125 Ø 1 handle 1 clamping flange Order no. 1 clamping nut M14 334.987 1 pin wrench
Weight
Type LE 9-10 125 LE 9-10 125 in carry case
! Accessories from page 30
Standard equipment LE 9-10 125: 1 guard grinding 125 Ø 1 handle 1 clamping flange 1 clamping nut M14 125 mm 1 pin wrench 6000-10000 rpm 900 watt 500 watt Standard equipment M 14 LE 9-10 125 in carry case: 1,9 kg 1 guard grinding 125 Ø 1 handle 1 clamping flange Order no. 1 clamping nut M14 350.672 1 pin wrench 378.313 1 plastic carrying case with insert
Angle grinders Overview of power tools
L 10-10 125
LE 14-7 125 INOX
1010 watt angle grinder, 125 mm
1400 watt INOXFLEX, specialist for stainless steels and steel alloys, 125 mm
• 3-fold winding protection from dust. Reduces motor wear, increases service life. Protective guard on the winding end of the armature and plated winding on the armature. • Epoxy-coated winding on the field coil • Tool-free adjustment of safety guard • Compact, ergonomic design - snug fit in the hand • Side handgrip • Spindle lock
• VR microprocessor control: speed selection, tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, restart protection after power failure, overload protection and temperature monitoring • Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • Special gearbox: special gear ratio for high torque in medium and low speed range. Prevents blue discolouration and distortion due to the developement of heat. • Completely cast electronic components prevents damage due to metal dust. The 3-fold winding protection reduces motor wear, increases service life • SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and vibration damping • Tool-free adjustment of safety guard • Spindle lock • Single-pole switch • This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter No load speed
125 mm 10000 rpm
Power input
1010 watt
Power output
600 watt
Tool fixture Clamping neck Ø Size ( W x L x H) Weight
Type L 10-10 125
! Accessories from page 29
M 14 40,3 mm 290 x 80 x 110 mm Standard equipment: 2,2 kg 1 guard grinding 1 handle 1 pin wrench Order no. 1 clamping flange 385.123 1 clamping nut M14
SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter Max. polishing pad diameter No load speed
125 mm 160 mm 2100-7500 rpm
Power input
1400 watt
Power output
880 watt
Tool fixture Weight
Type LE 14-7 125 INOX
M 14 2,4 kg Standard equipment: 1 guard grinding 125 Ø 1 SoftVib handle Order no. 1 clamping flange 364.924 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14
! Accessories from page 29 21
Angle grinders Overview of power tools
L 3309 FR
L 3309 FRG
1010 watt angle grinder, 125 mm
Super-slim 1010 watt angle grinder, 125 mm
• FR microprocessor control: tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, restart protection after power failure, overload protection, temperature monitoring • Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • Lightweight, ergonomic design • SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and vibration damping • Patented (DE10115635C1) tool-free adjustable safety guard • Spindle lock • This machine is also available in 110 V
• FR microprocessor control: tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, restart protection after power failure, overload protection, temperature monitoring • Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • Lightweight, ergonomic design • Slender back stick handle: with dust-protected on/off switch located underneath, safety catch and lock • SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and vibration damping • Patented (DE10115635C1) tool-free adjustable safety guard • Spindle lock • This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter No load speed
SPECIFICATIONS 125 mm 11000 rpm
Max. disc diameter No load speed
125 mm 11000 rpm
Power input
1010 watt
Power input
1010 watt
Power output
610 watt
Power output
610 watt
Tool fixture Weight
Type L 3309 FR
! Accessories from page 29 22
M 14 1,9 kg Standard equipment: 1 guard grinding 125 Ø 1 SoftVib handle Order no. 1 clamping flange 296.805 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14
Tool fixture Weight
Type L 3309 FRG
! Accessories from page 29
M 14 1,9 kg Standard equipment: 1 guard grinding 125 Ø 1 SoftVib handle Order no. 1 clamping flange 298.425 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14
Angle grinders Overview of power tools
LK 604
L 1506 VR
1200 watt sander for use with abrasive sanding discs, 175 mm
1200 watt angle grinder, 125 mm
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • No guard needed when using the flexible backing pad • Rubber rest bar protects machine and surface of workpiece • Spindle lock
• VR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, overload protection and speed selection • Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • Spindle lock • This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter
175 mm
SPECIFICATIONS
No load speed
4000 rpm
Max. disc diameter
Power input
1200 watt
No load speed
Power output
720 watt
Tool fixture Weight
Type LK 604
! Accessories from page 29
M 14 3,2 kg Standard equipment: 1 side handle 1 pin wrench Order no. 1 flexible backing pad 170 Ø + 250.346 clamping nut M 14
Power input Power output Weight
Type L 1506 VR
125 mm 2200-6800 rpm Standard equipment: 1200 watt 1 side handle 700 watt 1 guard grinding 125 Ø 1,9 kg 1 pin wrench 1 clamping nut M14 1 clamping flange Order no. 1 hook and loop backing pad 266.930 115 Ø
! Accessories from page 29 23
Angle grinders Overview of power tools
L 3410 FR
L 3410 VR
1400 watt angle grinder, 125 mm
Variable-speed 1400 watt angle grinder, 125 mm
• FR microprocessor control: tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, restart protection after power failure, overload protection and temperature monitoring • Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • Lightweight, ergonomic design • SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and vibration damping • Patented (DE10115635C1) tool-free adjustable safety guard • Spindle lock • This machine is also available in 110 V
• VR microprocessor control: speed selection, tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, restart protection after power failure, overload protection and temperature monitoring • Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • Lightweight, ergonomic design - snug fit in the hand • Universal machine with infinately adjustable speed for sanding, grinding, roughing, cutting, deburring, plaster removal or de-rusting • SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and vibration damping • Patented (DE10115635C1) tool-free adjustable safety guard • Spindle lock • This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter No load speed
SPECIFICATIONS 125 mm 11000 rpm
Max. disc diameter No load speed
125 mm 2900-11000 rpm
Power input
1400 watt
Power input
1400 watt
Power output
880 watt
Power output
880 watt
Tool fixture Weight
Type L 3410 FR
! Accessories from page 29 24
M 14 2,2 kg Standard equipment: 1 guard grinding 125 Ø 1 SoftVib handle Order no. 1 clamping flange 296.007 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14
Tool fixture Weight
Type L 3410 VR
! Accessories from page 29
M 14 2,2 kg Standard equipment: 1 guard grinding 125 Ø 1 SoftVib handle Order no. 1 clamping flange 296.260 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14
Angle grinders Overview of power tools
L 1710 FRA
L 3406 VRG
1400 watt angle grinder with the extra-slim gear head, 125 mm
Variable-speed 1400 watt angle grinder, 125 mm
• FR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, overload protection • Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • Lightweight design with slimline gear head, ideally suited for use in inaccessible places • SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and vibration damping • Tool-free adjustment of safety guard • Spindle lock
• VR microprocessor control: speed selection, tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, restart protection after power failure, overload protection and temperature monitoring • Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • Switch: with lock-off / lock-on switch • Lightweight, ergonomic design with slim grip • Universal machine with infinately adjustable speed for sanding, grinding and polishing. For paint we recommend using the PE 14-3 125 • SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and vibration damping • Tool-free adjustment of safety guard • Spindle lock • This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter No load speed
Max. disc diameter 125 mm 10000 rpm
Max. polishing pad diameter No load speed
125 mm 160 mm 2100-7500 rpm
Power input
1400 watt
Power input
1400 watt
Power output
880 watt
Power output
880 watt
Tool fixture Weight
Type L 1710 FRA
! Accessories from page 29
M 14 2,4 kg Standard equipment: 1 guard grinding 125 Ø 1 SoftVib handle Order no. 1 clamping flange 259.733 1 clamping nut M14
Tool fixture Weight
Type L 3406 VRG
M 14 2,2 kg Standard equipment: 1 guard grinding 125 Ø 1 SoftVib handle Order no. 1 clamping flange 297.321 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14
! Accessories from page 29 25
Angle grinders Overview of power tools
NEW
L 21-6 230
NEW
L 24-6 230
2100 watt angle grinder, 230 mm
2400 watt angle grinder, 230 mm
• Robust motor housing and gearbox housing. Stable and robust steel gearbox as well as a spindle bearing protected by a metal cap also increase reliability and durability • Ergonomically designed and very slender motor housing provides optimum guidance and handling. An additinal vibration damping ring between the motor housing and rear handle reduces the vibrations • SoftVib handgrip for reduced vibration can be mounted in three positions. • Rear shaft handle with soft padding for secure grip • Switch: with lock-off / lock-on switch • Restart protection after power interruption • Soft-start: for a soft start without power overloading • Spindle lock • Tool-free adjustment of safety guard • Cutting guard, optional accessory (order no. 389.625)
• Robust motor housing and gearbox housing. Stable and robust steel gearbox as well as a spindle bearing protected by a metal cap also increase reliability and durability • Ergonomically designed, very slender motor housing for optimum control and handling • SoftVib handgrip for reduced vibration can be mounted in three positions. • Rear shaft handle with soft padding for secure grip • Switch: with lock-off / lock-on switch • Restart protection after power interruption • Soft-start: for a soft start without power overloading • Spindle lock • Tool-free adjustment of safety guard • Cutting guard, optional accessory (order no. 389.625)
SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter
SPECIFICATIONS 230 mm
Max. disc diameter
230 mm
No load speed
6500 rpm
No load speed
6500 rpm
Power input
2100 watt
Power input
2400 watt
Power output
1250 watt
Power output
1450 watt
Tool fixture Clamping neck Ø Weight
Type L 21-6 230
! Accessories from page 29 26
M 14 64 mm Standard equipment: 5,2 kg 1 guard grinding 230 Ø 1 SoftVib handle 1 pin wrench BL 5 Order no. 1 clamping flange 391.514 1 clamping nut M14
Tool fixture Clamping neck Ø Weight
Type L 24-6 230
! Accessories from page 29
M 14 64 mm Standard equipment: 5,8 kg 1 guard grinding 230 Ø 1 SoftVib handle 1 pin wrench BL 5 Order no. 1 clamping flange 391.522 1 clamping nut M14
Angle grinders Overview of power tools
L 3206 CD
L 3208 CD
Red Bear 2500 watt angle grinder, 230 mm
Red Bear 2500 watt angle grinder, 180 mm
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • Multi-grip system with vibration cushioning: front Soft-Vib hand grip can be adjusted in steps up to 180°. With safety locking • For right and left handed cutting, rear handgrip rotates 2 x 90° • Damping element seperates rear hand grip from motor, bringing significant reduction in vibration transmission • Soft-start: for a soft start without power overloading • Gearbox: particularly flat and robust aluminium die-cast construction • Tool-free adjustment of safety guard • Spindle lock • This machine is also available in 110 V
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • Multi-grip system with vibration cushioning: front Soft-Vib hand grip can be adjusted in steps up to 180°. With safety locking • For right and left handed cutting, rear handgrip rotates 2 x 90° • Damping element seperates rear hand grip from motor, bringing significant reduction in vibration transmission • Soft-start: for a soft start without power overloading • Gearbox: particularly flat and robust aluminium die-cast construction • Quick-release guard: tool-free adjustment • Tool-free adjustment of safety guard • Spindle lock
SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter
SPECIFICATIONS 230 mm
Max. disc diameter
180 mm
No load speed
6500 rpm
No load speed
8500 rpm
Power input
2500 watt
Power input
2500 watt
Power output
1700 watt
Power output
1700 watt
Tool fixture Weight
Type L 3206 CD
! Accessories from page 29
M 14 Standard equipment: 6,2 kg 1 guard grinding 230 Ø 1 SoftVib handle 1 pin wrench Order no. 1 clamping flange 322.717 1 clamping nut M14
Tool fixture Weight
Type L 3208 CD
M 14 Standard equipment: 6 kg 1 guard grinding 180 Ø 1 SoftVib handle 1 pin wrench Order no. 1 clamping flange 322.725 1 clamping nut M14
! Accessories from page 29 27
Straight grinders Overview of power tools
H 1105 VE
H 1127 VE
710 watt low-speed straight grinder
710 watt variable high-speed straight grinder
• VE electronic control: variable speed and overload protection • Clamping collar: 40 mm diameter • Machine length: approx. 330 mm • Collar length: approx. 53 mm, for optimum handling and reaching into hard-to-access areas • Suitable for fine grinding in mould construction, with pencil grinders and abrasive flap wheels up to max. 25 m/sec. • This machine is also available in 110 V
• VE electronic control: variable speed and overload protection • Collar: 40 mm diameter, approx. 60 mm long • Machine length: approx. 325 mm • Long-necked design for optimum handling and reaching into hard-to-access areas • Lightweight design for fatigue-free work • This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter resin/ ceramic up to Max. disc diameter fiber reinforced up to Tool fixture No load speed
30 mm
Max. disc diameter resin/ ceramic up to
30 mm
50 mm
Max. disc diameter fiber reinforced up to
50 mm
Ø 3, 6, 8 mm, ¼” 2500-6500 rpm
Tool fixture No load speed
Ø 3, 6, 8 mm, ¼” 10000-30000 rpm
Power input
710 watt
Power input
710 watt
Power output
420 watt
Power output
420 watt
Weight
Type H 1105 VE
! Accessories from page 30 28
2,1 kg
Standard equipment: 1 collet 6 mm Ø with clamping nut Order no. 1 stopping claw SW 14 269.956 1 open-ended wrench SW 19
Weight
Type H 1127 VE
! Accessories from page 30
1,8 kg
Standard equipment: 1 collet 6 mm Ø with clamping nut Order no. 1 stopping claw SW 14 270.067 1 open-ended wrench SW 19
Angle grinders Accessories
Guards for FLEX angle grinders. Sanding guard
Guide carriage and guard for extractor
Cutting guard
Suitable for
Required when using resin-bonded wheels Ø mm
115
125
180
230
125
230
125
230
L 3709/115
335.258
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
L 3709/125
–
335.266
–
–
385.417
–
–
–
LE 9-10 125
–
358.029
–
–
385.425
–
–
–
L 10-10 125
–
385.395
–
–
385.409
–
–
–
LE 14-7 125 INOX
–
274.658
–
–
–
–
254.797
–
L 1710 FRA
–
274.658
–
–
–
–
254.797
–
L 3406 VRG
–
274.658
–
–
–
–
254.797
–
L 3309 FR
–
294.438
–
–
–
–
–
–
L 3309 FRG
–
294.438
–
–
–
–
–
–
L 3410 FR
–
294.438
–
–
–
–
–
–
L 3410 VR
–
294.438
–
–
–
–
–
–
L 21-6 230/L24-6 230
–
–
–
338.729
–
389.625
–
–
L 3206 CD
–
–
–
265.179
–
389.633
–
252.963
L 3208 CD
–
–
265.160
–
–
–
–
–
29
Angle grinders Accessories
Collets for H 1105 VE and H 1127 VE Collet
SC-VL polishing flap wheel for metal and stainless steel, cambered with clamping nut
Polishing flap wheel for sanding, cleaning and finishing on stainless steel, steel, titanium alloys, light metals, non-ferrous metals and plastics. Remove any tarnish, flash rust, scale and scratches. Remove any tarnish, flash rust, scale and scratches. Preparing, grinding and polishing welds.
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
3Ø
1
229.741
¼” Ø
1
229.776
6Ø
1
228.656
Dimensions Grit in mm
8Ø
1
229.768
125 Ø x 22,2 medium 5
358.606
125 Ø x 22,2 fine
5
367.486
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
115 Ø
1
208.817
125 Ø
1
231.983
Cutting discs
QP
Order number
Velcro system for L 3406 VRG
Diamantjet - diamond cutting disc, standard, concrete Fast, long-life universal cutting disc, suitable for concrete and stone Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
125 Ø x 22,2
1
349.046
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
230 Ø x 22,2
1
349.054
Velcro backing M 14 Elastic backing pad with velcro cover. Designation
Velcro bowl
Velcro pad, cushioned M14 12 mm cell rubber for even pressure distribution for grinding, polishing or sealing.
Diamantjet - diamond cutting disc, premium, tile Fast, long-life tile cutting disc with closed diamond segment. Suitable for cutting all tiles, marble, slate, granite and natural stone. Precision cutting and low-noise
QP
Order number
115 Ø
1
240.311
125 Ø
1
350.737
QP
Order number
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
115 Ø x 22,2
1
349.011
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
Designation
125 Ø x 22,2
1
349.038
D115 Pu-P24 VE25 115 Ø
P 24
25
381.195
D115 Pu-P40 VE50 115 Ø
P 40
50
381.209
D115 Pu-P60 VE50 115 Ø
P 60
50
381.217
D115 Pu-P80 VE50 115 Ø
P 80
50
381.225
D115 Pu-P100 V50 115 Ø
P 100
50
381.233
D115 Pu-P120 VE50 115 Ø
P 120
50
381.241
D115 Pu-P150 VE50 115 Ø
P 150
50
381.268
D115 Pu-P180 VE50 115 Ø
P 180
50
381.276
Flap discs Flap disc for metal and stainless steel, cambered Ideal for flap-grinding metals, stainless steel, alloyed and non-alloyed steel, light metals, non ferrous metals, construction steel and cast iron. Removing welding spots and beads, processing welding seams, breaking and rounding edges. High material removal rate, guarantees effortless working without filling pores.
30
Dimensions in mm
Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
125 Ø x 22,2
P 60
10
349.925
125 Ø x 22,2
P 80
10
349.933
Velcro sanding paper PURFLEX Ideally suited to working wood and metal. Dimensions Grit in mm
Angle grinders Accessories
Velcro sandingpaper ZIRCOFLEX
Polishing sponge, blue
Ideally suited for high removal rates and high load on wood and metal substrates. The support fabric is extremely tearresistant and is characterised by high cost-effectiveness. Can be used with velcro pad max. Ø 125 mm.
Sponge of a medium-hard, coarse foam structure and high resistance to tearing. With setback velour for assured polishing and as a centering aid. Particularly for weathered, dull paints and for scratches in combination with the SpecialPolish compound.
Designation
Dimensions Grit in mm
QP
Order number
Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
D125-8 ZI-A40 VE25 125 Ø
A 40
25
393.185
PS-B 140
140 Ø x 30
1
376.388
D125-8 ZI-A60 VE25 125 Ø
A 60
25
393.193
PS-B 160
160 Ø x 30
1
376.396
D125-8 ZI-A80 VE25 125 Ø
A 80
25
393.207
Polishing sponge, white Velcro sandingpaper CERAFLEX Ideal for sanding stainless steel surfaces and grinding weld seams. The support fabric is extremely tear-resistant. Low heat generation and longer service life ensure high cost-effectiveness. Can be used with Velcro pad max. Ø 125 mm.
Sponge of a medium-hard, fine foam structure and highly resistant to tearing. With setback velour for assured polishing and as a centering aid. Particularly for removing minor traces of wear and streaks in combination with the SpecialPolish compound. Designation
Dimensions Grit in mm
QP
Order number
Dimensions in mm
QP
Designation
Order number
PS-W 140
140 Ø x 30
1
376.426
D125 CE-K80 VE50
125 Ø
K 80
50
393.215
PS-W 160
160 Ø x 30
1
376.434
D125 CE-K120 VE50 125 Ø
K 120
50
393.223
D125 CE-K180 VE50 125 Ø
K 180
50
393.231
Backing pad for LG 1707 FR and LK 604
Velcro sandingpaper CORKFLEX Ideal for deep cleaning the surface, the cork accessory provides a greater gloss and better haptics. Fine sanding tool with coarse structure and stable fabric base. Reduces heat generation on the surface and 3 times longer service life than comparable sanding tools. Can be used with velcro pad max. Ø 125 mm. Designation
Dimensions Grit in mm
QP
Order number
D125 CO-P280 VE15 125 Ø
P 280
15
393.258
D125 CO-P400 VE15 125 Ø
P 400
15
393.266
D125 CO-P800 VE15 125 Ø
P 800
15
393.274
Flexible backing pad with clamping nut M 14 Backing pads for fiber grinding discs. Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
170 Ø
1
124.079
QP
Order number
1
124.109
Clamping nut M 14 For backing pad.
Natural fibre felt pad Ideally suited for polishing stainless steel, non-ferrous metals, wood surfaces, mineral-based materials, paints, glass, acrylic glass (in conjunction with the correct polishes/agents and oils for sealing and care). Designation
Dimensions Grit in mm
QP
Order number
FP D125 H VE5
125 Ø
hard
5
393.347
FP D125 S VE5
125 Ø
soft
5
393.355
Brush for L 3406 VRG, L 1710 FRA Steel wire 0,3 mm Corrugated, mount M 14 Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
60 Ø
1
124.516
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
65 Ø
1
124.524
Steel wire 0,5 mm Knot-type, mount M 14
31
Angle grinders Accessories
- -
230 Ø
1
252.963
-
-
-
1
313.459
-
1
253.049
L 3208 CD
- -
L 3206 CD
-
L 1710 FRA
254.797
L 3406 VRG
1
L 1506 VR
125 Ø
L 3309 /L 3410
Order number
LE 14-7 125
QP
L 10-10 125
Dimensions in mm
LE 9-10 125/3709
L 21-6 230/L24-6 230
Accessories
-
-
Cutting stone with diamond discs 125 mm cutting guard With guide block and 32 mm Ø extraction nozzle for cutting discs with 125 mm Ø for flange without groove.
230 mm cutting guard For push and pull cuts with vacuum set and adjustable support, extraction nozzle with 32 mm outer Ø, collar Ø 62 mm, cut depth 65 mm max.
-
-
-
-
- -
Quick-clamp nut FixTec quick clamp nut M 14 For tool-less disc change, suitable for discs from Ø 115-150 mm.
-
-
SDS-Clic quick-clamp nut For tool-less disc change suitable for discs from Ø 150-230 mm.
suitable – not suitable
32
Angle grinders Accessories
L 21-6 230/L24-6 230
L 3206 CD
L 3208 CD
- -
-
-
M8
1
325.376
-
-
- - -
M 14
1
325.384
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
1
335.274
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
303.224
-
-
-
360 x 228 x 135 1
376.094
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
378.305
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
L 1710 FRA
-
L 3406 VRG
316.857
L 1506 VR
1
Size ( W x L x H)
L 3309 /L 3410
M8
Designation
LE 14-7 125
Order number
Type
L 10-10 125
QP
LE 9-10 125/3709
Accessories
Side handles SoftVib side handle SoftVib handle with integral, patented pin wrench (DE10117835A1) and vibration cushioning, significantly reducing the vibration transmitted to hands and arms.
SoftVib side handle SoftVib handle with vibration cushioning, significantly reducing the vibration transmitted to hands and arms and reducing the risk of vibration-related injury to the operator.
Side handgrip Handle for angle grinder, thread M10.
Carrying case Small metal carrying case For all angle grinders with disc Ø up to 125 mm.
Carry case Without insert. For the machines L 3709, LE 9-10 125, L 10-10 125 select insert no. 378.305. For the machines OS/OSE 80-2, OD/ODE 100-2, ORE 125-2 select insert no. 379.387.
TK-L 360x228x135
Matching insert for carry case 376.094. For angle grinders L 3709, L 10-10 125 and LE 9-10 125.
TKE L3709/L10-10/LE9-10
Case insert
33
Metal surface finishing
Are you looking to attain the perfect finish on metal surfaces? Whether on flat or curved surfaces, in angles or corners, the FLEX surface finishing programe is always the right choice for brilliant results. With our special-purpose power tools, matching accessories and range of abrasives, we provide you with the ideal systems to achieve perfect results. The machines and accessories are also supplied as Profi-kits in a carry case, making things even easier. For balustrade work, tank construction and all surface processing, we have the right machines. Our fillet weld grinder and our special finger grinder help you reach the most difficult to access areas, for perfect results every time. All power tools naturally feature speed control to ensure they always offer you optimum performance for your various applications. Your demand for a quality finish is the driving fact that inspires us to develop power tools, that make your work easier and still attains that perfect finish.
34
Metal surface finishing
Pipe belt sander LRP 1503 VRA Belt file LBS 1105 VE Finger sander ST 1005 VE
Grinding linearly into the corners
Polish in difficult-to-access places
Weld and pipe belt sander LBR 1506 VRA
Polish surfaces
Burnishing machine LP 1503 VR
Burnish surfaces
Grinding surfaces
Fillet weld grinder LLK 1503 VR
Grinding in difficult-to-access places
Polish pipes
Grinding fillet welds
Burnish pipes
Grinding welds
“linear image” Grinding pipes
Polish surfaces
Grinding fillet welds in difficult-to-access places
Grinding surfaces
INOXFLEX LE 14-7 125 INOX
System
Machines
The specialists for stainless steel finishing.
highly suitable, highly recommended suitable, recommended
35
Metal surface finishing INOXFLEX
The INOXFLEX. The specialist for finishing stainless steels and steel alloys. The speed control ensures that the speed is correctly adjusted for grinding and polishing. The speeds stay constant under load. The LE 14-7 125 INOX has a soft start for a jerk-free start-up. Temperature monitoring prevents any fused windings. The restart protection stops the machine from inadvertently starting after a power failure. The completely cast electronic component prevents damage due to metal dust.
Superior performance Powerful, strong 1400 watt motor for quick working progress. Features constant speed control thanks to a tachogenerator.
FixTec quick clamp nut for tool-free and quick disc change.
SoftVib handle Dampens vibrations, protects the operator‘s joints.
Safe 3-fold winding protection against metal dust. Prevents the ingress of dust and therefore reduces motor wear. Mesh guard on the winding overhang of the armature (fan side) also extends the service life.
Optimally aligned Special gear ratio for high torque in the medium and low speed range. Prevents blue discolouration and distortion from heat.
Robust Armoured winding on the armature (commutator side) protects against deposits and damage to the armature and commutator.
Toolfree Dust guard with tool-free quick adjustment. Simple and quick adjustment to different working positions.
Durable Epoxy-coated winding on the field core protects against abrasive dust and short circuits on the field.
Spindle stop Easy tool change with the integrated spindle stop. Protected from accidental press.
37
Metal surface finishing Accessories INOXFLEX
Adjusted to all the different practical requirements.
Type
Zircon flap disc
Cutting disc, thin
SC-VL disc
Fillet disc
Ø mm
125 x 22,2
125 x 1 x 22,2
125 x 22,2
125 x 6 x 22,2
FixTec M 14*
Velcro pad “Hook”
Recommended speed
Applications
QP
Grit
Order no.
QP
Order no.
QP
Grit
Order no.
QP
Grit
Order no.
10
P 60
349.925
10
349.836
5
medium
358.606
10
6A medium
358.711
10
P 80
349.933
5
fine
367.486
10
3S fine
358.703
4.000-7.000
7.000
Ideal for flap-grinding metals, stainless steel, alloyed and nonalloyed steel, light metals, non ferrous metals, construction steel and cast iron.
Straight, for fast low-force cutting of thin-walled pipes, profiles and plates.
2.500-4.500
2.500-5.000
Removing light damage and Grinding welding seams scratches Removing tarnish Removing tarnish, flash Reduced cutting pressure rust and scales High-quality surfaces on and extremely low chipping welding seams in a single for cool cutting. Preparing, grinding and work step. The perfect disc Removing welding spots polishing welding seams for quick and high-quality and beads, processing weld- Ensures burr-free edges and fillet weld processing. ing seams, breaking and prevents blue discoloration. For grinding, cleaning and rounding edges. finishing stainless steel, Ideal for alloyed and high 30% longer service life by steel, titanium alloys, light alloyed steels, chromed and High material removal rate, packaging in stay-fresh can. metals, non-ferrous metals nickled steels, titanium, guarantees effortless workand plastics. light metals, non-ferrous ing without filling pores. metals and steels. Profiling stone see page 51.
38
Metal surface finishing Accessories INOXFLEX
QP
PYRAFLEX
SC fleece disc
Felt pad
125
125
125
Grit
PP-W
PP-B
PP-C
Order no.
QP
Grit
Order no.
QP
Order no.
QP
QP
QP
10 A 160 (K 120)
364.592
10
coarse
358.614
5
hard
393.347
1 (~ 700 g)
1 (~ 700 g)
1 (~ 1 kg)
10
A 65 (K 280)
358.797
10
medium
358.622
5
soft
393.355
10
A 45 (K 400)
358.800
10
very fine
358.630
Order no.
Order no.
Order no.
10
A 30 (K 600)
358.819
255.004
255.005
255.006
4.000-5.000
Removing scratches and mill scale from stainless steel Creating a grinding pattern according to defined quality criteria (looks, surface finish). Preparing for polishing PYRAFLEX enables quicker work progress. Compared with conventional grinding discs, every second work step can be left out. Shortens work time and improves surface quality, increases service life. For all steels, particularly suitable for stainless steels, titanium, nickel, cobalt and chrome alloys.
2.500-4.500
2.500-3.000
Removing light damage and Made from natural raw scratches materials. Removing tarnish, flash rust, scales and dirt Removing tarnish on welding seams of thin sheets without heat distortion.
Ideally suited for polishing stainless steel, non-ferrous metals, wood surfaces, mineral-based materials, paints, glass, acrylic glass (in conjunction with the correct polishes/agents and oils for sealing and care).
Felt pad: Wheels for use with polishing pastes and polishing creams Step 1: PP-W pre-polishing paste Step 2: PP-B high-gloss paste Step 3: PP-C final polishing
For grinding, cleaning and finishing stainless steel, steel, titanium alloys, light metals, non-ferrous metals and plastics.
39
Metal surface finishing Overview of power tools and accessories
LE 14-7 125 INOX Set
Accessories INOXFLEX LE 14-7 125
1400 watt INOXFLEX, specialist for stainless steels and steel alloys, 125 mm
Poli set mini white/blue/creme
• VR microprocessor control: speed selection, tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, restart protection after power failure, overload protection and temperature monitoring • Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • Special gearbox: special gear ratio for high torque in medium and low speed range. Prevents blue discolouration and distortion due to the developement of heat. • Completely cast electronic components prevents damage due to metal dust. The 3-fold winding protection reduces motor wear, increases service life • SoftVib handgrip with integrated, patented locknut wrench and vibration damping • Tool-free adjustment of safety guard • Spindle lock • Single-pole switch • This machine is also available in 110 V
Polishing set, consisting of: polishing paste white, polishing paste blue, 100 g each and polishing cream, 100 g. Designation
QP
Order number
PP - W/B/C
1 set 365.041
Velcro backing pad With 8-hole system for optimum dust extraction for all FLEX velcro sanding tools Ø 125 mm. The 3 mm cellular rubber damping reduces the shearing forces between support pad and sanding tool. Thanks to long velcro hooks, there is greater temperature resistance at a high load. Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
SP D125-8 H/F
125 Ø
1
391.727
Hook and loop backing pad “Hook” Backing pad with foamed base and hook fasteners. Uniform distribution of pressure for sanding and polishing. Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
Velcro hook
125 Ø x M 14
1
364.584
FixTec quick clamp nut M 14
SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter
125 mm
Max. polishing pad diameter
160 mm
No load speed
2100-7500 rpm
Power input
1400 watt
Power output
880 watt
Tool fixture Weight
Type LE 14-7 125 INOX Set
40
M 14 2,4 kg
Order no. 364.614
Standard equipment: 1 guard grinding 125 Ø 1 SoftVib handle 1 clamping flange 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14 1 flap disc P 60 1 fillet weld disc 6 A medium 1 SC-VL polishing flap wheel medium 1 SC fleece disc coarse 1 SC fleece disc medium 1 SC fleece disc very fine 1 PyraFLEX A 160 1 PyraFLEX A 65 1 PyraFLEX A 45 1 PyraFLEX A 30 3 GlossFLEX Disc 1 hook and loop backing pad Hook 1 Poli set mini 1 case insert 1 plastic carry case
For tool-less disc change, suitable for discs from Ø 115-150 mm. QP
Order number
1
313.459
Carry case From impact-resistant plastic for LE 14-7 125. Designation
Size ( W x L x H)
TK-L 530x375x130 530 x 375 x 130
QP
Order number
1
367.192
Insert for carry case Carry case insert for LE 14-7 125 INOX Set with tidy function.
Designation
QP
Order number
TKE LE14-7 INOX
1
367.206
Metal surface finishing Overview of power tools
LP 1503 VR
LP 1503 VR Set
Burnishing machine for high-gloss surfaces • VR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, overload protection and speed selection • Adjustable guard: for sanding tools up to Ø 115 mm • Sanding tool replacement: tool-free with knurled screw • Infinately adjustable speed for optimum finishing of various materials for burnishing, structuring, polishing, brushing, smoothing, de-rusting and deburring of steel and stainless steel surfaces. • This machine is also available in 110 V
Burnish with ease with the rubber air roller. The air cushion adapts to any material contour.
For a linear image on the surface: grinding, burnishing, matting and polishing.
This rounds it off. Rubber drive roller and polishing fleece mirror-finish stainless steel guard-rails.
SPECIFICATIONS Power input
1200 watt
Power output
700 watt
Max. tool Ø
115 mm
Tool width
100 mm
Tool fixture No load speed Weight
Type
19 mm 1200-3700 rpm 3,1 kg
Order no.
LP 1503 VR
244.333
LP 1503 VR Set
319.015
Standard equipment LP 1503 VR Set: 1 air pump 1 rubber air roller 1 drive roller 1 set of distance rings 1 fleece A 280/fine 1 sanding sleeve, P 60 1 sanding sleeve, P 100 1 sanding sleeve, P 180 1 fleece sanding sleeve, A 240 1 fleece sanding sleeve, A 400 1 sanding-polishing sleeve, S 600 1 sanding-polishing sleeve, S 1500 2 velcro drive belts 1 velcro fleece belt A 180 2 velcro sanding belts, P 120 1 superfinishing band S 1500 1 plastic carrying case with insert
! Accessories from page 47 41
Metal surface finishing Overview of power tools
LBS 1105 VE
LBS 1105 VE Set
Belt file • Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • VE electronic control: for infinately adjustable belt speed • Sanding head: rotates through 140°. For use with sanding arms in 9 mm or 30 mm • Quick belt replacement system: for quick, tool-free belt replacement • This machine is also available in 110 V
The belt file - the specialist for those difficult-to-access places.
De-scale, sand-down and polish welds in those difficult-to-access places.Even the insides of cavities and tubes can be reached.
Standard equipment LBS 1105 VE: 1 sanding arm (pointed) 9 mm 1 sanding belt kit for 9 mm sanding arm, P 40/ P 120/ P 220 1 side handle 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5
SPECIFICATIONS Power input Power output Belt speed
710 watt 420 watt 4-12 m/sec
Belt dimensions LBS 1105 VE 533 x 4-9 mm Belt dimensions LBS 1105 VE Set 533 x 4-30 mm Weight
Type
2,5 kg
Order no.
LBS 1105 VE
270.113
LBS 1105 VE Set
319.007
! Accessories from page 50 42
Standard equipment LBS 1105 VE Set: 1 sanding arm, pointed, 9 mm 1 sanding arm, with large roller, Ø 30/30 mm 2 sanding belts, P 60, 4 mm 2 sanding belts, P 120, 4 mm 2 sanding belts, P 60, 9 mm 2 sanding belts, P 120, 9 mm 2 sanding belts, P 60, 30 mm 2 sanding belts, P 120, 30 mm 1 sanding fleece, A 240, 9 mm 1 sanding fleece, A 240, 30 mm 1 side handle 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 1 plastic carrying case with insert
Metal surface finishing Overview of power tools
LBR 1506 VRA 1200 watt weld and pipe belt sander • Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • VR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, overload protection and speed selection • Sanding belt tension: spring loaded, adapts to pipe diameter from 10 to 250 mm • Sanding belt replacement: quick and easy • Hand grip directly over the sanding belt for fatigue-free work • Sanding belts: wide assortment included sanding fleece for stainless steel applications • Infinately adjustable belt speed • Grinding weld seam directly on front contact roller with locked front swing arm • Grinding pipes: between two rollers with unlocked front swing arm. The grinding belt wraps around the pipe and adapts to the pipe diameter • This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS Power input Power output
1200 watt 700 watt
Belt speed
10-30 m/sec
Belt dimensions
40 x 618 mm
Weight
Type LBR 1506 VRA
4,2 kg
Order no. 282.499
Perfect for sanding weld seams. The circulating belt carries off the heat. Weld seams can be sanded down on stainless steel without tempering.
The specialist for larger pipe diameters. The sanding belt adapts itself to any curve – up to 250 mm diameter.
Standard equipment: 1 side handle 1 sanding belt, continuous, P 60 1 sanding belt, continuous, P 120 1 sanding belt, continuous, P 240 1 sanding fleece, continuous, A 240, 618 x 40 mm 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 6 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 3
! Accessories from page 49 43
Metal surface finishing Overview of power tools
LRP 1503 VRA Boa pipe belt sander
The FLEX sanding boa for the complete seamless working of tubes.
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • VR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, overload protection and speed selection • Sanding belt replacement: quick and tool-free • High-quality, spring-mounted sanding arm: light alloy with 2 deflection rollers. For optimum wrap-round on pipes, up to max. 270° • Additional side handle: can be rotated 180°, for narrow places • Swinging the supplementary grip locks the sanding arm to allow work in confined spaces, e.g. sanding hand rails near walls. • This machine is also available in 110 V
Pipe bends, sanding and polishing can be done in a clear-cut and rapid manner.
guide pulley
sanding belt
SPECIFICATIONS Power input Power output Belt speed Belt dimensions Pipe Ø max. Weight
Type LRP 1503 VRA
! Accessories from page 51 44
1200 watt 700 watt 4-12 m/sec 760 x 40/20 mm 125 mm 3,7 kg
Order no. 324.442
Standard equipment: 1 sanding belt, continuous, P 80, 760 x 40 mm 1 sanding belt, continuous, P 120, 760 x 20 mm 1 sanding belt, continuous, P 220, 760 x 20 mm 1 sanding fleece, continuous, A 400, 760 x 40 mm 1 sanding fleece, continuous, A 240, 760 x 40 mm 1 sanding-polishing belt, continuous, S 600, 760 x 40 mm 1 sanding-polishing belt, continuous, S 1500, 760 x 40 mm 1 plastic carrying case with insert
pipe
drive roll
Metal surface finishing Overview of power tools
LLK 1503 VR Fillet weld grinder • Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • VR full-wave electronic control: with speed selection and constant speed control, soft start, overload protection. • Infinately adjustable speed for optimum processing of various materials. • Slim sanding head: sand and polish with ease in corners, easy to guide • Quality abrasives: compressed fleece-fibre nylon • Profiling stone: for pre-profiling the grinding discs
Even difficult-to-reach places on welded pipe fabrications can be worked on with the preprofiled grinding discs.
Neatly de-scale fillet welds. You will discover its strengths where conventional tools get no further.
An exactly pre-profiled compressed disc always ensures precision radii. It is all down to the profiling stone.
SPECIFICATIONS Power input Power output Max. disc diameter No load speed Weight
Type LLK 1503 VR
1200 watt 700 watt Standard equipment: 152 mm 1 profiling stone 1500-4700 rpm 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14 3,4 kg 1 compact grinding disc, 3 mm, soft 1 compact grinding disc, 3 mm, hard 1 compact grinding disc, 6 mm, soft Order no. 1 compact grinding disc, 6 mm, hard 315.257 1 plastic carrying case with insert
! Accessories from page 51 45
Metal surface finishing Overview of power tools and accessories
Accessories ST 1005 VE Velcro sanding paper Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
39 x 60
P 60
10
258.299
39 x 60
P 120
10
258.300
39 x 60
P 180
10
258.301
Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
39 x 60
A 240
10
258.302
QP
Order number
1
258.031
QP
Order number
1
255.265
Velcro sanding fleece
ST 1005 VE
Polishing shoe, square With Velcro polishing cushion.
Finger sander • VE electronic control: infinately adjustable stroke speed via speed selector wheel • Free view of the tool • 2 polishing shoes with Velcro polishing cushion 39 x 60 mm • The linear movement of the tilted sanding pad allows the finger sander to reach into corners and edges, particularly with the pointed pad • Short, compact motor • Handy, lightweight design • For a perfect finish on steel and stainless steel surfaces in hard-to-reach areas • Long stroke for efficient working
Polishing shoe, pointed With Velcro backing.
Linear grinding pattern up into the corner. It is all down to the finger sander and its linear movement.
SPECIFICATIONS Power input Power output Sanding medium Orbit Orbit rate, no load Weight
Type ST 1005 VE
46
400 watt 220 watt 39 x 60 mm Standard equipment: 8 mm 2 polishing shoes with velcro 1200-4500 opm polishing cushion 2,2 kg 10 velcro sand papers, P 60 10 velcro sand papers, P 120 10 velcro sand papers, P 180 Order no. 10 velcro fleece, A 240, 39 x 60 mm 259.540 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 3
Metal surface finishing Accessories
Accessories angle grinders for metal and Inox Superfinishing pad
Accessories LP 1503 VR Poli-clean
High-performance polishing pad for high-gloss polishing of stainless steel and metals, no polishing mediums.
Hard-structured fleece wheel. For cleaning welds and intensive, pore-deep removal of rust and oxidation layers.
Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
125 Ø
S 600
1
318.191
100 Ø x 100
extra coarse
1
257.375
125 Ø
S 1500
1
318.205
125 Ø
S 2500
1
320.234
Flap wheel sanding Flexible sanding wheel with individual flexible flap-type sanding lamellae and keyway. 2 wheels are required. For paint removal, sanding and strong graining applications. Removes scratches, rust, old paint, scale and burrs. The 40 grit employed enables the removal of even deep scratches on stainless steel.
Backed fleece Fibre-back and M 14 threaded flange for removing scratches in glass, stainless steel, acrylic and high-gloss polishing of stainless steel. Use only with the respective polishing mediums.
Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
100 Ø x 50
P 40
1
250.496
100 Ø x 50
P 60
1
250.498
100 Ø x 50
P 80
1
250.499
100 Ø x 50
P 120
1
250.501
100 Ø x 50
P 180
1
250.504
100 Ø x 50
P 240
1
250.505
100 Ø x 100
P 40
1
358.827
Order number
100 Ø x 100
P 60
1
358.835
100 Ø x 100
P 80
1
358.843
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
125 Ø
1
122.726
175 Ø
1
122.734
Spare fleece With fiber backing. Dimensions in mm
QP
125 Ø
1
122.742
100 Ø x 100
P 120
1
358.851
175 Ø
1
122.750
100 Ø x 100
P 180
1
358.878
100 Ø x 100
P 240
1
358.886
Buffing wheel mount, M 14 Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
60
1
123.803
Sanding fleece top Flexible fleece roller with heavy-duty fleece. Maximum service life and high grinding power shorten the grinding time. For stainless steel, steel, copper, brass and aluminium. For cleaning, burnishing and smoothing. Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
100 Ø x 100
A 80 (coarse)
1
377.910
100 Ø x 100
A 180 (medium)
1
377.929
100 Ø x 100
A 280 (fine)
1
377.937
Sanding fleece Flexible polishing wheel made of sanding grit-impregnated nylon web with a keyway. Two wheels are required (for 50 mm wide fleece only). Achieves effective surface finishes on stainless steel, copper, aluminum, brass, etc. Also ideal for cleaning oxidized coatings and smoothing plastic and wood. Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
100 Ø x 50
A 80 (coarse)
1
250.509
100 Ø x 50
A 160 (medium)
1
250.510
100 Ø x 50
A 280 (fine)
1
250.512
100 Ø x 50
A 400 (very fine)
1
250.513
100 Ø x 100
A 80 (coarse)
1
256.973
100 Ø x 100
A 160 (medium)
1
256.974
100 Ø x 100
A 280 (fine)
1
256.975
100 Ø x 100
A 400 (very fine)
1
256.976
47
Metal surface finishing Accessories
Sanding fleece flap
Stranded wire brushes
Flexible combination of sanding flap and sanding fleece. Two wheels are required (for 50 wide). Suitable for dulling and finishing. Removes small scratches on metal, hard plastics and wood.
Made of strong, twisted, gold-colored steel wire. Extremely tough and rigid. For rust removal, deburring, removing dirt and old paint. Brings up the grain structure in wood. Needed is one piece plus distance ring set (order no. 250.522).
Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
P 80/A 160
1
250.515
Dimensions in mm
QP
100 Ø x 50
Order number
100 Ø x 50
P 150/A 280
1
250.516
100 Ø x 70
1
251.626
100 Ø x 50
P 240/A 280
1
358.894
100 Ø x 100
P 80/A 160
1
256.977
100 Ø x 100
P 150/A 280
1
256.978
100 Ø x 100
P 240/A 280
1
358.908
Polishing felt Soft, flexible felt polishing wheel. Two wheels are required. For high-gloss polishing when using polishing pastes and creams.
Grinding fleece, folded Flexible polishing wheel with multiple-folded grinding fleece for practically ridge-free grinding stainless steel, copper, aluminium, brass, etc. Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
100 Ø x 100
A 100
1
347.272
100 Ø x 100
A 180
1
347.280
100 Ø x 100
A 280
1
347.299
Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
100 Ø x 50
grit 60
1
250.525
100 Ø x 50
grit 180
1
250.526
QP
Order number
100 Ø x 50
1
257.374
Cotton buffing wheel Polishing ring made of impregnated cotton cloth. Achieves a highgloss polished finish on aluminum, brass and stainless steel. Needed are 8 pieces plus distance ring set (order no. 250.522).
Fine polishing roller Soft rubber polishing wheel made of grit-impregnated rubber web. 2 rollers are required. For particularly bright longitudinal structures. Best effects are achieved on stainless steel.
Dimensions in mm
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
100 Ø x 10
8
317.950
Distance ring set Required for nylon brushes, stainless steel wire brushes, stranded wire brushes, cotton buffing wheels. Also necessary for sanding flaps, sanding fleeces, sanding fleece flaps, fine sanding rollers and sanding wheels less than 100 mm wide if only one sanding wheel is to be mounted.
Nylon brushes Impregnated with sanding grits. Flexible, interspersed plastic brushes. For deburring, cleaning, roughing and smoothing. (Also suitable for wood, brushing applications and removing fibres.) Needed is one piece plus distance ring set (order no. 250.522).
Order number
8
250.522
INOX Clean spray To seal the surface, 400 ml tin.
Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
QP
Order number
100 Ø x 70
S 80
1
251.624
1
298.301
Rubber air roller
Stainless steel wire brush
48
QP
Flexible stainless steel wire brush. Rust removal, deburring, roughing and paint removal. Needed is one piece plus distance ring set (Order no. 250.522).
For sensitive contour sanding. Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
90 Ø x 100
1
256.415
100 Ø x 70
1
251.625
With air pump and ring fastener. For sensitive contour sanding. Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
90 Ø x 100
1
257.004
Metal surface finishing Accessories
Belts for LP 1503 VR / LBR 1506 VRA Air pump
Sanding belt For pumping up rubber air rollers.
For polishing pipes and pipe fittings. QP
Order number
Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
1
256.284
618 x 40
P 36
10
223.670
618 x 40
P 60
10
223.689
618 x 40
P 120
10
266.132
618 x 40
P 240
10
250.610
Sanding-polishing sleeve For high-gloss polishing without polishing agents in two steps. Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
90 Ø x 100
S 600
1
318.175
90 Ø x 100
S 1500
1
318.183
Sanding fleece For polishing pipes and pipe fittings.
Zirconium corundum sanding sleeves For coarse and medium sanding. Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
90 Ø x 100
P 60 blue
5
256.285
90 Ø x 100
P 100 grey
5
256.286
90 Ø x 100
P 180 brown
5
256.287
Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
618 x 40
A 100
3
317.969
618 x 40
A 240
3
317.977
618 x 40
A 400
3
317.985
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
618 x 40
1
255.003
Felt belt For polishing stainless steel surfaces.
Fleece sanding sleeves For decorative finishes. Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
90 Ø x 100
A 100 brown
1
256.288
90 Ø x 100
A 240 red
1
256.289
90 Ø x 100
A 400 blue
1
256.290
Belts for LP 1503 VR Velcro sanding belt For polishing pipes and pipe fittings.
Drive roller For sanding belt drive. Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
60 Ø x 100
1
255.731
Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
600 x 40
P 60
10
284.718
600 x 40
P 120
10
284.726
Velcro fleece For polishing pipes and pipe fittings.
Drive roller With stainless steel guide discs. Needed is the distance ring set (Order no. 250.522). Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
62 Ø x 70
1
303.054
Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
600 x 40
A 100
2
281.069
600 x 40
A 180
2
281.077
600 x 40
S 400
2
281.085
Superfinishing band Carry case with insert
For high-gloss polishing of stainless steel.
Impact-resistant plastic case with matching insert for LP 1503 VR. QP
Order number
1
319.066
Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
600 x 40
S 1500
2
318.736
49
Metal surface finishing Accessories
Velcro drive belt, blue
Sanding belt, 4 mm
For closing and releasing the different belts. Simple application - tensile resistance up to 100 kg.
Continuous, for 9 mm sanding arm.
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
700 x 30
2
281.050
Adhesive tape for sanding belt For sealing open sanding belts for the LP 1503 VR.
Grit
QP
Order number
533 x 4
P 40
10
303.607
533 x 4
P 60
10
303.615
533 x 4
P 120
10
303.623
533 x 4
P 220
10
303.631
Sanding belt, 9 mm
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
40 x 5000
1
251.838
Accessories LBS 1105 VE Sanding arm, 9 mm, pointed for extremely tight spaces. Application cases: Sanding wedge seams (small radius), sanding down corrosion spots, smoothen tight contours, deburring edges, sanding banisters, sanding groove gaps for tongue-and-groove boards.
Dimension of roller in mm
QP
Order number
25 Ø x 9
1
256.525
Sanding arm, 9 mm, cambered For angles and tight spaces. Application cases: Sanding wedge seams (large radius), deburring edges, sanding banisters, sanding groove gaps for tongue-and-groove boards.
Dimension of roller in mm
QP
Order number
25 Ø x 9
1
256.532
Sanding arm, 30 mm, small roller For edges and surfaces. Application cases: Sanding butt seam welds, deburring edges, sanding surfaces, removing rust.
Continuous, for 9 mm sanding arm. Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
533 x 9
P 40
10
257.101
533 x 9
P 60
10
257.105
533 x 9
P 120
10
257.102
533 x 9
P 220
10
257.103
Sanding belt, 30 mm Continuous, for 30 mm sanding arm. Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
533 x 30
P 40
10
256.538
533 x 30
P 60
10
255.328
533 x 30
P 120
10
255.329
533 x 30
P 220
10
255.330
Sanding fleece, 9 mm Continuous, for 9 mm sanding arm. Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
533 x 9
A 240
3
318.663
533 x 9
A 400
3
318.671
Sanding fleece, 30 mm Continuous, for 30 mm sanding arm.
Dimension of roller in mm
QP
Order number
Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
20 Ø x 30
1
255.282
533 x 30
A 240
3
318.647
533 x 30
A 400
3
318.655
Sanding arm, 30 mm, large roller For pipes and curves. Application cases: Sanding weld seams on pipes, sanding down radii and transitions, deburring.
50
Dimensions in mm
Superfinishing band For high-gloss polishing without polishing agents in two steps.
Dimension of roller in mm
QP
Order number
Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
30 Ø x 30
1
258.888
533 x 30
S 600
1
318.132
533 x 30
S 1500
1
318.140
Metal surface finishing Accessories
Felt belt, 9 mm
INOX Clean spray For polishing stainless steel surfaces.
To seal the surface, 400 ml tin.
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
QP
Order number
533 x 9
1
259.420
1
298.301
Felt belt, 30 mm
Carry case with insert For polishing stainless steel surfaces. Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
533 x 30
1
259.419
Impact-resistant plastic case with matching insert for LRP 1503 VRA. QP
Order number
1
327.603
Carry case with insert Impact-resistant plastic case with matching insert for LBS 1105 VE. QP
Order number
1
319.074
Accessories LLK 1503 VR Compact grinding disc Professional sanding discs: hot-compressed compact sanding discs for stainless steel, metal, and other materials in 2 different thicknesses and hardnesses: the hard sanding disc is used for grinding, the soft one for polishing.
Accessories LRP 1503 VRA Sanding belt For polishing pipes and pipe fittings. Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
760 x 40
P 80
10
326.739
760 x 40
P 120
10
326.755
760 x 40
P 220
10
326.771
760 x 20
P 120
10
326.801
760 x 20
P 220
10
326.836
Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
152 x 3 x 25
soft
1
313.416
152 x 3 x 25
hard
1
313.424
152 x 6 x 25
soft
1
313.432
152 x 6 x 25
hard
1
313.440
Profiling stone For pre-profiling the compressed sanding discs. QP
Order number
1
315.494
Sanding fleece FixTec quick clamp nut M 14
For polishing pipes and pipe fittings. Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
760 x 40
A 100
3
326.895
760 x 40
A 240
3
326.879
760 x 40
A 400
3
326.852
Superfinishing band
For tool-less disc change, suitable for discs from Ø 115-150 mm. QP
Order number
1
313.459
Carry case with insert
For high-gloss polishing without polishing agents in two steps. Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
760 x 40
S 600
1
326.917
760 x 40
S 1500
1
326.933
Impact-resistant plastic case with matching insert for LLK 1503 VR. QP
Order number
1
319.082
51
Saws
FLEX saws for the professional Whether renovating and restoring or cutting different materials â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the robust reciprocating, circular and band saws from FLEX are characterised by their powerful and precise cuts. The FLEX reciprocating saws feature powerful and robust motors for rapid work progress and long service life. The variable speed settings allow the speed to be adjusted optimally to the corresponding workpiece. The accelerator switch enables sensitive start-sawing when making the first cut. The metal band saw SBG 4910 offers greater flexibility. It can be activated and hand-controlled with a saw bench or by a simple handle on the saw bench. The CSÂ 60 WET diamond stone cutter is the ideal machine for stonemasons, kitchen and shop fitters and tilers who have to make precise and clean separating and mitre cuts in natural and artificial stone; the machine can also be used in gardening and landscaping.
52
Saws
Sabre saw SKE 2902 VV
Pipe sabre saw SR 602 VV
Pipe sabre saw SK 602 VV
Metal-cutting band saw SBG 4910
Metal-cutting circular saw CSM 4060
Drywall saw CSE 55 T (Page 116)
Wet stone cutter CS 60 WET (Page 276)
Artificial stone
Natural stone
Gypsum/cement/ concrete
Acrylic glass
Chipboard/OSB
Aluminium
Timber
Steel grating
Metal profiles
Sheet metal
Metal pipes
Sabre saw S 2902 VV
Solid metal
Machines
Keen to cut pipes, profiles and angles
highly suitable, highly recommended suitable, recommended
53
Saws Overview of power tools
SR 602 VV
SK 602 VV
Variable-speed pipe sabre saw with pipe clamp
Variable-speed sabre saw with pipe cutting support
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • VV electronic control: with constant stroke control, soft start with continuous speed control trigger, overload protection and speed selector wheel • Orbital stroke: selective • For sawing pipes up to 4" at an exact right angle, without exerting high force • Extremely rugged and powerful version with large rectangular thrust bar for high loading when used with a pipe clamp or chain clamping fixture
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • VV electronic control: with constant stroke control, soft start with continuous speed control trigger, overload protection and speed selector wheel • Orbital stroke: selective • Standard cutting support • Adjustable pipe cutting support for pipes up to 1 ½” • Acceleration trigger: sensitive sawing at the first cut • With reinforced recip shaft guide and adjustable saw stop
SPECIFICATIONS Orbit rate, no load Orbit Power input Power output Weight
Type SR 602 VV
! Accessories from page 59 54
SPECIFICATIONS 0-2400 opm 27 mm 1300 watt Standard equipment: 850 watt 1 side handle 4,4 kg 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4 1 standard cutting support 1 assortment of saw blades Bestell-Nr. 1 pipe clamp for pipes up to 2" 278.866 1 plastic carry case
Orbit rate, no load
0-2400 opm
Orbit
27 mm Standard equipment: 1300 watt 1 side handle 850 watt 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4 3,9 kg 1 standard cutting support 1 assortment of saw blades 1 spare clamp for sabre saw blade Order no. 1 pipe cutting support 282.308 1 plastic carry case
Power input Power output Weight
Type SK 602 VV
! Accessories from page 58
Saws Overview of power tools
S 2902 VV
SKE 2902 VV
1200 watt universal reciprocating saw with accelerator trigger switch
1200 watt reciprocating saw with orbital cutting action
• VV electronic control: with constant stroke control, soft start with continuous speed control trigger • Durable 1200 watt high-power motor • Soft-grip handle: eliminates most of the vibration and ensures non-slip handling • Universal saw blade holder: for an easy saw blade exchange • Saw blade reverses to allow over-head sawing • Tilt-adjustable saw support for accurate application to workpiece
SPECIFICATIONS Orbit rate, no load Orbit
• VV electronic control: with constant stroke control, soft start with continuous speed control trigger • Durable 1200 watt high-power motor • Orbital stroke: switch-activated, especially for fast sawing through wood • Soft-grip handle: eliminates most of the vibration and ensures non-slip handling • Quick-Change: Exchange saw blades quickly without tools with the stainless steel saw blade tool holder • Saw blade reverses to allow over-head sawing • Tilt-adjustable saw support for accurate application to workpiece, with 4-step tool-free depth adjustment
SPECIFICATIONS 0-2600 opm 28 mm
Orbit rate, no load Orbit
0-2600 opm 28 mm
Power input
1200 watt
Power input
1200 watt
Power output
670 watt
Power output
670 watt
Weight
Type S 2902 VV
! Accessories from page 58
3,8 kg Standard equipment: 1 assortment of saw blades 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 3/16” Order no. 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5/32” 307.779 1 plastic carry case
Weight
Type SKE 2902 VV
4 kg Standard equipment: 1 assortment of saw blades 331.678 1 plastic carry case
Order no.
! Accessories from page 58 55
Saws Overview of power tools
Can be used with saw bench or even hand-controlled.
Robust machine table and vice with prismatic guide for clamping workpieces securely and reliably.
Two belt speeds for sawing solid and hollow profiles. Working without cooling fluids.
3-point ball-bearing bandsaw blade guide for optimum blade control.
Safety switch to prevent the power tool from unintentionally switching on again following a power failure.
The stop is on the underside of the saw bench. Simple assembly. Included in the standard equipment.
NEW
SBG 4910
Metal-cutting band saw with swivelling saw frame • 2 belt speeds: for sawing solid and hollow sections • Recommended belt speeds: Step I, solid steel, stainless steel, aluminium; Step II, steel, stainless steel, aluminium tubes • Cutting without a stand: with 90° straight cut, round and square section, max. 80 mm, rectangular section max. 100 x 80 mm, freehand use 150 x 80 mm • Continuous tool-free adjustment of the cutting angle from 0°-45° • With stand, easy release for freehand use • 3-point ball-bearing bandsaw blade guide for optimum blade control • With bracket locking device: for mobile applications and easy transport • Safety switch: prevents uncontrolled reactivation following power interruptions • Work without coolant • Especially in fire hazardous surroundings the SBG for spark free cutting of metal
SPECIFICATIONS Power input Power output Dimensions of saw band Belt speed per minute Size ( W x L x H)
850 watt 445 watt 1335 x 13 x 0,65 mm 60 / 80 mm rpm 66x31x38 mm
Max. cutting range: round cross sectional cut at 45°/90°
68 mm / 80 mm
Max. cutting range: square cross sectional cut at 45°/90°
60 mm / 80 mm
Max. cutting range: rectangular cross sectional cut at 45°/90° Weight of saw arm Weight (complete unit)
Type SBG 4910
! Accessories from page 58 56
68x55 mm / 100x80 mm 7,9 kg 18,0 kg Standard equipment: 1 parallel guide fence 390.518 1 bimetal saw blade
Order no.
With saw bench: simply released Continuous tool-free adjustfor hand-controlled use. ment of the cutting angle from 0° - 45°
Saws Overview of power tools
CSM 4060 Metal-cutting circular saw for dry cutting
Maximum cutting depths:
• For accurate metal cutting without coolant • Tool-free adjustable guide plate, continuous saw depth adjustment to 63 mm • Chip collection compartment with sight glass: large capacity, tool-free emptying • Special carbide-tipped saw blades: nearly burr-free cuts, trimming threaded bars possible without recutting the thread • Spindle lock • Switch: with lock-off / lock-on switch • Solid material / flat steel: 6 mm; Round material: 20 mm; Hollow sections: 63 mm
Solid material / flat steel: 6 mm; Round material: 20 mm; Hollow sections: 63 mm
SPECIFICATIONS Blade Ø Saw blade drill Ø Max. cutting depth (90°)
185 mm 20 mm 0-63 mm
Max. material thickness in steel 400 N/mm²
6 mm
Max. material thickness in aluminium 250 N/mm²
10 mm
No load speed Power input Power output Weight
Type CSM 4060
3800 rpm 1400 watt Standard equipment: 720 watt 2 carbide tipped saw blades for 5,4 kg steel, 38 teeth (185 x 20 mm) 1 parallel guide fence 1 ring / open-ended wrench Order no. 1 safety glasses 307.815 1 plastic carry case
! Accessories from page 59 57
Saws Accessories
Accessories SBG 4910, 4908
Accessories SK 602 VV, SKE 2902 VV, SÂ 2902 VV, SKL 2903 VV
Saw blades Bi-metallic saw bands with positive cutting angle for rapid work progress thanks to optimised machining performance with improved cutting accuracy and maximum service life. Suitable for thick-walled pipes, flat and square steel, round steel, bundled material as well as non-ferrous metals. Designation
Size ( W x L x H)
Teeth QP per inch
SB 1335x13x0,65 1335 x 13 x 0,65 18 Bi-M42 18 VE2
2
Order number
Teeth QP per inch
SB 1335x13x0,65 1335 x 13 x 0,65 8/12 Bi-M 8/12 VE3 SB 1335x13x0,65 1335 x 13 x 0,65 10/14 Bi-M 10/14 VE3
Teeth per inch
Length in mm
QP
Order number
18
100
5
200.700
Universal use for steel, V2A and hard metals, 3.0 mm and more, bi-metal.
Bi-metal sawband for steel, stainless steel, non-ferrous and aluminium. Saw band with vario-tooth pitch. For extreme vibration free working, with positive rake angle for optimal cutting power and cost effectiveness. Size ( W x L x H)
Universal use for steel, V2A and hard metals, 1.15 mm and more, bi-metal.
399.485
Saw blades
Designation
Sabre saw blades for metal and sheet material
Order number
Teeth per inch
Length in mm
QP
Order number
14
150
5
200.727
Universal use for steel, V2A and hard metals, 1.15 mm and more, bi-metal.
3
359.289
Teeth per inch
Length in mm
QP
Order number
3
359.130
18
150
5
200.735
Hard metals, 1.15 mm and thinner, bi-metal. Sawband from tool steel with extra hardened teeth, especially aligned for thin walled cross sections and profiles.
Designation
Size ( W x L x H)
Teeth QP per inch
SB 1335x13x0,65 1335 x 13 x 0,65 18 WS 18 VE3 SB 1335x13x0,65 1335 x 13 x 0,65 24 WS 24 VE3
Order number
3
359.106
3
359.270
Spannbacken Protective plastic jaws with magnet, suitable for SBG 4908 and 4910, with prism, for the secure clamping of materials with sensitive surfaces. By using protective jaws, the cutting distance on the SBG 4910 is reduced to 15 mm.
58
Designation
QP
Order number
SBG-SP 10 VE2
2
388.718
Teeth per inch
Length in mm
QP
Order number
24
150
5
200.743
Long metal blade 3 - 10 mm, bi-metal. For steel hollow section pipes, V2A, plastics pipes (also for pallet repair). Teeth per inch
Length in mm
QP
Order number
10
280
5
201.928
Hard metals, 3.0 mm and thicker (also for palette repair), bi-metal. Teeth per inch
Length in mm
QP
Order number
14
200
5
217.190
Saws Accessories
Sabre saw blade for wood, plaster, porous concrete and other applications Wood with nails, bi-metal. Teeth per inch
Length in mm
QP
Order number
10
150
5
200.778
Accessories SR 602 VV Pipe saw blades Pipe Ø up to 2", wall thickness from 3.0 mm.
Wooden board (coarse/standard cuts). Teeth per inch
Length in mm
QP
Order number
6
300
5
201.936
Length in mm
QP
Order number
3
225
5
250.054
150
1
202.061
3
300
1
206.210
QP
Order number
150
3
198.757
QP
Order number
1
329.908
8
150
5
252.329
Teeth per inch
Length in mm
QP
Order number
8
210
5
251.620
Teeth per inch
Length in mm
QP
Order number
8
275
5
252.167
Teeth per inch
Length in mm
QP
Order number
18
230
5
252.136
Teeth per inch
Length in mm
QP
Order number
18
310
5
252.137
Plastic pipe up to 200 mm Ø.
Plastic multi-carrying case Perfect fitting, impact resistant carrying case for LD 3206 C, BH 612 VR, BHI 822 VR, BHW 812 VV, BH 812 VV, SR 602 VV, SK 602 VV.
Order number
Plastic pipe up to 125 mm Ø.
Sabre blade assortment for plastic/wood/metal Length in mm
QP
Pipe Ø up to 6", wall thickness from 3.0 mm (only with chain clamp fixture).
Plaster, porous concrete, eternit, non-ferrous metal, glass-fiber reinforced plastic, carbide tipped. Teeth Length QP Order per inch in mm number 6
Length in mm
Pipe Ø up to 4", wall thickness from 3.0 mm.
Coarse rapid cuts in wood. Teeth per inch
Teeth per inch
Accessories CSM 4060 Carbide tipped saw blade for steel Enables a practically burr-free cut, no touching up is necessary.
Dimensions in mm
Teeth
QP
Order number
185 Ø x 20
38
1
312.304
59
60
Tools for renovation and modernization FLEX has the right solution for whatever the task in floor, wall and ceiling finishing – whether it is cutting slots for in-wall installation of cables and conduits, removing plaster, concrete, screed or render coatings. In fact, FLEX special machines and the individually coordinated accessories surmount each and every obstacle.
360° dry construction system
62
Wall and ceiling sanders Handy-Giraffe® Vario-Giraffe® Accessories Classic-Giraffe® Accessories Abrasives Concrete-Giraffe Accessories Giraffe mobile workstation
64 68 72 77 78 83 86 88 91 92
Drywall screwdriver High-speed drywall screwdrivers Accessories Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V Cordless drill driver 18,0 V Accessories Drywall saw CSE 55 T Accessories
96 98 103 104 108 114 116 121
Renovation machines RETECFLEX, Accessories LD 1709 FR, Accessories LDC 1709 FR, Accessories LD 3206 C, Accessories HPI 603, Accessories
122 124 134 136 138 140
Screwing and drilling Cordless drill driver 10,8 V, Accessories Cordless drill driver 14,4 V, Accessories Rotary hammer drills, Accessories Dry core drilling, Accessories
142 144 146 152 160
Special tool Wall chaser Gutter support groove cutter Accessories
164 164 165 165
Surface finishing sanding SUPRAFLEX Palm, delta and random orbit sanders Overview of power tools Accessories
166 168 180 186 189
Safety vacuum cleaner Compact class Construction/workshop class Suction systems Overview of power tools Accessories
194 196 198 202 204 207
Mixers Overview of power tools Mixing paddles, Accessories
212 215 222
Laser measuring technology Overview of power tools Accessories
224 232 235
61
360° dry construction system
FLEX 360° dry construction system. The perfect partner for the dry construction professional. Preparation FLEX offers an extensive range of electric power tools for the preparation of drywalls. These include in particular renovation sanders and scouring machines for use on floors, walls and ceilings to remove old coverings, paintwork and to prepare optimum substrates. To ensure a low-dust workplace, the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners, classes L, M and H, are available. And don’t forget the FLEX fixing, demolition and combination hammers. Assembly Perfect assembly includes the use of professional laser measuring devices as well as powerful hammer drills, drywall screwdrivers and cordless drill drivers. Finishing With its Giraffe family FLEX is no. 1 in the world for wall and ceiling sanding systems. And the following also applies: Health has top priority. This is achieved by the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners. To ensure a perfect finish, paints, fillers, etc. must also be mixed. FLEX provides an extensive range of mixers and mixing paddles.
360° dry construction system
Application
Renovation sanders/scouring machine
Hammer drills/caulking hammers
Cordless drill drivers
Cordless drywall screwdriver High-speed drywall screwdrivers Drywall saw Lasers
Wall and ceiling sanders
Sanders
Mixers
Safety vacuum cleaners
Sabre saws
Type
Preparation
LD 1709 FR LDC 1709 FR LD 3206 C RE 14-5 115 HPI 603 CHE 2-26 SDS-plus CHE 5-45 SDS-max DH 5 SDS-max AD 14,4/3,0 ADH 14,4/3,0 AID 14,4/3,0 ¼” AID 14,4/3,0 ½” AD 18,0/3,0 R ADW 18,0-42 DW 7-25 DW 7-45 DW 7-60 CSE 55 T ALC 2/1 ALC 2-F ALC 1-360 WST 700 VV WST 700 VV Plus WSE 500 WST 1000 FV WSE 7 Vario WSE 7 Vario Plus OSE 80-2 ODE 100-2 ORE 125-2 SE 14-2 125 X 1107 VE LL 1107 VEA MXE 900 MXE 1100/MXE 1102 MXE 1300/MXE 1302 R 600 VV R 1800 VV RZ 600 VV VC 25 L MC VC 35 L MC VCE 35 L AC VCE 45 L AC VCE 45 M AC VCE 45 H AC S 2902 VV SKE 2902 VV
• • • • • • • •
Assembly
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
•
•
• • • • • • •
Finishing
• •
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
63
Wall and ceiling sanders
FLEX Giraffe® – globally the No. 1 for wall and ceiling sanding systems. The work of painters, drywall constructors, plastering specialists and many other trades was revolutionised with the introduction by FLEX of the first Giraffe® WS 702 VEA long-neck sander for wall and ceiling working in Europe in 1997. The FLEX Giraffe® is the world's most widely-sold long-neck sander. The reliable and proven Giraffe® WS 702 VEA was followed by the innovative and unrivaled Vario-Giraffe® WST 700 VV. For the first time there is now a long-neck sander – equipped with a unique interchangeable head system – which can “stretch”. Along with sanding large surfaces, the innovative triangular sanding head has now also made it possible to seamlessly sand up to edges and into corners. Without the need for a ladder or scaffolding. This allows for a direct finish of the corners and edges. The Concrete-Giraffe® WST 1000 FV is the result of consequently adapting the technology of the successful long-neck sander to work on concrete, plaster, paint coatings, screeds, both natural and artificial stone, tile adhesives and many other materials on walls and ceilings. Now the FLEX Giraffe family is being supplemented by another sander. The new small and convenient Handy-Giraffe® WSE 7 Vario is the ideal addition to the VarioGiraffe®, above all when processing confined spaces and rather small wall and ceiling areas. To make your work even easier on large surfaces and high ceilings up to 3.20 m, we have developed the Giraffe mobile workstation GM 320. FLEX now has a unique family of long-neck sanders which can deal with practically all the requirements demanded. An insight is provided on the following pages into the numerous applications for FLEX Giraffe sanders.
64
Wall and ceiling sanders
Classic-Giraffe® WSE 500
Handy-Giraffe® WSE 7 Vario Set
Handy-Giraffe® WSE 7 Vario Plus
Vario-Giraffe® WST 700 VV
Vario-Giraffe® WST 700 VV Plus
Concrete-Giraffe® WST 1000 FV
FLEX Vario-System
Extendable
–
–
–
•
•
•
Tool-free sanding head change-over
–
•
•
•
•
•
Sanding head round Ø 225 mm
•
•
•
•
•
–
Sanding head triangular
–
•
–
Sanding head for diamond discs
–
–
•
Velcro sanding pad supersoft
•
Velcro sanding pad soft
• –
–
–
– •
•
•
•
–
Velcro sanding pad medium
–
Velcro sanding pad hard
–
Suction hose anti-static
–
Storage and stacking system
–
–
–
Carry case
•
•
•
•
•
•
Standard equipment available as an accessory. not available
65
66
The FLEX Vario system. Everything with a click. Whether wall or ceiling, whether small or large work surfaces, whether surfaces or edges and corners – you are ready for everything with the wall and ceiling sanders of the FLEX Vario system. In addition to the Vario-Giraffe® WST 700 VV, the ideal sander for high walls and ceilings, you now have the “small” HandyGiraffe® WSE 7 Vario for processing smaller areas which are difficult to access. And all that with the intelligent double head system for round and triangular sanders. Be convinced by the smart FLEX Vario system on the following pages.
67
68
Wall and ceiling sanders Handy-Giraffe®
WSE 7 Vario. So small but so clever. The Handy-Giraffe® WSE 7 Vario is part of a unique system for processing walls and ceilings. It is light and handy and is therefore suitable for use on smaller surfaces and confined spaces. With the unique FLEX change head system, the Handy-Giraffe® can be used not only to process surfaces, but also to sand near edges. It is the ideal supplement to the Vario-Giraffe® WST 700 VV.
Always in control The special handle cover ensures comfortable handling and allows the Handy-Giraffe® to be controlled with precision.
FLEX Clip system The suction hose is conveniently connected to the WSE 7 Vario via the Flex Clip system.
Just in case On/off switch protected from dust and impacts.
More freedom The extraction hose is attached to the machine and ensures trouble-free operation.
This is really something Powerful, high-output 700 watt motor for rapid work progress.
Into the smallest corner As the triangular sanding head is changed with a simple handle, edges and corners can be processed immediately.
Adjustable VR electronic control with controllable speed from 600-1800 rpm (round sanding head) ensures that the speed is adjusted for sanding. With tachogenerator-controlled constant speed and restart protection.
Interchangeable head system Simply press the two locks on the holder of the sanding head and remove the sanding head with a click.
69
Wall and ceiling sanders Handy-Giraffe®
WSE 7 Vario. Variable in the most confined space. The compact multi-talent.
The Handy-Giraffe® WSE 7 Vario is characterised by its excellent dust extraction. The vacuum cleaner is connected easily and simply via the FLEX Clip system and the special hose guide ensures trouble-free operation. As the ideal supplement we recommend the FLEX safety vacuum cleaner (starting on page 194).
Comfortable
Solution for corner
Perfect result
The special grip hood and the slender design contribute to the high ease of operation.
The small Handy-Giraffe® WSE 7 Vario allows sanding into the smallest corner – and with maximum surface quality.
The changeable triangular sanding head enables processing near edges – for a perfect finish.
70
Wall and ceiling sanders Overview of power tools
WSE 7 Vario Set
WSE 7 Vario Plus
WSE 7 Vario
Handy-Giraffe® wall and ceiling sander • VR electronic control: stepless speed selection, tachogeneratorcontrolled constant speed, overload protection, re-start inhibit and temperature monitoring. • Completely cast electronic components prevents damage due to metal dust. The 3-fold winding protection reduces motor wear, increases service life • Grip hood for easy handling and precise working • With interchangeable head system for round- and triangular sanding head for sanding close to edges • Effective dust extraction from between the brush ring and the sanding pad (round) and through the 10-hole extraction ports prevents clogging of the abrasive and promotes a healthy, dust-free working environment • The brush ring is spring-mounted so that the round sanding head accurately follows all uneven contours. This allows the head to be applied with fingertip precision and also prevents any dust escaping • Backing pad with hook and loop face • Defined hose guidance and effective dust extraction due to large hose cross-section. The suction hose is directly attached to the tool by the FLEX clip-system • Lightweight and easy-to-use on small surfaces, tight spaces • Ideally suited for sanding plaster boards, solid styropor insulation slabs, preparation for painting • Machine without sanding head as an addition for the Vario-Giraffe® WST 700 VV and WST 700 VV Plus Standard equipment WSE 7 Vario Set: Round sanding head with velcro sanding pad soft Velcro backed abrasive paper, Select, 1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220 Carry case
SPECIFICATIONS Power input
Placement of carry case WSE 7 Vario Plus
710 watt
420 watt Standard equipment WSE 7 Vario Plus: Round sanding head with velcro sanding No load speed 600-1800 rpm pad soft Corner sander no-load speed 1800-5400 rpm Triangular sanding head Size ( W x L x H) 330 x 120 x 170 mm Velcro backed abrasive paper, Select, Weight 2,8 kg 1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220 Velcro backed abrasive paper, triangular, Type Order no. Select, 1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220 Carry case WSE 7 Vario Set 385.166 Power output
WSE 7 Vario Plus WSE 7 Vario
385.190
Standard equipment WSE 7 Vario: 377.821 Machine without sanding heads in cardboard box
! Accessories from page 77 71
Wall and ceiling sanders Vario-GiraffeÂŽ
The Vario-GiraffeÂŽ WST 700 VV. Clever yet simple. The innovation of the long-neck sander.
Excellent innovation Handy and easy to extend, exchange function for round and triangular sanding heads, a great variety of grip possibilities for optimum balance of the tool and the excellent FLEX performance and quality. It makes no difference how you get hold of the Vario-GiraffeÂŽ â&#x20AC;&#x201C; you will always find that ideal holding position for comfortable fatigue-free working. The uniform distribution of weight and centrally positioned motor guarantees that the Vario-GiraffeÂŽ is always optimally balanced. This minimizes any top-heaviness when sanding and it considerably facilitates the work. The ergonomic design and numerous gripping possibilities allows you to hold the tool in the most comfortable positions. Round sanding head The round sanding head is optimally suited for sanding large areas at high removal rates both quickly and effectively. The soft backing pad prevents grooves or swirls from developing. And of course our extraction system makes sure that the working environment stays practically dust-free. In conjunction with the right FLEX abrasives the application range is practically unlimited. Triangular sanding head Workflows are perfected by the innovative triangular sanding head. Manual refinishing or refinishing with a hand-held random orbital sander is not required. The sander head is exchanged with a simple hand movement and corner and edge working can be carried out immediately. With the eccentric movement of the grinding pad reaching up to the rim of the sander head, seamless working of edges and corners is guaranteed. Thanks to the 360° rotating sanding head, the Vario-GiraffeÂŽ can be easily directed around corners. Naturaly the accustomed vacuum power stays the same. FLEX safety vacuum cleaners (starting page 194) provides with the optimum complimentation for healthy and dust-free working. FLEX will, of course, offers the right range of accessories and the right abrasives (starting page 86).
72
Wall and ceiling sanders Vario-Giraffe®
The WST 700 VV is full of surprises. With its numerous technical innovations the Vario-Giraffe® is characterised by its applications, handling and result. It can always be optimally adjusted to the corresponding requirements. It depends on the correct length Tool-free telescopic from 133-173 cm.
Always clamps Adjustable locking screw for telescopic extension.
Dust extraction system The extraction stops the abrasive from clogging and allows work to be done in a dust-free and healthy environment. The brush ring is spring mounted. Allowing the sanding head to adjust itself perfectly to all unevenness. This allows for a sensitive surface contact.
FLEX Clip system Snap coupling for the suction hose with swivel.
Packed with power Powerful 710 watt motor.
Greater flexibility The flexible suction hose makes it easy to evenly set down. This prevents grooves and swirls.
Just in case VV electronic control with controllable speed from 1100-1700 rpm (round sanding head) ensures that the speed is adjusted for sanding different surfaces. With tachogeneratorcontrolled constant speed and soft-start.
Ergonomic The ergonomically shaped handle for comfortable and save work.
The rotatable handle The ergonomically shaped T-handle gives additional hold when sanding ceilings. Handle can be rotated 360°.
Balanced In addition to its ergonomic handgrip the Vario-Giraffe® provides numerous gripping positions for a perfect balance by working directly in front of your body.
Stable When resting the Vario-Giraffe®, the long handle protects the hose from kinking.
The Vario-Giraffe® is smart The articulating sanding head can be adjusted to every tilt and angle. The joint rotates horizontally. This both facilitates guiding and surface contact so that no grooves form.
Easy and variable Easy-to-operate telescope lock. Open lever – pull out handle for the right length – close lever.
Interchangeable head system Easy, tool-free exchange of the round and triangular heads.
73
Wall and ceiling sanders Vario-Giraffe®
Round or square?
It makes no difference! The Vario-Giraffe® can do both.
The high removal rate and effectiv dust extraction make for a quick work progress. Whether it is sanding wallpapered surfaces, taped joints or even finely sanding down marble and smoothing plaster,the round sanding head-equipped Vario-Giraffe® achieves results that you can be proud of. Edges and corners can be worked on using the exchangeable orbital triangular sanding head. No need for additional manual touching-up. Seamless sanding in all positions thanks to the 360° rotating triangular sanding head. Even in the corners and angles, the Vario-Giraffe® WST 700 VV Plus always impresses with perfect results.
74
Wall and ceiling sanders Vario-Giraffe®
Only the result counts.
Precise and safe control.
Perfectly balanced
Giraffe® stretch!
Thanks to the numerous grip options, the Vario-Giraffe® can always be guided precisely and safely – even directly in front of your body.
For optimum balance the Vario-Giraffe® has an additional handle on the motor housing in addition to the ergonomic handle.
High ceilings can be comfortably reached thanks to the T-handle and the tool-free telescopic extension of 133–173 cm. Furthermore, the sanding pressure can be optimally applied.
Always on target
Just in case
Right into the corner
As the sanding head can rotate through 360°, the Vario-Giraffe® can be negotiated around the corners. This allows seamless sanding in all positions, even in the tightest corners and angles.
The new exchangeable protective corners with upholstered sliding strips provide the surfaces to be processed with special protection.
Thanks to the telescopic function, corners which are difficult to access can also be easily processed with the triangular sanding head.
360°
75
Wall and ceiling sanders Overview of power tools
WST 700 VV
WST 700 VV Plus
Vario-Giraffe® wall and ceiling sander
Vario-Giraffe® wall and ceiling sander
• VV electronic control: controlled constant speed, soft-start, overload protection and speed selection with adjuster wheel • Using a unique telescopic system, the Vario-Giraffe® adapts to your needs. Length adjustable from 1330 mm - 1730 mm. Open telescope lock lever, pull out handle and close lever. Handle rotates through 360° • Adjustable locking screw for telescopic extension • Ergonomic design with many different handling possibilities for fatigue-free working. The motor is always kept between the gripping positions, ensuring a perfect balance • With round sanding head that can be exchanged with just a click • Backing pad with hook and loop face • Vacuum cleaning system: guard with a brush ring, flexible suction hose from the sanding head to the guide tube. Connection facility at the rear of the telescopic tube for FLEX safety vacuum cleaner • The brush ring is spring-mounted so that the round sanding head accurately follows all uneven contours. This allows the head to be applied with fingertip precision and also prevents any dust escaping • Effective dust extraction from between the brush ring and the sanding pad (round) and through the 10-hole extraction ports prevents clogging of the abrasive and promotes a healthy, dust-free working environment • The articulating sanding head can be adjusted to every tilt and angle. • Ideally suited for sanding plaster boards, solid styropor insulation slabs, preparation for painting, polishing • This machine is also available in 110 V
• VV electronic control: controlled constant speed, soft-start, overload protection and speed selection with adjuster wheel • Using a unique telescopic system, the Vario-Giraffe® adapts to your needs. Length adjustable from 1330 mm - 1730 mm. Open telescope lock lever, pull out handle and close lever. Handle rotates through 360° • Adjustable locking screw for telescopic extension • Ergonomic design with many different handling possibilities for fatigue-free working. The motor is always kept between the gripping positions, ensuring a perfect balance • Fitted with interchangeable heads that are attached and removed with a click. • Including triangular sanding head. This is optimally suited to sanding corners and edges. The random orbital movement of the sanding head takes the abrasive right up to the edges • Backing pad with hook and loop face • The articulating sanding head can be adjusted to every tilt and angle. • Vacuum cleaning system: guard with a brush ring, flexible suction hose from the sanding head to the guide tube. Connection facility at the rear of the telescopic tube for FLEX safety vacuum cleaner • Effective dust extraction from between the brush ring and the sanding pad (round) and through the 10-hole extraction ports prevents clogging of the abrasive and promotes a healthy, dust-free working environment • The brush ring is spring-mounted so that the round sanding head accurately follows all uneven contours. This allows the head to be applied with fingertip precision and also prevents any dust escaping • Ideally suited for sanding plaster boards, solid styropor insulation slabs, preparation for painting, polishing • This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS Power input Power output No load speed Corner sander no-load speed Dimensions in mm Weight
Type WST 700 VV WST 700 VV, without suction hose
! Accessories from page 77 76
SPECIFICATIONS 710 watt
Power input
420 watt
Power output
420 watt
No load speed
1100-1700 rpm
Corner sander no-load speed
3300-5100 rpm
1100-1700 rpm Standard equipment: 3300-5100 rpm Round sanding head with velcro sanding 1330-1730 pad soft 4,8 kg Velcro backed abrasive paper, Select, 1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 Order no. Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m 350.311 with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner 378.127 Carry case
Dimensions in mm Weight
Type
710 watt
1330-1730 4,8 kg
Order no.
WST 700 VV Plus
350.338
WST 700 VV Plus, without suction hose
374.547
! Accessories from page 77
Standard equipment: Triangular sanding head Round sanding head with velcro sanding pad soft Velcro backed abrasive paper, Select, 1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220 Velcro backed abrasive paper, triangular, Select, 1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner Carry case
Wall and ceiling sanders Accessories
Accessories WST 700 VV, WSE 7 Round sanding head
Velcro triangular backing pad
Optimally suitable for finishing large surfaces on walls and ceilings. Effective dust extraction, high surface removal rate.
Backing pad for plaster or hard filler compounds in drywall construction, for use with velcro backed abrasives.
QP
Order number
QP
Order number
1
350.346
1
354.988
QP
Order number
1
115.460
Hexagon socket wrench, SW 5
Triangular sanding head
For changing the backing pads.
Ideally suited for the processing of corners and edges. The eccentric movement of the sanding head guides the sanding tool directly up to the edge. With exchangeable protective corners with sliding strips. Designation
QP
Order number
VSX 290x290
1
388.289
Storage system Fits on to the industrial vacuum cleaner S 47, S 47 M, VCE 35 L AC, VCE 45 L AC, VCE 45 M AC, VCE 45 H AC for resting the WST 700 VV Giraffe®, WST 1000 FV or MS 1706 FR wall chaser and vacuum hose.
Velcro backing pad Ø 225, round Supersoft. The sanding disc enables extremely gentle positioning on the wall. The set consists of a backing pad, Velcro adapter, clamping disc and screw. Designation
Type
KAD D225/16 Set supersoft
QP
Order number
1
399.418
Type
QP
Order number
SP-S D225-10
soft
1
366.862
Type
SP-M D225-10 medium
QP
Order number
1
352.306
Order number
OS-VSE 35/45
1
350.370
Antistatic suction hose Ø 32 mm x 4 m with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner incl. universal adapter SAD C25-32 AS (320.188) antistatic. Designation
QP
Order number
SH-C 32x4m AS
1
354.953
Carry case Made of impact-resistant plastic for the RE 14-5 115, WSE 7.
Medium backing pad for sanding down soft fillers. Velcro system for fixing of abrasives. Designation
QP
Antistatic suction hose
Soft. Highly flexible backing pad. Facilitates handling and allows for sensitive working. Prevents damage (swirl marks) when the pad touches the surface. For use with velcro backed abrasives. Designation
Designation
Designation
Size ( W x L x H)
TK-L 609x409x201 609 x 409 x 201
QP
Order number
1
366.641
Case insert - lid
Hard backing pad with high removal rate, with use with velcro backed abrasives.
Suitable insert for round grinding head and sandpaper for the cover of the carrying case 366.641.
Designation
Type
QP
Order number
Designation
QP
Order number
SP-H D225-10
hard
1
350.362
TKE-T WSE7
1
383.902
Case insert - bottom
Soft sanding pad Ø 225, round Soft sanding pad between grinding pad and abrasive paper. Ideal for finishing surfaces. Improves the dust extractor action and lengthens the service life of the sanding disks. Recommendation: work with soft sanding pad for in-between and final sanding involving finer grain. Do not work with soft sand pad for rough sanding involving coarse grain and when using sanding fleece. Designation
QP
Order number
IP D225-10 VE2
2
377.848
Suitable insert for the WSE 7, round grinding head and delta grinding head for the base of the carrying case 366.641. Designation
QP
Order number
TKE-B WSE7
1
383.899
Carry case Made of shock-resistant plastic for the WST and WSE 7 as well as for sanding tools and exchangeable heads. Designation
QP
Order number
TK-S WST/WSE 7
1
389.986
77
Wall and ceiling sanders Classic-Giraffe®
The Classic-Giraffe® can do even more. With the Classic-Giraffe® WSE 500 the established Giraffe® WS 702 VEA has been consistently developed. In addition to the increase in the motor output to 500 watts for high removal rate, all components were developed with regards to robustness and long service life. The established gimbal-mounted sanding head features a sanding pad. The sanding pad is available in four degrees of hardness. Of course the FLEX extraction system, in conjunction with the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners, provides an almost dust-free working environment.
More power High-output 500 watt motor with overload protection and constant speed control.
Greater flexibility Reliable force transmission and high flexibility thanks to the flexible drive shaft from. For decades established “FLEX technology”. Thanks to this design principle the weight on the head of the Giraffe is reduced to a minimum. This facilitates handling.
More scope Controllable speed, always ensures that the speed is adjusted for sanding.
More adjustment Gimbal-mounted sanding head provides high flexibility and optimum adjustment for sanding walls and ceilings.
More protection On/off switch protected from dust and impacts.
More safety The spring-mounted brush ring on the extraction hood prevents unintentional sanding marks when applying the power tool. The flexible brush ring ensures optimum dust extraction.
More extraction power Large extraction cross-section, securely and quickly connected with the FLEX Clip system.
More quality Super soft sanding pad, included in the product package. Ideal for finishing surfaces.
Adapter or reducing sleeve not required.
More control The oval guide tube and the optimally positioned motor facilitate handling and guiding the machine.
More healthy working The extraction between the brush ring and the sanding pad prevents the sanding tool from becoming quickly clogged and provides a dust-free and healthy working environment.
More stability Robust connection between support tube and oval tube by means of a collar attachment for very high stability.
More selection The very flexible “supersoft” sanding pad allows sensitive work and prevents unwanted sanding marks. Further sanding pads “soft”, “medium”, “hard” can be selected.
79
Wall and ceiling sanders Classic-Giraffe®
Classic-Giraffe® WSE 500. Reliable and powerful.
Word has spread around the world about the outstanding qualities of the FLEX Giraffe® long-necked sander. For smoothing plasterboard panels or styrofoam solid insulation panels, painting preparation, for polishing – the Classic-Giraffe® has become the indispensable problem solver for every painter, plasterer and other professional user.
Protects the substrate
Versatile
Simple to premium
The WSE 500 with velcro sanding paper SELECT P16 is particularly suitable for sanding down papered surfaces (e.g. woodchip), for the quick attachment of a wallpaper stripper as well as for sanding surfaces (SELECT P120-P180) which are covered in wallpaper remnants.
The WSE 500 can effortlessly and cleanly remove adhesive protruding from polystyrene sheets (styrofoam) used for heat insulation.
In dry construction the FLEX Giraffe® is indispensable. The WSE 500 and the appropriate FLEX sanding tool can sand surfaces at all quality levels from the simple surface (Q1) to the premium surface (Q4).
80
Wall and ceiling sanders Classic-Giraffe®
WSE 500 carry case.
Robust plastic carrying case for Classic-Giraffe®. Whether safe transportation or just sensible packaging, the WSE 500 carrying case combines all requirements. Machine, bail handle (accessory) and consumables – everything has its place. The robust plastic case protects the ClassicGiraffe® during transportation and from dust and damage at the building site. The carrying case is suitable for the WSE 500 and the WS 702 VEA.
Just in case Carrying case easy and convenient to open and close.
Everything in its right place The carrying case offers additional space for up to four packets of FLEX sanding tools.
Compact An additional handle (accessory) can be conveniently stowed in the robust cover.
It can also stand up The carrying case can be positioned horizontally or first and foremost vertically to save space. The Classic-Giraffe® does not have to be attached and is immediately ready for use.
81
Wall and ceiling sanders Overview of power tools
WSE 500
WSE 500 case
Long-neck sander, Classic-Giraffe®
Long-neck sander, Classic-Giraffe®
• VE electronic control: with constant speed control and speed pre-selection with adjusting wheel • Dust extraction system with FLEX clip-on system: brush ring on the sanding head; connecter for a FLEX safety vacuum cleaner at the rear end of the guide tube • Due to the spring suspension, the sanding head adjusts itself perfectly to all unevenness. This ensures for a gentle surface contact and also stops dust escaping • Effective dust extraction from between the brush ring and the sanding pad (round) prevents clogging of the abrasive and promotes a healthy, dust-free working environment • Easy guiding: by optimal balance between motor and sanding head • The universal-joint-mounted sanding head and soft backing pad prevent grooving and scratching and ensures a perfect finish • Ideally suited for sanding plaster boards, solid styropor insulation slabs, preparation for painting, polishing • This machine is also available in 110 V
• VE electronic control: with constant speed control and speed pre-selection with adjusting wheel • Dust extraction system with FLEX clip-on system: brush ring on the sanding head; connecter for a FLEX safety vacuum cleaner at the rear end of the guide tube • Due to the spring suspension, the sanding head adjusts itself perfectly to all unevenness. This ensures for a gentle surface contact and also stops dust escaping • Effective dust extraction from between the brush ring and the sanding pad (round) prevents clogging of the abrasive and promotes a healthy, dust-free working environment • Easy guiding: by optimal balance between motor and sanding head • The universal-joint-mounted sanding head and soft backing pad prevent grooving and scratching and ensures a perfect finish • Ideally suited for sanding plaster boards, solid styropor insulation slabs, preparation for painting, polishing • This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
Power input
500 watt
Power input
500 watt
Power output
270 watt
Power output
270 watt
No load speed
1000-1650 rpm
No load speed
1000-1650 rpm
Sanding disc Ø
225 mm
Length
1580 mm
Weight
4,8 kg
Type WSE 500 WSE 500, without suction hose
! Accessories from page 83 82
Order no. 373.664 376.035
Standard equipment: 1 velcro sanding disc supersoft 1 FLEX clip-on connection 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 1 brush ring Velcro backed abrasive paper, 1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220 3 velcro cable clips Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner
Sanding disc Ø
225 mm
Length
1580 mm
Weight
4,8 kg
Type
Order no.
WSE 500 case
373.672
WSE 500 case, without suction hose
373.192
! Accessories from page 83
Standard equipment: 1 velcro sanding disc supersoft 1 FLEX clip-on connection 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 1 brush ring Velcro backed abrasive paper, 1 x P 60, 80, 100, 220 3 velcro cable clips Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner 1 plastic carry case
Wall and ceiling sanders Accessories
Accessories WSE 500 Velcro backing pad Ø 225, round
Carry case
Supersoft. The sanding disc enables extremely gentle positioning on the wall. The set consists of a backing pad, Velcro adapter, clamping disc and screw. Designation
Type
KAD D225/16 Set supersoft
QP
Order number
1
399.418
Soft. Highly flexible backing pad. Facilitates handling and allows for sensitive working. Prevents damage (swirl marks) when the pad touches the surface. For use with velcro backed abrasives.
For properly transporting Giraffe® WSE 500 and WS 702 VEA as well as abrasives. With storage space for auxiliary handle and abrasives in the lid. Case can be stored horizontally or vertically. QP
Order number
1
365.327
Hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 For changing the backing pads.
Designation
Type
QP
Order number
QP
Order number
SP-S D225-10
soft
1
366.862
1
115.460
QP
Order number
1
364.169
Medium backing pad for sanding down soft fillers. Velcro system for fixing of abrasives. Designation
Type
SP-M D225-10 medium
QP
Order number
1
352.306
Hard backing pad with high removal rate, with use with velcro backed abrasives. Designation
Type
QP
Order number
SP-H D225-10
hard
1
350.362
Cable clips (velcro tape)
Bail handle For effortless working in difficult positions (e.g. overhead work). QP
Order number
1
376.264
Soft sanding pad Ø 225, round Soft sanding pad between grinding pad and abrasive paper. Ideal for finishing surfaces. Improves the dust extractor action and lengthens the service life of the sanding disks. Recommendation: work with soft sanding pad for in-between and final sanding involving finer grain. Do not work with soft sand pad for rough sanding involving coarse grain and when using sanding fleece. Designation
QP
Order number
IP D225-10 VE2
2
377.848
Padded adapter for velcro paper
Antistatic suction hose Antistatic suction hose Ø 32 mm x 4 m with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner incl. universal adapter (320.188) antistatic. Designation
QP
Order number
SH-C 32x4m AS
1
354.953
Extraction connection Suitable for vacuum hose with FLEX clip-system. Antistatic equipment. For WSE 500 and WS 702 VEA.
Velcro system for attaching the abrasive discs. Designation
Type
QP
Order number
KAD D225/16
soft
1
260.232
Designation
QP
Order number
SAD-C WS/WSE
1
364.460
Brush ring Stops any unintentional roughening of the surface and ensures an optimal material removal. Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
225 Ø
1
359.882
83
Wall and ceiling sanders Abrasives
From coarse to fine. The Giraffe® abrasives from FLEX.
The special selection
Low dust
Edge stability
SELECT, the heavy-duty abrasive, is particularly suitable for soft filler materials with a high filler share. The corundum abrasive grain with open coating ensures a high removal rate. The high-grade white corundum and synthetic resin binding ensure a long service life.
Another feature of the SELECT abrasive is its low clogging property. The stable carrier material ensures a high degree of edge stability and tearing strength. The central perforation and edge extraction give rise to a more effective dust extraction.
An absolute highlight is the carrier material of the SELECT velcro abrasive. The F paper with a 300 g/m² weight per unit area bestowsa unique edge stability on the abrasive sheets. This is exclusive to FLEX.
The “solution”
To the point of perfection
For all jobs
The SELECT P 16 velcro abrasive is particularly suitable for roughening wallpapered surfaces (or ingrain wallpaper) for quickly absorbing wallpaper stripper.
The SELECT P 150 to P 220 velcro abrasive is ideal for preparing high-grade surfaces (filler techniques). The FLEX superfinishing pads are ideal all theway from polishing marble and smoothing plaster to high-gloss finish.
FLEX provides an extensive range of abrasives for various applications. A particular feature of the abrasives are their high removal rates and long service lives. This ensures economic working coupled with qualitatively high-grade results.
85
Wall and ceiling sanders Abrasives
There is always a solution.
With the Velcro sanding tools for the FLEX Giraffes. Recommendation Applications
SELECT abrasive paper
Abrasive paper (perforated)
Roughening wallpaper surfaces (ingrain wallpaper)for rapid absorption of liquids (wallpaper stripper)
P 16
P 16
Roughening polystyrene panels for heat insulation (styrofoam)
P 16
P 16
Blending plastered surfaces in the renovation section (existing plaster - new plaster)
P 40 - P 120
P 40
Roughen loose existing coatings
P 60 - P120
P 60 - P 120
Grinding completely filled areas, removing filler burrs and smoothing uneven surfaces on filled areas on drywall and gypsum plasterboards
Sanding grid
Super finishing pad
Sanding fleece
Polishing sponge
P 100 - P 150 P 100 - P 150
Sanding stripped surfaces and removing wallpaper P 120 - P 180 P 120 - P 180 residue Smoothing down as preparation for high-grade surfaces (filler method)
P 150 - P 220 P 150 - P 220
Pre-sand basic plaster
K 80 - K 100
Sand down soft, smeary, not-as-yet hardened filler points
K 80 - K 100
Smooth and polish marble and smoothing plasters (wall and ceiling structuring)
S 320 - S 1200
Pre-sanding, cleaning and matting existing paint coatings prior to repainting (large-vehicles, containers …) Intermediate sanding of waxed, oiled or glazed wooden floors, wood panel floors and OSB boards (remove upright wood fibres) Polishing painted surfaces
86
A 100 - A 180
P 150 - P 220 P 150 - P 220
A 180
soft
Wall and ceiling sanders Abrasives
Product
Dimensions in mm
SELECT velcro abrasive paper
Ø 225
SELECT velcro abrasive paper
290 x 290
Velcro abrasive paper (perforated)
Ø 225
Velcro sanding grid
Ø 225
Grit
QP
Order no.
P 16 P 40 P 60 P 80 P 100 P 120 P 150 P 180 P 220 5 x P 80/100/120/150/180 P 16 P 40 P 60 P 80 P 100 P 120 P 150 P 180 P 220 5 x P 80/100/120/150/180 P 16 P 40 P 60 P 80 P 100 P 120 P 150 P 180 P 220
10 20 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 10 20 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
350.079 370.924 348.503 348.511 348.538 349.216 349.224 349.232 348.546 370.932 350.095 370.940 348.554 348.562 348.570 349.240 349.259 349.267 348.589 370.959 350.079 280.739 260.233 260.234 260.235 282.405 311.995 311.987 260.236
K 80
260.237 25
K 100
260.230
S 320 Superfinishing pad
Ø 225
281.026 10
S 1200
281.018
A 100 Velcro sanding fleece
Ø 225
281.042 10
A 180
Velcro polishing sponge
Ø 225
soft
281.034
5
280.992
87
Wall and ceiling sanders Concrete-Giraffe®
ConcreteGiraffe® WST 1000 FV.
The unique renovation Pro for walls and ceilings.
The Concrete-Giraffe® effortlessly removes concrete butt joints and ridges. Using the appropriate grinding discs from the FLEX accessories programme (page 91), the WST 1000 FV easily removes paint coatings, graffiti, thermoplastic coatings, screeds, plasters, sandstone, fire clay, asphalt, tile glue, paving slabs, natural and artificial stone, old concrete and concrete slabs. To meet the high demands placed upon it the Concrete-Giraffe® is fitted with a powerful 1000 watt motor.
High up
Well balanced
Protects the user
The telescopic Concrete-Giraffe® WST 1000 FV, makes it possible to work on surfaces up to 3.50 m high without the need of ladders or scaffolding
The Concrete-Giraffe® is always optimally balanced thanks to the ergonomic design, numerous gripping possibilities and motor position. This allows for fatigue-free working.
The integrated dust extraction in association with our vacuum cleaners (page 194) ensures a clean and healthy working enviroment.
89
Wall and ceiling sanders Overview of power tools and accessories
WST 1000 FV
Accessories WST 1000 FV
Concrete-Giraffe® grinder for walls and ceilings
Concrete grinder head without disc
• FV electronic control: constant speed, soft-start and overload protection • Using a unique telescoping system, the Concrete-Giraffe® adapts to your needs. Length adjustable from 1330-1730 mm. Open telescope lock lever, pull out handle and close lever. Handle can be turned full circle • Ergonomic design with many different handling possibilities for fatigue-free working. The motor is always kept between the gripping positions, ensuring a perfect balance • Vacuum dust collection: protects against abrasive dust, reduces disc wear, keeps concrete pores for the new coat open • Flexible rubber vacuum ring with low-wear metal ring: moves smoothly over the surface and protects against dust and flying stones • Dust extraction system: with metal ring on the guard, flexible suction hose from the scouring head to the guide tube. Connection facility at the rear of the telescopic tube for FLEX industrial vacuum cleaner • The Concrete-Giraffe® with universal joint shaft and the new grinder head have been purpose-coordinated. This tool quickly and easily removes burrs and other unevenness from walls and ceilings
SPECIFICATIONS Disc Ø No load speed Power input Power output Tool fixture Dimensions in mm Weight
90
8000 rpm 1010 watt Standard equipment: 600 watt 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14 28 mm Ø Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m with snap coupling and 1330-1730 coupling bush for vacuum cleaner 5,5 kg Carry case
QP
Order number
125 Ø
1
350.931
Antistatic suction hose Antistatic suction hose Ø 32 mm x 4 m with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner incl. universal adapter SAD C25-32 AS (320.188) antistatic. Designation
QP
Order number
SH-C 32x4m AS
1
354.953
Rubber extraction rings The flexible rubber vacuum ring moves smoothly over the surface and provides optimum protection against dust and flying stones.
FLEX flange 125 mm
Dimensions in mm
Special fixing Ø 28 mm Ø 23,5 mm
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
125 Ø
1
257.246
Wall and ceiling sanders Kit System
This is where to find the right WST 1000 FV kit. Simply select the right grinding disc for your applications. The order number listed includes the WST 1000 FV in the kit consisting of machine with standard equipment and the selected grinding disc.
Description
Type
QP
Dimensions in mm
Order no.
Turbo-Jet kit
WST 1000 FV, 1 Turbo-Jet grinding disc 125 Ø, 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14, Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner, Carry case
355.747
Turbo-Jet kit without suction hose
WST 1000 FV, 1 Turbo-Jet grinding disc 125 Ø, 1 FixTec quickclamp nut M 14, Carry case
378.224
Turbo-Jet
1
Thermo-Whirljet for thin coatings and lightly abrasive materials: Thermoplastic coatings, Paint, Graffiti, thin glue residues on concrete or screed, Rubber based coatings. Reduced weight with the FLEX flange. The grinding disc with the angular arranged diamond segments allows for a quicker work rate than with normal disc. The large dimensioned delta shaped holes in the discs causes an air vortex that removes all dust from the working surface and prevents the segments from clogging or overheating and so reducing wear. The leight weight disc reduces wear on the motor. Not for use on edges.
ThermoWhirljet kit
WST 1000 FV, 1 Thermo-whirljet, 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14, Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner, Carry case
355.755
ThermoWhirljet kit without suction hose
WST 1000 FV, 1 Thermo-whirljet, 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14, Carry case
378.194
Thermo-Jet
1
Screed-Whirljet for abrasive materials: Abrasive screeds (with quartz sand), fresh concrete, plaster, abrasive limestone (with quartz sand) sandstone, fire clay, asphalt. Reduced weight, with FLEX special flange. Not to be used for working on edges.
ScreedWhirljet kit
WST 1000 FV, 1 Screed-whirljet, 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14, Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner, Carry case
Turbo-Jet grinding disc for optimal stock removal. The many diamond segments means smoother working and a better finish. Also increasing the life of the machine. Ideal for deburring concrete.
125 Ø x 28 x 23,5
125 Ø x 28 x 23,5
ConcreteConcrete-Whirljet the grinding disc for concrete: Whirljet kit old concrete, concrete slabs and stone - natural and artificial slabs, lime sand brick hard, paving slabs, tile glue, removing glazing from ceramic tiles. Reduced weight, with the FLEX special flange. Not to be used on edges.
1
323.071
355.763
Screed Whirljet WST 1000 FV, 1 Screed-whirljet, kit without 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14, suction hose Carry case Screed-Jet
349.623
378.208
125 Ø x 28 x 23,5
324.361
WST 1000 FV, 1 Concrete-Whirljet 125 Ø, 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14, Antistatic suction hose 32 mm Ø x 4 m with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner, Carry case
355.771
ConcreteWhirljet kit without suction hose
WST 1000 FV, 1 Concrete-Whirljet 125 Ø, 1 FixTec quick-clamp nut M 14, Carry case
378.216
Concrete-Jet
1
125 Ø x 28 x 23,5
323.063
91
92
Wall and ceiling sanders Giraffen-Mobil
Mobile Giraffe workstation. For all those who aim high. The FLEX Giraffen-Mobil GM 320 is a mobile workstation for processing walls and ceilings using FLEX Giraffen. Above all, the Giraffen-Mobil GM 320 greatly facilitates the sanding of large surfaces. As the user does not have to lift the Giraffe® himself, he expends much less energy and therefore does not become tired quickly. Large wheels Large rubber wheels ensure optimal stability and manoeuvrability on construction sites. Additional covers on the wheel hubs provide protection against damage to walls
High-precision mechanism Corrosion-protected tool holder guarantees maximum service life and smooth assembly and disassembly. Cushioned swivel arm for setting the sanding angle easily and perfectly.
Very mobile Steering roller with locking and optimised running characteristics. Rolls over dirt and objects, guarantees precise and easy manoeuvring.
Prophet Sandpaper easy to change. The guide arm is easily swivelled downwards.
Stable Weight-optimised base plate allows the extractors to stop safely.
Saves time Lever tensioner for quick assembly and disassembly.
Clip, clap Robust flap mechanism for compact transportation. Tool-free design. Immediately ready for use.
Doubly secured Dual clamped height adjustment allows safe, tool-free adjustment of the working height.
More extraction power Quick-change tool holder for use with WSE 500, WST 700 VV and WST 1000 FV.
Comfortable Rubberized handle for maximum handling comfort.
More control Use the adapter included in the product package for chucking the WST 700 VV and WST 1000 FV.
Order must prevail Hose holder for greater order when working.
Left, right Tool holder, which can be swivelled by 45° on either side, for perfect sanding on sloping surfaces.
Always connected to the power 2 x 230 V sockets for connnection of the extractors or other electric power tools. Cable winder allows safe transportation.
93
Wall and ceiling sanders Giraffen-Mobil
Giraffen-Mobil GM 320
Are you still holding it or just moving it?
Extra light
Wall swiveller
More comfort
With the new Giraffen-Mobil GM 320 FLEX offers a system which allows the user to work persistently without being affected by the weight of the Giraffe®. In addition, there is a considerable saving in energy and stress and fatigue are noticeably reduced.
The tool holder can be swivelled by 90° on either side for processing wall surfaces.
Even the sanding tools can be changed with ease.
3,20 m high – not a problem
The concrete solution
Robust mobile device for building site
Ceilings up to a height of 3.20 m can be processed without great exertion – and always with a secure footing.
A greater deal of energy is usually required to process concrete walls and ceilings, as more pressure is required. The GM 320 significantly reduces this expenditure of energy.
You can therefore process large surfaces for longer and without tiring. The robust Giraffen-Mobil GM 320 is also especially suitable for intensive use on construction sites.
94
Wall and ceiling sanders Overview of power tools
GM 320 Mobile workstation for wall and ceiling sanders • Mobile workstation for mounting of Giraffe® versions WSE 500, WST 700 VV and WST 1000 FV, enabling sustained use without any effect of the machine weight • Significantly less user effort thanks to reduced fatigue and strain • The mobile workstation has a durable frame for demanding applications on construction sites. The braked steering castor with optimum riding quality ensures easy and precise steering. With weight-optimised base plate for the FLEX safety vacuum cleaner • Large rubber wheels ensure optimal stability and manoeuvrability on construction sites. Additional covers on the wheel hubs provide protection against damage to walls • Assembly and disassembly without any tools thanks to quick-release clamps. Frame equipped with a robust folding mechanism for easy transport • Equipped with soft grip handle, hose clip and cable holder for the 7.5 m rubber cable • Two power outlets provide the connection for power tools with 230 V/CEE • Tilting tool fixture (90° in both directions) incl. pivot joint for optimum ease of movement, adaptation to ceilings and walls and for a perfect finish on slanted surfaces • Quick change of the Giraffe® without any tools through clamping in a robust tool fixture. The working height can also be adjusted without tools thanks to a double clamp on the lifting rod • Optimal contact pressure at the sanding surface due to gas strut • The plastic sliding bush ensures smooth running as well as precise guiding of the Giraffe over the surface
SPECIFICATIONS Connected load
2 x 230 V
Size ( W x L x H)
1170 x 650 x 1750 mm
Tool fixture Max. working height Weight
Type GM 320
all Giraffe types (except WSE 7) 3200 mm 31,5 kg
Order no. 382.167
Standard equipment: Adapter for WST 700 VV, WST 1000 FV
95
Drywall screwdriver
Dry wall screwdrivers from FLEX. Handy, precise and ergonomic. The FLEX dry wall screwdrivers are extremely powerful, durable, robust and compact. The dry wall screwdrivers from FLEX are especially light and ergonomic. Working overhead and on pitched roofs is therefore easy and comfortable. You can work more quickly and precisely with the dry wall screwdrivers from FLEX. They fit snugly in your hand, are extremely resilient and always ready for use. The different power settings enable a wide range of materials to be fixed, no matter whether gypsum plasterboard, gypsum fibreboard or OSB board. The cordless dry wall screwdriver ADW 18,0-42 offers even more independence. Weighing 1.5 kg, it is one of the lightest in its class. Cordless, handy and powerful. Furthermore, a tool-free attachable screw magazine attachment for belted screws is available for all FLEX dry wall screwdrivers.
Drywall screwdriver
Which drywall screwdriver suits best?
Battery drive Aligning substructures
Type of boards
Screws
Plaster boards
Power system
ADW 18,0-42
DW 7-25
DW 7-45
DW 7-60
Drywall screws, coarse thread
•••
•
••
•••
Gypsum fibre boards
Screws for fibre boards
••
•
•••
••
OSB boards
Drywall screws, coarse thread (Spax)
•••
•••
••
Plaster boards
Drywall screws, fine thread
••
•
•••
••
Gypsum fibre boards
Screws for fibre boards
••
•
•••
••
Plaster boards
Drywall screws with fine thread and drill point
•••
•••
••
Gypsum fibre boards
Drywall screws with fine thread and drill point
••
•••
••
Over head work
•••
••
••
••
Screw magazine attachment
•••
•
•••
•••
Wood
Steel plate < 0,88 mm
Steel plate > 0,88 mm
••• •• •
ideally suited well suited suitable to a certain degree
97
98
Drywall screwdriver High-speed drywall screwdrivers
Handy high-speed drywall screwdriver for dry construction. The new high-speed drywall screwdrivers DW 7-25, DW 7-45 and DW 7-60 from FLEX feature a robust die-cast aluminium housing. They ensure optimum screwdriving performance and a long service life. They are also characterised by their low weight. The detachable depth stop with notched settings for standard screw connections and the quiet claw coupling, which automatically switches off when the screw depth is reached, guarantee perfect screwdriving results. When working overhead, the highspeed drywall screwdrivers show their strengths: the low weight, the ergonomic and very handy design. All high-speed drywall screwdrivers are supplied with a rubberised 6 m power cord.
Tool-free detachable depth stop With steel cap and magnet for standard screw connections. With notched steps for setting the screwing depth. The claw coupling is extremely quiet and automatically switches off when the screwing depth is reached.
¼” bit holder For clamping commercially available screwdriver bits.
Robust die-cast aluminium housing For optimum screwdriving performance and a long service life. The low weight also provides effortless working conditions.
Brush switchover Enables maximum torque for clockwise and anti-clockwise rotation.
Belt hook Practical belt hook ensures that the tool is always ready to hand.
Soft handle With rubberised press switch for pleasant working conditions. The electronic switch with lock is ideal for easy continuous use.
99
Drywall screwdriver High-speed drywall screwdrivers
DW 7-25/45/60
The professionals under the drywall screwdrivers.
FLEX offers three different power settings for the wide range of applications. The user can select between three machines at either 2500 rpm with a max. torque of 20 Nm, 4500 rpm with a max. torque of 12 Nm or 6000 rpm with a max. torque of 10 Nm. All three screwdrivers are characterised by their high torque and comfortable handling. The required screw depths can be conveniently set with the tool-free adjustable depth stop.
100
Drywall screwdriver High-speed drywall screwdrivers
Wall, ceiling or floor. Always in control.
It’s so easy
When you have to get a move on
OSB boards: Child’s play
Weighing only 1,5 kg, the high-speed drywall screwdrivers are easy and comfortable to handle. One hand remains free to hold the workpiece.
The M-DW screw magazine attachment available as an accessory (see pages 103 and 105) can be used with all FLEX highspeed drywall screwdrivers.
Whether gypsum plasterboard, gypsum fibreboard or OSB boards and no matter what the substrate, the new high-speed drywall screwdrivers from FLEX screw almost effortlessly into every material.
When precision is in demand
Always appropriate
Long power cord
The electronic soft accelerator switch ensures a gentle start-up and exact screwdriving. It can also be used to optimally level substructures.
The DW 7-45, running at 4500 rpm and with a torque of 12 Nm, is particularly suitable for screwing gypsum fibre boards to steel plate.
The 6 m long, rubberised power cord enables a wide working radius. Not necessary to keep pulling on the cable.
101
Dry construction Overview of power tools
NEW
DW 7-25
NEW
DW 7-45
Drywall screwdriver at 2500 rpm
Drywall screwdriver at 4500 rpm
• Handy drywall screwdriver with high torque for lining exteriors and interiors • Tool holder for ¼” bit tools • Detachable depth stop with steel cap and magnetic ring for standard screw connections, can be adjusted in notched steps • Quiet claw coupling, automatically switches off when the screw depth is reached • Ergonomically shaped soft handle with on/off switch and lock for continuous operation • Handy, light-weight design made of robust die-cast aluminium housing • The brush switchover enables maximum torque for right and left rotation • Only 1.5 kg weight for effortless working conditions • 6 m rubber cable for a wide operating radius
• Handy high-speed drywall screwdriver for assembly work in dry construction • Tool holder for ¼” bit tools • Detachable depth stop with steel cap and magnetic ring for standard screw connections, can be adjusted in notched steps • Quiet claw coupling, automatically switches off when the screw depth is reached • Ergonomically shaped soft handle with on/off switch and lock for continuous operation • Handy, light-weight design made of robust die-cast aluminium housing • The brush switchover enables maximum torque for right and left rotation • Only 1.5 kg weight for effortless working conditions • 6 m rubber cable for a wide operating radius
SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS No load speed
No load speed 0-2500 rpm
0-4500 rpm
Power input
650 watt 345 watt
Power input
650 watt
Power output
Power output
345 watt
Max. torque
Max. torque
20 Nm
Tool fixture
Tool fixture
¼”
Sound pressure level
12 Nm ¼” 81 dB(A)
Sound pressure level
81 dB(A)
Clamping neck Ø
Clamping neck Ø
24,7 mm
Max. screw diameter wood
6,0x80 mm
6,0x80 mm
Max. screw diameter metal
4,2x55 mm
5,5x75 mm
Max. screw diameter metal, self-tapping
4,2x75 mm
Max. screw diameter wood Max. screw diameter metal, self-tapping Weight
Type DW 7-25
! Accessories from page 103, 115 102
1,5 kg Standard equipment: 3 x depth stop for common screw head diameters Order no. 1 bit holder UH-M 50 E6,3-C6,3 390.763 1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3
Weight
Type DW 7-45
! Accessories from page 103, 115
24,7 mm
1,5 kg Standard equipment: 1 depth stop for common screw head diameters Order no. 1 bit holder UH-M 50 E6,3-C6,3 390.771 1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3
Dry construction Overview of power tools and accessories
NEW
DW 7-60 Drywall screwdriver at 6000 rpm
• Handy high-speed drywall screwdriver for assembly work in dry construction • Tool holder for ¼” bit tools • Detachable depth stop with steel cap and magnetic ring for standard screw connections, can be adjusted in notched steps • Quiet claw coupling, automatically switches off when the screw depth is reached • Ergonomically shaped soft handle with on/off switch and lock for continuous operation • Handy, light-weight design made of robust die-cast aluminium housing • The brush switchover enables maximum torque for right and left rotation • Only 1.5 kg weight for effortless working conditions • 6 m rubber cable for a wide operating radius
Accessories DW 7-25, 7-45, 7-60 Screw magazine attachment For commercially available, belted screws: screw magazine attachment can be rotated in 45° steps - good accessibility to corners, tool-free screw depth adjustment via thumb wheel, tool-free adjustable support foot for adjustment of different screw lengths from 20-55 mm, max. shank diameter 4.2 mm, max. head diameter 8.0 mm. Ergonomic handle – suitable for left and right-handed people, rubberised depth stop made of steel. Suitable for all FLEX drywall screwdrivers: DW 7-25/7-45/7-60 and ADW 18,0/3,0-42.
Designation
QP
Order number
M-DW
1
392.626
SPECIFICATIONS No load speed
0-6000 rpm
Power input
650 watt
Power output
345 watt
Max. torque Tool fixture Sound pressure level Clamping neck Ø
10 Nm ¼” 83 dB(A) 24,7 mm
Max. screw diameter wood
6,0x80 mm
Max. screw diameter metal
4,2x55 mm
Max. screw diameter metal, self-tapping
4,2x75 mm
Weight
Type DW 7-60
1,5 kg Standard equipment: 1 depth stop for common screw head diameters Order no. 1 bit holder UH-M 50 E6,3-C6,3 390.798 1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3
! Accessories from page 103, 115 103
Dry construction Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V
ADW 18,0-42. Small and handy. The new cordless drywall screwdriver ADW 18,0-42 from FLEX can manage up to 1340 screws or a 125 m² drywall surface with only one battery charge. Furthermore, it is one of the lightest power tools in its class as it uses a 1.5 Ah battery which weighs 1.3 kg. With the ADW 18,0-42 you can work conveniently, comfortably and efficiently overhead and in areas which are difficult to access. The ADW 18,0-42 can be operated with 1.5 Ah as well as with 3.0 Ah batteries. The special air cooling system provides optimum motor cooling and therefore a long service life. Stepless speed control enables the screws to be positioned with precision.
Tool-free detachable depth stop With steel cap and magnet for standard screw connections. With notched steps for setting the screw-in depth. The claw coupling is extremely quiet and automatically switches off when the screw-in depth is reached.
Screw magazine attachment M-DW
Lithium-ion battery technology Operation possible both with 1.5 Ah battery and with 3.0 Ah battery. Max. charging time approx. 30 min.
Soft handle in screw axis Rubberised press switch for pleasant working conditions.
Battery pack with integrated LED LED battery capacity display informs you at a glance about the charge state of the battery cells. Can also be used as a lamp.
Electronic switch Stepless speed control enables the screws to be positioned with precision. Clockwise/anti-clockwise direction can be switched without gripping the handle.
• Suitable for all FLEX drywall screwdrivers • For belted screws • Magazine attachment can be removed without any tools for quickly changing from belted to loose screws • Can be rotated in 45° steps – good accessibility to corners • Tool-free adjustable support foot for adjustment of different screw lengths from 20-55 mm • Tool-free adjustable screw depth setting via thumb wheel for exact standard screw connections • Automatic belt transport reduces incorrect screw connections • Open transport wheel prevents blockage by drill dust and guarantees a long service life • Belt guide to ensure that all belted screws move reliably • Rubberised depth stop made of steel • Ergonomic magazine handle – for left and right-handed users – for exact positioning and guiding
105
Dry construction Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V
ADW 18,0-42
Typically light-weight.
The low weight, the compact design, superb handling and the high power reserves make the ADW 18,0-42 the universal cordless drywall screwdriver. The ADW 18,0-42 shows its strengths, above all when working overhead. Tool-free detachable depth stop with detent and magnet, quiet claw coupling, soft handle, optimised air cooling as well as stepless speed control are only some of the technical features which make the ADW 18,0-42 the best in its class.
106
Dry construction Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V
Great that so much power can be so easy.
Always on target
Powerful
Time is money
To ensure optimum and precise guidance, the soft handle is situated exactly on the screw axis. Nevertheless the rubberised, large press switch can be reached easily and comfortably.
The ADW 18,0-42 features adequate power reserves to provide maximum load for the screwdriving performance. The ADW 18,0-42 can be operated almost effortlessly and is extremely stable.
The M-DW screw magazine attachment is particularly suitable for standard screw connections. The screw magazine attachment is designed for belted screws and fits all FLEX drywall screwdrivers (see pages 103 and 105).
Stable
Easy
One hand remains free
The adjustable support foot of the M-DW screw magazine attachment can be adjusted to the different screw lengths from 20-55 mm without any tools. The screw depth setting can also be adjusted without any tools using a thumb wheel.
The excellent belt guide and the automatic belt transport reduce incorrect screw connections – this saves time and money.
Even with the screw magazine attachment, the ADW 18,0-42 is still light-weight and can be guided safely and precisely with one hand. Therefore one hand always remains free to hold the workpiece.
107
Dry construction Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V
AD 18,0/3,0 R. The perfect complement to ADW 18,0-42. Powerful cordless drill driver, compact design and low weight, for average to large screw and drill diameters. The new AD 18,0/3,0 R links high power reserves to numerous useful functions. Amongst other things, the tool-free chuck change facilitates the use of an angled chuck as well as a ¼” bit holder. Furthermore, 1.5 Ah and 3.0 Ah batteries can be used with the AD 18,0/3,0 R and ADW 18,0-42. The 2-speed planetary gears are compact but have a high force transmission in a very small space. Therefore the AD 18,0/3,0 R is particularly handy and versatile. The correct torques can be optimally set with the 20 torque settings and one drill setting. The integrated LED light provides additional working comfort.
Keyless chuck With rotation stop, for clamping shank tools Ø 1,513 mm. Can be removed without any tools. ¼" tool fixture for insertion of bits directly into the drill spindle, reduces the design by 6 cm. The gearbox protective cap included in the standard equipment protects the chuck adapter on the power tool when working without a chuck or angle attachment.
Speed selector switch For changing from 1st to 2nd gear. Optimum adjustment of the torques and speeds to the application.
Battery pack with integrated LED Informs you at a glance about the charge state of the battery cells. Can also be used as a lamp.
2-speed planetary gears Compact design and high force transmission in a very small space.
Battery sliding contacts Prevent corrosion of the E-contacts on the battery and on the screwdriver.
Clockwise/anti-clockwise Can be switched without gripping the handle.
Lithium-ion battery technology Operation possible both with 1,5 Ah battery and 3,0 Ah battery. No memory effect.
Ergonomic soft handle For safe handling and high degree of working comfort.
Ergonomic torque adjustment 20 torque settings and one drill setting. For preselection of the correct torques.
Angle attachment With 45° notch for areas which are difficult to access with ¼" bit holder and chuck adapter.
Charger The LED lights inform you about operational readiness, the charging process and charge state of the battery cells. Depending on the charge state of the cells, the charging cycle takes max. 30 min. A power cord compartment ensures order.
109
Dry construction Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V
AD 18,0/3,0 R
The intelligent 18.0 volt cordless screwdriver system.
In combination with ADW 18,0-42 the AD 18,0/3,0 R is the perfect complement. Preliminary work, for example substructures and the subsequent panelling, can be performed with an 18.0 volt battery system. FLEX offers the optimum solution with the combiset (order no. 390.852). Both power tools, including screw magazine and angle attachment as well as two battery packs 3.0 Ah, are available in the new “Box on Box” carrying case.
110
Dry construction Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V
Drilling and screwing. Even around corners.
Powerful in every position
Unbelievably flexible
A real night owl
The angle attachment with 45° notch is particularly suitable for areas which are difficult to access. The chuck is changed without any tools.
The tool-free chuck change enables the keyless chuck to be changed or removed quickly and easily. By using the gearbox protective cap, the power tool can be operated without the chuck or angle attachment with ¼” bit holder.
The integrated LED lamp adequately illuminates the workplace. It is connected to the battery pack.
Thinking around the corner
And it can also drill
Powerful and precise
Areas which are difficult to access can be effortlessly reached with the aid of the angle attachment. The angle attachment can be used as a chuck adapter from 1.5-13 mm or as a ¼” bit holder.
The AD 18,0/3,0 R can withstand even demanding drilling work. A powerful and high-output tool, it drills into wood up to 45 mm in diameter and into steel up to 13 mm in diameter.
The ergonomic handle ensures safe handling, a high degree of working comfort and precise guidance.
111
Dry construction Overview of power tools
NEW
ADW 18,0-42 Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V
• Electronic switch for stepless speed control enables the screws to be applied with precision • Right-left rotation; middle position: Transport stop • Detachable depth stop with steel cap and magnetic ring for standard screw connections, can be adjusted in notched steps • Quiet claw coupling, automatically switches off when the screw depth is reached • Soft handle in screw axis and rubberised switch for pleasant and effortless working conditions • Integrated LED light • Charge indicator • Can be operated with 1.5 Ah and 3.0 Ah lithium-ion battery
SPECIFICATIONS
NEW
ADW 18,0-42 M
Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V with screw magazine attachment • Electronic switch for stepless speed control enables the screws to be applied with precision • Right-left rotation; middle position: Transport stop • Detachable depth stop with steel cap and magnetic ring for standard screw connections, can be adjusted in notched steps • Quiet claw coupling, automatically switches off when the screw depth is reached • Soft handle in screw axis and rubberised switch for pleasant and effortless working conditions • Integrated LED light • Charge indicator • Can be operated with 1.5 Ah and 3.0 Ah lithium-ion battery 1.5 Ah battery available as accessory • Screw magazine attachment can be removed without any tools
SPECIFICATIONS
Battery voltage
18,0 V
Battery voltage
18,0 V
Battery capacity
1,5/3,0 Ah
Battery capacity
1,5/3,0 Ah
Max. torque No load speed Tool fixture Sound pressure level Max. screw diameter wood Max. screw diameter metal Max. screw diameter metal, self-tapping Weight with battery
Type ADW 18,0-42
! Accessories from page 114 112
8,5 Nm 0-4200 rpm ¼” 87 dB(A) Standard equipment: 5x70 mm 1 depth stop for common screw 4,2x45 mm head diameters 1 battery AP-T 18,0/1,5 4,2x16 mm 1 battery AP-T 18.0/3.0 1,6 kg 1 battery charger CA-T 18,0/3,0 1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3 1 bit holder UH-M 50 E6,3-C6,3 Order no. 1 carrying case TK-L BoB-1 390.836 1 case insert TKE AD/ADW
Max. torque No load speed Tool fixture
8,5 Nm 0-4200 rpm ¼”
Sound pressure level
87 dB(A)
Max. screw diameter wood
5x70 mm
Max. screw diameter metal
4,2x45 mm
Max. screw diameter metal, self-tapping
4,2x16 mm
Weight with battery
Type ADW 18,0-42 M
! Accessories from page 114
1,6 kg
Order no. 390.844
Standard equipment: 1 depth stop for common screw head diameters 2 batteries AP-T 18,0/3,0 1 battery charger CA-T 18,0/3,0 1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3 2 bits DB PH2 175 E6,3 1 bit holder UH-M 50 E6,3-C6,3 1 screw magazine attachment M-DW 1 carrying case TK-L BoB-1 1 case insert TKE AD/ADW 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4
Dry construction Cordless drywall screwdriver 18,0 V/Cordless drill driver 18,0 V
The combi-set for the drywall professional. ADW 18,0-42 M + AD 18,0/3,0 R
NEW
AD 18,0/3,0 R
2-speed cordless drill driver 18,0 V with lithium-ion technology • Electronic switch for stepless speed control enables the screws to be applied with precision • Ergonomically designed, non-slip, soft grip handle for safe, comfortable working • Clockwise and counterclockwise rotation; middle setting: safety lock • 20 torque and 1 drill setting • ¼” tool holder for insertion of bits directly into the drill spindle. This reduces the design by 6 cm • Integrated LED light • Charge indicator • Ideally suited for drilling in wood, metal, drilling out spot welding, rivets, for screwdriving and assembly work, placing wall plugs in sand-lime or masonry, drilling with diamond drill bits in tiles, fine stoneware, mixing light mixtures
SPECIFICATIONS Battery voltage
18,0 V
Battery capacity
1,5/3,0 Ah
Torque max. (drill setting)
40/60 Nm
Torque positions
20+1
No load speed 1st gear
0-360 rpm
No load speed 2nd gear
0-1500 rpm
Chuck Ø Tool fixture
1,5-13 mm ¼”
Max. drill hole Ø in wood
45 mm
Max. drill hole Ø in steel
13 mm
Max. screw diameter
12 mm
Weight with battery
1,4 kg
Type AD 18,0/3,0 R
Order no. 390.828
Standard equipment: 1 angle attachment WV-R AD 18,0/3,0 R 1 chuck BF-R AD 18,0/3,0 R 2 batteries AP-T 18,0/3,0 1 battery charger CA-T 18,0/3,0 1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3 1 gearbox protective cap 1 carrying case TK-L BoB-1 1 case insert TKE AD/ADW
Standard equipment combi-set: 1 ADW 18,0-42 1 AD 18,0/3,0 R 1 screw magazine attachment M-DW 1 depth stop for common screw head diameters 1 angle attachment WV-R AD 18,0/3,0 R 1 chuck BF-R AD 18,0/3,0 R 1 gearbox protective cap 2 batteries AP-T 18,0/3,0 1 battery charger CA-T 18,0/3,0 1 bit holder UH-M 50 E6,3-C6,3 1 bit DB PH2 25 C6,3 2 bits DB PH2 175 E6,3 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4 1 carry case TK-L BoB-2 1 case insert TKE AD+ADW
Type ADW 18,0-42 M + AD 18/3,0 R
Order no. 390.852
! Accessories from page 114 113
Dry construction Accessories
Accessories AD 18,0/3,0 R, ADW 18,0/42 M Battery pack
Carrying case box-on-box system Battery pack Li-Ion 18,0 V / 1,5 Ah for the drywall screwdriver ADW 18,0-42 and AD 18,0/3,0 R. Designation
QP
Order number
AP-T 18,0/1,5
1
393.320
The carrying case system ensures order and utilises the space perfectly. Thanks to the elaborate inserts, the machines, accessories and consumables are clearly arranged. Simply attach the boxes – they lock automatically. Thanks to the innovative Duo-Click system, the boxes can be connected, stacked and quickly disconnected again. Rigid drill holes have been prepared for the use of a padlock. The boxes can be loaded up to 90 kg. Without insert.
Battery pack Li-Ion 18,0 V / 3,0 Ah for the drywall screwdriver ADW 18,0-42 and AD 18,0/3,0 R. Designation
QP
Order number
AP-T 18,0/3,0
1
393.339
Rapid charger
Size ( W x L x H)
QP
Order number
TK-L BoB-1
464 x 335 x 142
1
392.634
TK-L BoB-2
464 x 335 x 212
1
392.642
Case insert Charging time 30 min for the batteries AP-T 18,0/1,5 Ah and AP-T 18,0/3,0 Ah Li-ion.
Suitable insert for carrying case TK-L BoB-1. For the drywall screwdriver AD or ADW.
Designation
QP
Order number
Designation
QP
Order number
CA-T 18,0/30
1
393.312
TKE AD/ADW
1
392.820
Suitable insert for carrying case TK-L BoB-2. For the FLEX drywall screwdrivers ADW and drill drivers AD 18,0.
Keyless chuck Tool-free quick-change system, for the drill insert 1.5-13 mm, can be removed without any tools. With steel jaws and guard ring. Designation
QP
Order number
BF-R AD 18,0/3,0 R
1
394.548
Angle attachment Tool-free quick-change system when drilling and screwdriving in areas which are difficult to access. With magnetic drill spindle for holding drill and screwdriver bits and for holding the keyless chuck (only for AD 18,0/3,0 R).
114
Designation
Designation
QP
Order number
WV-R AD 18,0/3,0 R
1
394.661
Designation
QP
Order number
TKE AD+ADW
1
394.068
Screw magazine attachment For commercially available, belted screws: screw magazine attachment can be rotated in 45° steps - good accessibility to corners, tool-free screw depth adjustment via thumb wheel, tool-free adjustable support foot for adjustment of different screw lengths from 20-55 mm, max. shank diameter 4.2 mm, max. head diameter 8.0 mm. Ergonomic handle – suitable for left and right-handed people, rubberised depth stop made of steel. Suitable for all FLEX drywall screwdrivers: DW 7-25/7-45/7-60 and ADW 18,0/3,0-42. Designation
QP
Order number
M-DW
1
392.626
Dry construction Accessories
Screws, bits Bit
Drywall screws, fine thread Design PH size 2, C 6,3. Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
DB PH2 25 C6,3 VE5
25
5
395.927
Design PH size 2, E 6,3. Can be used with screw magazine attachment M-DW. Designation
Dimensions in mm
DB PH2 175 E6,3 VE2 175
QP
Order number
2
395.900
Belted drywall screws. Suitable for screw magazine attachment M-DW. Content 20 belts consisting of 50 pieces each. For use on metal support section. Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
SBS-G 3,9x25 F PH2
3,9x25
1
396.087
SBS-G 3,9x35 F PH2
3,9x35
1
396.095
SBS-G 3,9x45 F PH2
3,9x45
1
396.109
Drywall screws, coarse thread Belted drywall screws. Suitable for screw magazine attachment M-DW. Content 20 belts consisting of 50 pieces each. For use in construction of wooden supports.
Bit holder Magnetic, design PH size 2, E 6,3.
Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
Dimensions in mm
QP
Designation
Order number
SBS-G 3,9x25 G PH2
3,9x25
1
396.117
UH-M 50 E6,3-C6,3
50
1
395.919
SBS-G 3,9x30 G PH2
3,9x30
1
396.125
SBS-G 3,9x35 G PH2
3,9x35
1
396.133
Drywall screws, drill point Belted, self-tapping drywall screws. Suitable for screw magazine attachment M-DW. Content 20 belts consisting of 50Â pieces each. Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
SBS-G 3,5x25 B PH2
3,5x25
1
396.141
SBS-G 3,5x35 B PH2
3,5x35
1
396.192
115
Drywall saw CSE 55 T
CSE 55 T. Perfect cutting of dry wall elements. A low-dust working environment owes as much to the special features of the CSE 55 T as to the double clamping of the angle adjustment which provides greater precision and safety. Perfect visible edges can be obtained with the swivel range from -1° to 48° for undercuts as well as with the scoring function. The control electronics enable the cutting speeds to be optimally adjusted to the materials and applications and the range of applications of the CSE 55 T to be extended as required. Applications involving gypsum or concrete fibre boards can be handled just as perfectly as saw cuts through wood materials, such as chipboard or OSB boards. Even metal support sections can be processed without difficulty.
Packed with power Powerful and reliable 1400 watt motor for cutting different materials, such as wood, board materials, aluminium, acrylic glass …
Flip riving knife Saves you the time-consuming removal of the riving knife for plunge cuts and it does not get lost.
Everything is ideally controlled The controllable speed from 1700-3400 rpm ensures cutting speeds can be set to the material.
Spindle lock For changing the saw blade simply and quickly.
Magnesium cast bench top Robust and extremely stable but light-weight. With 0° and 45° guide grooves for reliable and precise guidance when making chop and mitre cuts on the FLEX guide rail system.
Low dust The extraction system has an anti-static feature. An adapter for the FLEX Clip system is included in the product package.
Always at the correct angle The angle scale from 0°- 48° is easy to read and can be set exactly with non-slip clamping elements. The swivel segment is also double clamped. This prevents the saw blade from jamming and therefore the risk of recoil.
Be doubly sure The parallel stop is double clamped. This prevents the operating saw from wandering and ensures safe control when used as a table extension.
Safety switch Prevents unintentional plunge cuts and therefore provides greater safety.
Parallel The double clamped parallel stop (available as an accessory) can also be used as a table extension.
Precise cutting depth setting By simply loosening the cutting depth stop, it can be set to the required depth on the scale. The upper edge indicates the cutting depth without the guide rail and the lower edge the cutting depth on the guide rail.
Height-adjustable inspection window Optimises the extraction space when used with and without rail system.
117
Drywall saw CSE 55 T
Quite dry.
The CSE 55 T extracts everything.
The CSE 55 T cuts cleanly and precisely with the appropriate precision saw blade and the appropriate FLEX guide rail system. Especially indoors the highly efficient dust extractor ensures a comfortable and dust-free working environment. The CSE 55 T is packed in the Systainer suitable for on-site use. The adapter for connection to the FLEX Click system is included in the product package.
118
Drywall saw CSE 55 T
Saws almost anything.
Tear-free
Good at an angle
The all-rounder
By using the FLEX guide rails GRS 80 and GRS 160, tear-free saw cuts and plunge cuts are child’s play – and without timeconsuming removal of the riving knife.
The CSE 55 T not only makes extremely precise separating cuts, but also perfect mitre cuts within the range of -1° to 48°.
The control electronics enable the cutting speeds to be optimally adjusted to the materials. Therefore gypsum or concrete fibre boards can be handled just as perfectly as chipboard or OSB boards. Even metal support sections can be processed.
On the left or on the right
“Diamond” saw blade
Can also cut plastic
The stop (available as an accessory) can be mounted on the left or right side of the bench. The double clamping guarantees a parallel cutting path. The stop can also be used as a table extension and therefore increases the support of the saw on the workpiece.
A specialist for gypsum and cement fibre boards in dry construction. Thanks to the four diamond-tipped cutting edges, the saw blade D160x2,2x20 DIA Z4-S generates little dust and has an almost neverending service life.
Even plastic can be sawn almost perfectly and tear-free with the saw blade D160x1,8x20 HW Z48-FZ/TR.
119
Dry construction Overview of power tools
NEW
CSE 55 T Plunge saw for dry construction
• VR electronic control: stepless speed selection, tachogenerator-controlled constant speed, overload protection, re-start inhibit and temperature monitoring. • Guide grooves 0° and 48°. For reliable and precise guidance when making chop and mitre cuts on the FLEX rail system • Dual clamped swivel element prevents the saw blade from jamming when making mitre cuts and therefore the risk of recoil • Angle scale from 0° to 48°. Easy to read and can be set exactly with non-slip clamping elements • Swivel range from -1° to 48° for undercuts as well as scoring function for perfect visible edges, also suitable for sawing materials surfaces with sensitive coatings, such as HPL, CPL • Flip wedge for tear-free saw and plunge cuts without time-consuming removal of the riving knife • Precise cutting depth adjustment by simply pressing on the cutting depth stop. Easy-to-read cutting depth thanks to a 180° rotating cutting depth indicator • Dual clamped parallel stop prevents the saw from wandering and ensures safe control when used as a table extension • Spindle lock: for quick replacement of blades • Possible to connect external dust extraction • Ideal for traditional applications in dry construction and refurbishing, e.g. for making saw cuts through plasterboard, concrete fibre boards, wood materials, such as chipboard or OSB boards
SPECIFICATIONS No load speed Power input Power output Pivoting range Blade Ø Saw blade holder Cutting depth Cutting depth / with guide rail Depth of cut - mitre cut Depth of cut - mitre cut with guide rail Weight
Type CSE 55 T DIA Z4-S CSE 55 T/DIA Z4+GRS160 Kit CSE 55 T Z24-WZ CSE 55 T/Z24-WZ+GRS160 Kit
! Accessories page 121 120
Standard equipment CSE 55 T DIA Z4-S: 1 vacuum adapter 1 saw blade DIA Z4-S 1700-3400 rpm 1 plastic system case 1350 watt 1 case insert 850 watt Standard equipment CSE 55 T/DIA Z4+GRS160 Kit: -1° - 48° 1 vacuum adapter 160 mm 1 saw blade DIA Z4-S 20 mm 1 guide rail GRS 160 0 - 55 mm 1 plastic system case 1 case insert 0-49 mm 0-38 mm Standard equipment CSE 55 T Z24-WZ: 1 vacuum adapter 0-32 mm 1 saw blade Z 24-WZ 4 kg 1 plastic system case 1 case insert
Order no.
Standard equipment CSE 55 T/Z24-WZ+GRS160 Kit: 386.804 1 vacuum adapter 1 saw blade Z 24-WZ 388.300 1 guide rail GRS 160 386.812 1 plastic system case 388.297 1 case insert
Dry construction Accessories
Accessory CSE 55 T Standard circular saw blade with alternating teeth
Anti-splinter guard
For making long cuts and for sawing wood materials, such as chipboard, OSB, MDF boards.
Replacement parts for GRS 80/160 guide rails QP
Designation
Dimensions QP in mm
Order number
D160x1,8x20 HM Z24-WZ
160 Ø x 20
386.790
1
Order number
3,4 m 366.846
Antislip profile
Fine cut circular saw blade with flat, trapezoidal tooth
Replacement parts for GRS 80/160 guide rails
For making cross cuts in solid wood and tear-free cuts in laminated wood materials, such as chipboard, MDF boards
QP
Designation
6,8 m 366.854
Dimensions QP in mm
D160x1,8x20 HM Z48-FZ/TR 160 Ø x 20
1
Order number 386.774
Order number
End caps Replacement parts for GRS 80/160 guide rails
Diamond circular saw blade For maximum service life, for making cuts in plasterboard and cement fibre boards. Designation
Dimensions QP in mm
Order number
D160x2,2x20 DIA Z4-S
160 Ø x 20
386.766
1
QP
Order number
2
364.967
Designation
QP
Order number
PA-CS
1
396.788
QP
Order number
Parallel stop
Metal circular saw blade with alternating teeth For making cuts in metal profiles and metal composites. Designation
Dimensions QP in mm
Order number
D160x1,8x20 HM Z38-WZ
160 Ø x 20
386.782
1
Plastic system case Systainer for machine and accessories.
Guide rail GRS
Designation Precise aluminium profile with anodized sliding coating and guide rib.. Plugged rubber lip as contact edge at the marking, anti slip protection on the bottom. Connector 353.272 can be used to extend the guide rails as required.
Designation
Length in mm
QP
Order number
GRS 80
800
1
353.280
GRS 160
1600
1
359.351
Size ( W x L x H)
TK-L/Sys 281x360x272 281 x 360 x 272 1
353.302
Insert for systainer Insert for CSE 55 T, suitable for Systainer 353.302. Designation
QP
Order number
TKE CSE 55 T
1
398.667
Connector for guide rail GRS Precise metal connector for connecting two guide rails GRS. When not in use, the connector can be parked in the guide rail with the included tool wrench SW 5 - screw driver.
QP
Order number
1
353.272
121
Renovation machines
Effective floor and wall finishing with the specialists from FLEX. Whether it is a matter of removing plaster, concrete, screed or render coatings, FLEX has just the right solution on hand for each and every task. No obstacles stand in the way of FLEX renovation grinders and scourers â&#x20AC;&#x201C; whether the talk is of large/small areas, corners or edges. All renovation grinders and scouring machines are fitted with powerful, sturdy motors which can withstand the high demands placed on them. It goes without saying that all machines have effective dust extraction. The extraction and filter systems of the FLEX vacuum cleaners are perfectly matched to FLEX machines to prevent harmful dusts contaminating the surrounding air. In the form of the innovative RETECFLEX RE 14-5 115 you have available a widely diverse tool for those numerous jobs in renovation and modernization work. The RETECFLEX can be quickly and easily adapted to your own requirements. Whether it is to be used with a scouring head, perforator, diamond grinding disc or a sanding/polishing pad, just a few movements of the hand suffice to convert to any tool. Let yourself be won over by the wide scope of application possibilities of the new RETECFLEX RE 14-5 115. A large and comprehensive range of specially coordinated high quality accessories are available for a multitude of applications.
Renovation grinder, scourer LD 3206 C
Scouring machine HPI 603
1400
1400
2500
1200
1400
Max. working width mm
125
125
180
150
115
FLEX suction hose with snap connection
–
–
–
–
Interchangeable head system
–
–
–
–
Grinding close to edges
–
–
–
RE 14-5 115
Renovation grinder, scourer LDC 1709 FR
Power input in watts
RETECFLEX
Renovation grinder, scourer LD 1709 FR
Renovation machines
Dust extraction system Suction hose adapter
Diamond grinding head
–
–
Carbide metal scouring head
–
–
–
Perforator
–
–
–
–
Velcro backing pad
–
–
–
–
Corundum sanding discs
–
–
–
–
Standard equipment available as an accessory not available
123
Renovation machines RETECFLEX
The RETECFLEX. The specialist for grinding, sanding, scouring, perforating and polishing. The speed controller ensures that the speed is correctly adjusted for grinding and polishing. The speed stays constant under load. The RE 14-5 115 has a soft start for a jerk-free start-up. Temperature monitoring prevents any fused windings. The completely cast electronic components and special winding protection prevent damage due to metal dust.
Packed with power Powerful, strong 1400 watt motor for quick working progress.
Extraction guard D 115 with brush ring Tool-free height adjustment for quick and easy guard adjustment to the required working depth.
Extremely adjustable Electronically controllable speed. Whatever the various tools and heat-sensitive materials, the right speed can always be set.
Adjustable base D80 Tool-free changeable and height-adjustable base D 80 for milling tool and perforator, for optimum control of the machine and effective dust extraction.
Silence itself Damping element between spindle and tool. Reduces vibration, raises smooth running, improves guidance and increases the service life of the machine.
Spindle stop Easy tool change with the integrated spindle stop.
Everything extracted Effective dust extraction for clean air and uninterrupted vision.
Always held correctly Optimum handling position for various working situations.
FLEX Clip system Large extraction cross-section; simple, quick connection using the FLEX clip system. No adapters or reducing sleeves required.
Up to the edge Swivelling brush segment for quick adjustment for working close to edges.
125
Renovation machines RETECFLEX
RETECFLEX
The quick-change artist amongst the renovation grinder.
The RETECFLEX is a tool with a very wide variety of applications for refurbishing, renovating and modernizing work.The compact construction makes the tool ideal to handle. The RETECFLEX is perfect for working smaller surfaces. Whether with base or dust extraction guard withbrush ring, working close to the edge is assured by both the attachments. The brush ring-equipped dust extraction guard has a tool-free adjustable edge segment.The ideal tool for smaller workshops. The universal tool for many applications. And each one with dust extraction.
126
Renovation machines RETECFLEX
Easily and quickly converted whatever the requirements.
The power pack
Open to everything
Tough performer
The RETECFLEX has no trouble at all in getting to grips with severely weathered concrete.
The tool-free, swivelling brush segment is ideal for working close to edges. Even with the brush segment open, the dust extractor still performs wholehearted work.
The scouring head with its 12 carbide metal discs is perfect for removing tile glue.
Sands almost anything
Perfect handling
Jack of all trades
Together with velcro backing pad and sanding discs, the RETECFLEX is ideal for sanding old paints and wood - in association with dust extraction.
Thanks to its low weight and excellent handling, the RETECFLEX can optimally work on walls.
The cutting wheels of the innovative perforator open up any wallpapers sealed by paint. Allowing liquid (wallpaper stripper solution) to penetrate much quicker.
127
Renovation machines RETECFLEX
RETECFLEX
Especially versatile. Material
Applications Grind concrete parts / pre-grind concrete parts (concrete face-lifting)
4-6
Scouring concrete
4-6
Remove shuttering protrusions and concrete runs on used concrete / pre-sand weathered old concrete
6
Remove shuttering protrusions and concrete runs on freshly concreted surfaces
4-6
Scouring fresh (green) concrete
4-6
Breaking edges at fresh concrete components
6
Remove minor unevenness and protrusions on concrete components
4-6
Remove any contaminations on concrete
4-6
Grinding hard cement render with a high sand proportion
6
Pre-grinding hard cement render
6
Grinding soft plaster
3-5
Pre-grinding synthetic resin plaster
3-5
Scouring soft plaster
4-6
Scouring hard plaster
4-6
Remove synthetic resin plaster (top coat)
4-6
Remove plaster on wooden beams (framework)
4-6
Grinding tile glue on soft plaster
3-6
Remove tile glue on screed
6
Scouring tile glue residues
4-6
Grinding existing tile layer before laying new tiles
128
Electronic setting
6
Remove latex and oil paints from plaster
4-6
Remove paint coatings on plaster
3-6
Sanding old weathered paint coatings
2-4
Remove flexible protective coatings from concrete and plaster
4-6
Thermo-elastic coatings
2-4
Removing soft PU coatings
4-6
Grinding screed and coatings on screed floors
6
Remove hardened epoxy resin coatings
6
Remove sintering layer, other coatings on concrete
4-6
Remove foam and adhesive residues
4-6
Remove grout and fillers
3-5
Remove aged filling compounds and fillers
3-5
Sanding unevenness on filled-in surfaces
2-4
Sanding plastics and fibre-glass reinforced parts
2-4
Open wallpapers sealed by paints for absorbing liquid (wallpaper stripper)
3-4
Sanding weathered wooden parts
2-4
Sanding wooden beams/framework in restoration work
2-4
Removing weathering from natural stone
1-2
Sanding granite worktops in the natural stone area
1-2
Bevelling fine stoneware tiles on cut edge
1-2
Renovation machines RETECFLEX
Extraction hood D 115
Concrete-Jet Screed-Jet
• •
TC-Jet
PCD-Jet
•
•
Perforator
Corundum sanding discs
• 1-2
• •
• 1-2
•
•
Diamond grinding pad
• 1-2
•
• •
•
Scouring discs, flat
• •
• •
•
•
• •
Scouring discs, pointed
• •
•
Surface-Jet
Extraction hood D 115 + Velcro backing pad
Adjustable base D 80
• • • •
• • • • • •
• •
• • •
• • •
•
•
•
• •
•
•
•
•
• • • •
! Tip: Keep the speed down when working on heat-sensitive paint coatings and coverings. In this way you will avoid the
• • •
scouring/grinding tools becoming clogged/smeared.
129
Renovation machines Overview of power tools
RE 14-5 115 RETECFLEX - the universal tool for renovation and modernization • VR electronic control: speed pre-selection, tachogenerator- controlled constant speed, soft-start, overload protection and temperature monitoring. • Motor: powerful, strong motor for quick working progress • With damping element between spindle and tool being used: this reduces vibration, aids for smooth running, improves guidance and increases the service life of the machine • Completely cast electronic components prevents damage due to metal dust. The 3-fold winding protection reduces motor wear, increases service life • Special gearbox: special gear ratio for high torque in the medium and low speed range • Dust-proof on/off switch • Effective dust extraction thanks to a large extraction cross-section. Simple, rapid connection using the FLEX clip system. No adapters or reducing sleeves are required • Vacuum guard: with stepless height adjustment • Universal tool system can be adapted for a large number of renovation and modernisation applications. Compact, handy and ideal for working on small surfaces and on the edges of larger areas • Spindle lock
SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter Max. milling head Ø No load speed
115 mm 80 mm 1800-5200 rpm
Power input
1400 watt
Power output
880 watt
Tool fixture Size ( W x L x H) Weight
130
M 14 198x390x150 mm 3,1 kg
Standard equipment: 1 SoftVib handle 1 extractor guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring 1 adjustable base scouring Ø 80 mm 1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115 1 case insert 1 plastic carry case 1 pin wrench 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4
Renovation machines Accessories
Accessories RETECFLEX Velcro backing pad Ø 115, Bowl
Carry case
Backing pad Bowl with velcro face for securing the abrasives with the velcro system. As damping elements 12 mm cellular rubber pads ensure uniform pressure distribution. Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
115 Ø
1
366.609
Made of impact-resistant plastic for the RE 14-5 115, WSE 7. Designation
Size ( W x L x H)
TK-L 609x409x201 609 x 409 x 201
QP
Order number
1
366.641
Insert for carry case
Velcro sanding paper PURFLEX
Matching insert for RE 14-5 115 for carry case 366.641.
Ideally suited to working wood and metal. Designation
Dimensions Grit in mm
QP
Order number
Designation
QP
Order number
D115 Pu-P24 VE25
115 Ø
P 24
25
381.195
TKE RE14-5
1
366.633
D115 Pu-P40 VE50
115 Ø
P 40
50
381.209
D115 Pu-P60 VE50
115 Ø
P 60
50
381.217
D115 Pu-P80 VE50
115 Ø
P 80
50
381.225
D115 Pu-P100 VE50 115 Ø
P 100
50
381.233
D115 Pu-P120 VE50 115 Ø
P 120
50
381.241
D115 Pu-P150 VE50 115 Ø
P 150
50
381.268
D115 Pu-P180 VE50 115 Ø
P 180
50
381.276
SoftVib side handle SoftVib handle with vibration cushioning, significantly reducing the vibration transmitted to hands and arms and reducing the risk of vibration-related injury to the operator.
Diamond grinding pad For use with velcro grinding disc 115 Ø. Grinding pads for dry grinding, a great advantage in the repair and renovation areas. Suitable for grinding and polishing granite worktops, fine stoneware tiles, floor tiles, concrete surfaces in the field of vision, natural stone on windowsills, cover panels, sculptures, steps.
Type
QP
Order number
M8
1
325.376
Face pin spanner Special spanner for removing the scouring and grinding heads. QP
Order number
1
366.536
Designation
Dimensions Grit in mm
QP
Order number
DP 50 DRY D115
115 Ø
50
1
386.197
DP 100 DRY D115
115 Ø
100
1
386.200
DP 200 DRY D115
115 Ø
200
1
386.219
DP 400 DRY D115
115 Ø
400
1
386.227
DP 800 DRY D115
115 Ø
800
1
386.235
DP 1500 DRY D115
115 Ø
1500
1
386.243
DP 3000 DRY D115
115 Ø
3000
1
386.251
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
10000 1
386.278
80 Ø
1
366.757
DP 10000 DRY D115 115 Ø
Base for scouring work
“Perforator” tool head with HSS cutting wheels Tool head with 4 hardened and ground cutters on a steel axle for perforating wall coverings such as in-grain wallpaper. The surface is opened for rapid penetration of wallpaper strippers.
HSS cutting wheels
Tool-free interchangeable protective guard for optimally guiding the machine and effective dust extraction. Diameter in mm
QP
Order number
80 Ø
1
369.314
4 replacement cutting wheels for the “perforator” tool head – for perforating coverings. Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
38 Ø
4
366.765
Dust extraction guard With swivel segment and brush ring for grinding work. Diameter in mm
QP
Order number
115 Ø
1
366.528
Clip adapter For connecting a FLEX power tool to extraction units from other manufacturers. Suitable for hoses inside Ø 27 mm, outside Ø 36 mm. Designation
Brush ring Brush ring for dust extraction hood - contains two segment parts. QP
Order number
1
369.454
Diameter in mm
Adapter Clip D36/27 42/37
QP
Order number
1
380.377
131
Renovation machines Kit System
This is where to find the right RETECFLEX kit. Simply select the right scouring or grinding head for your applications. The order number listed includes the RE 14-5 115 in the kit consisting of machine with standard equipment and the selected tool head.
Description Complete with 12 pointed tungsten carbide scouring discs. For removing hard plaster, concrete, foam backing and adhesive residues, paint on plaster, epoxy plaster, flexible protective coatings, plaster on wooden beams and latex/oil paints on plaster.
Type
QP
Pointed scouring head kit
1 pointed scouring head Ø 80, M 14, 1 SoftVib handle, 1 extractor guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, 1 adjustable base scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 , Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115, 1 case insert, 1 plastic carry case, 1 pin wrench, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4
S couring head complete, pointed
1
Dimensions Order no. in mm 369.217
80 Ø
12 pointed carbide scouring discs with TC scourfixing bolts and guide discs. ing discs, pointed
366.501
Fitted with 12 flat tungsten carbide scouring discs. For removing soft materials, including plaster, green concrete, foam backing and adhesive residues, soft PU coatings, paint coatings on plaster, plaster on wooden beams and latex/oil paint on plaster, shuttering protrusions and concrete runs on fresh concreted surfaces. The flat form leaves the surface smooth (pull cutting).
Flat scouring head kit
1 scouring head, flat, Ø 80, M 14, 1 SoftVib handle, 1 extractor guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, 1 adjustable base scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 , Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115, 1 case insert, 1 plastic carry case, 1 pin wrench, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4
S couring head complete, flat
1
12 flat carbide scouring discs with fixing bolts and guide discs.
TC scouring discs, flat
366.617
Diamond grinding head equipped with a concrete jet grinding disc. Suitable for grinding concrete parts, roughing old weathered concrete, hard cement plaster, removing shuttering protrusions and concrete runs, hardened epoxy resin coatings and the natural sintering on concrete components.
Concrete1 Concrete-Jet diamond grinding head , 1 SoftVib handle, Jet grinding 1 extractor guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, head kit 1 adjustable base scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 , Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115, 1 case insert, 1 plastic carry case, 1 pin wrench, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4
369.233
369.225
80 Ø
366.560
Concrete1 Jet diamond grinding head
115 Ø
366.668
Replacement grinding disc pad for the Concrete1 diamond grinding head complete with Jet diamond fixing bolts. grinding disc
115 Ø
367.044
Diamond grinding head equipped with an Screed-Jet grinding disc. For removing shuttering protrusions and concrete runners on freshly concreted surfaces, and tile adhesive on floor screed. For grinding screed floors, coatings, hard render with a high sand content, and de-burring edges of new concrete parts.
132
366.552
Screed-Jet 1 Screed-Jet diamond grinding head , 1 SoftVib handle, grinding 1 extractor guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, head kit 1 adjustable base scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 , Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115, 1 case insert, 1 plastic carry case, 1 pin wrench, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4
369.241
Screed-Jet 1 diamond grinding head
115 Ø
366.676
Replacement grinding disc pad for the Screed-Jet 1 diamond grinding head complete with diamond fixing bolts. grinding disc
115 Ø
367.052
Renovation machines Kit System
Description Diamond grinding head equipped with a Surface-Jet grinding disc vacuum diamond coated. For removing coatings on concrete parts, slight unevenness and protrusions on concrete components, contamination, flexible protective coatings on concrete and hard plaster, latex and oil paints on plaster and cosmetic concrete finishing.
Type
QP
Dimensions Order no. in mm
Surface-Jet 1 Surface-Jet diamond grinding head, 1 SoftVib handle, grinding 1 extractor guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, head kit 1 adjustable base scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 , Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115, 1 case insert, 1 plastic carry case, 1 pin wrench, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4
369.268
Surface-Jet 1 diamond grinding head
115 Ø
366.684
Replacement grinding disc pad for the Surface-Jet 1 diamond grinding head complete with diamond fixing bolts. grinding disc
115 Ø
367.036
Tungsten carbide grinding head equipped with a TC-Jet grinding disc with soldered carbide cutters For grinding soft plaster, removing paint and tile adhesive on soft plaster, grout and fillers, aged fillers and sealants and for sanding tile adhesive on soft plaster.
TC-Jet grinding head kit
1 TC-Jet carbide grinding head, 1 SoftVib handle, 1 extractor guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, 1 adjustable base scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 , Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115, 1 case insert, 1 plastic carry case, 1 pin wrench, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4
TC-Jet carbide grinding head
1
115 Ø
366.692
Replacement grinding disc for the carbide grinding head complete with fixing bolts.
TC-Jet carbide grinding disc
1
115 Ø
367.028
Grinding head fitted with a grinding disc consisting of 4 PCD segments (polycrystalline diamond). For the removal of thermally sensitive coatings as well as adhesives, sealants, plastic coatings, bitumen coatings from hard substrates. The PCD segments enable problematic coatings to be removed quickly and effectively without sticking.
Sanding head PCD-Jet kit
1 sanding head PCD-Jet, 1 SoftVib handle, 1 extractor guard grinding Ø 115 mm with a brush ring, 1 adjustable base scouring Ø 80 mm, 1 velcro backing pad Bowl Ø 115/M14 , Corundum sanding disc set Ø 115, 1 case insert, 1 plastic carry case, 1 pin wrench, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4
PCD grinding head
1
115 Ø
386.162
Replacement grinding disc for the PCD grinding head, complete with f astening screws.
PCD grinding disc
1
115 Ø
386.170
369.276
389.587
133
Renovation machines Overview of power tools and accessories
LD 1709 FR
Accessories LD 1709 FR
Concrete grinding machine for surfaces, 125 mm
Rubber extraction rings
• FR electronic control: with tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, overload protection and temperature monitoring • Vacuum dust collection: protects against abrasive dust, reduces disc wear, keeps concrete pores for the new coat open • Flexible rubber vacuum ring with low-wear metal ring: moves smoothly over the surface and protects against dust and flying stones • Vacuum attachment: 32 mm exterior Ø • Spindle lock • Ideal for point work and large-area stripping • Suction hose not included in delivery package
The flexible rubber vacuum ring moves smoothly over the surface and provides optimum protection against dust and flying stones. Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
125 Ø
1
257.246
Disc guard with removable edge segment Retrofitting kit, consisting of a protective guard with removable edge segment and special clamping flange SW 14 (Order no. 305.022). For LD 1709 FR. Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
125 Ø
1
305.235
Surface-Jet diamond grinding disc Special diamond grinding disc for concrete cosmetics and removal of graffiti with vacuum diamond coating. Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
125 Ø
1
359.424
Adapter Suitable for suction hoses using the FLEX clip system. Anti-static design.
SPECIFICATIONS Disc Ø No load speed
125 mm 10000 rpm
Power input
1400 watt
Power output
950 watt
Tool fixture Weight
134
M 14 2,9 kg
Standard equipment: Clamping nut Clamping flange SW 14 Guard Bail handle Cable clip Hose clip Vacuum ring Vacuum hose extension 1 adapter 32/36 mm Ø 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4 Wrench holder 1 metal carrying case
Designation
QP
Order number
SAD-C D32 AS
1
393.398
Special adapter Suitable for suction hoses with 32 mm Ø without FLEX clip system and for the suction hose extension (SHV-C 32x0.5 m). Designation
QP
Order number
SAD D32 WS/WSK
1
340.790
Renovation machines Kit System
This is where to find the right LD 1709 FR kit. Simply select the correct grinding disc for your applications. The order number listed includes the LD 1709 FR in a kit consisting of machine with standard equipment and the selected grinding disc.
Description Turbo-Jet grinding disc for optimal stock removal. The many diamond segments means smoother working and a better finish. Also increasing the life of the machine. Ideal for deburring concrete, for LD 1709 FR, LDC 1709 FR.
Type
1 Turbo-Jet grinding disc 125 Ø, 1 clamping nut M14, Clamping flange SW 14, Guard, Bail handle, Cable clip, Hose clip, Vacuum ring, Vacuum hose extension, 1 adapter 32/36 mm Ø, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4, Wrench holder, 1 metal carrying case
Turbo-Jet
1
Thermo-Jet Plus grinding disc: 20% increased grind- Thermo-Jet ing output, 20% higher segments. For coatings and Plus kit low-abrasive materials, for thermo-plastic coatings, paint coatings, graffiti, thin adhesive residues on concrete or screed, rubber coatings. For hard materials and old concrete. High grinding capacity and service life from the innovative 9 mm segment design.
Thermo-Jet plus
Screed-Jet plus diamond grinding disc for abrasive Screed-Jet materials: abrasive screed (with quartz sand), screed, Plus kit green concrete, render, cement, abrasive lime stone (with quartz sand) lime stone, firebrick, asphalt.
The new dimension for removing thermal coatings, suitable for fast, effortless stripping of problem coatings. 3 times quicker than normal diamond discs. The PCD segments remove problem coatings quickly and effectively without clogging.
QP
Turbo-Jet kit
Dimensions in mm
125 Ø
1 Thermo-Jet Plus, 1 clamping nut M14, Clamping flange SW 14, Guard, Bail handle, Cable clip, Hose clip, Vacuum ring, Vacuum hose extension, 1 adapter 32/36 mm Ø, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4, Wrench holder, 1 metal carrying case
1
1
PCD grinding disc kit
1 PCD disc, 1 clamping nut M14, Clamping flange SW 14, Guard, Bail handle, Cable clip, Hose clip, Vacuum ring, Vacuum hose extension, 1 adapter 32/36 mm Ø, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4, Wrench holder, 1 metal carrying case
PCD grinding disc
1
348.899
355.682
125 Ø
1 Screed-Jet Plus, 1 clamping nut M14, Clamping flange SW 14, Guard, Bail handle, Cable clip, Hose clip, Vacuum ring, Vacuum hose extension, 1 adapter 32/36 mm Ø, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4, Wrench holder, 1 metal carrying case
Screed-Jet plus
Order no. 355.704
359.378
355.690
125 Ø
359.394
355.712
125 Ø
359.416
135
Renovation machines Overview of power tools and accessories
LDC 1709 FR
Accessories LDC 1709 FR
125 mm grinding machine for dust-free grinding close to edges
Brush ring
• FR electronic control: with tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, overload protection and temperature monitoring • Vacuum dust collection: protects against abrasive dust, reduces disc wear, keeps concrete pores for the new coat open • Spindle lock • Guard with pivoting segment to allow grinding right up to the wall. Height-adjustable to the disc height and for optimum dust extraction
For LDC 1709 FR. QP
Order number
1
348.422
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
125 Ø
1
376.027
Dust guard with pivoting edge segment For LDC 1709 FR.
Surface-Jet diamond grinding disc Special diamond grinding disc for concrete cosmetics and removal of graffiti with vacuum diamond coating. Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
125 Ø
1
359.424
Adapter Suitable for suction hoses using the FLEX clip system. Anti-static design. Designation
QP
Order number
SAD-C D32 AS
1
393.398
Special adapter
SPECIFICATIONS Disc Ø No load speed
125 mm 10000 rpm
Power input
1400 watt
Power output
950 watt
Tool fixture Weight
136
M 14 2,9 kg
Standard equipment: 1 clamping nut M14 Guard with pivoting edge segment 1 SoftVib handle 3 cable clips Hose clip Wrench holder 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4 1 pin wrench 1 metal carrying case 1 clamping flange SW14 1 vacuum adapter Vacuum hose extension
Suitable for suction hoses with 32 mm Ø without FLEX clip system and for the suction hose extension (SHV-C 32x0.5 m). Designation
QP
Order number
SAD D32 WS/WSK
1
340.790
Renovation machines Kit System
This is where to find the right LDC 1709 FR kit. Simply select the correct grinding disc for your applications. The order number listed includes the LDC 1709 FR in a kit consisting of machine with standard equipment and the selected grinding disc.
Description Turbo-Jet grinding disc for optimal stock removal. The many diamond segments means smoother working and a better finish. Also increasing the life of the machine. Ideal for deburring concrete, for LD 1709 FR, LDC 1709 FR.
Type
QP
Turbo-Jet kit
1 Turbo-Jet grinding disc 125 Ø, Guard with pivoting edge segment, 1 SoftVib handle, 3 cable clips, Hose clip, Wrench holder, 1 clamping nut M14, 1 clamping flange SW14, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4, 1 vacuum adapter, Vacuum hose extension, 1 pin wrench, 1 metal carrying case
Turbo-Jet
1
Thermo-Jet Plus grinding disc: 20% increased grind- Thermo-Jet ing output, 20% higher segments. For coatings and Plus kit low-abrasive materials, for thermo-plastic coatings, paint coatings, graffiti, thin adhesive residues on concrete or screed, rubber coatings. For hard materials and old concrete. High grinding capacity and service life from the innovative 9 mm segment design.
Thermo-Jet plus
Screed-Jet plus diamond grinding disc for abrasive Screed-Jet materials: abrasive screed (with quartz sand), screed, Plus kit green concrete, render, cement, abrasive lime stone (with quartz sand) lime stone, firebrick, asphalt.
1
125 Ø
1 PCD disc, Guard with pivoting edge segment, 1 SoftVib handle, 3 cable clips, Hose clip, Wrench holder, 1 clamping nut M14, 1 clamping flange SW14, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4, 1 vacuum adapter, Vacuum hose extension, 1 pin wrench, 1 metal carrying case
PCD grinding disc
1
348.899
355.658
125 Ø
1 Screed-Jet Plus, Guard with pivoting edge segment, 1 SoftVib handle, 3 cable clips, Hose clip, Wrench holder, 1 clamping nut M14, 1 clamping flange SW14, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4, 1 vacuum adapter, Vacuum hose extension, 1 pin wrench, 1 metal carrying case
PCD grinding disc kit
Order no. 355.674
1 Thermo-Jet Plus, Guard with pivoting edge segment, 1 SoftVib handle, 3 cable clips, Hose clip, Wrench holder, 1 clamping nut M14, 1 clamping flange SW14, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4, 1 vacuum adapter, Vacuum hose extension, 1 pin wrench, 1 metal carrying case
Screed-Jet plus 1
The new dimension for removing thermal coatings, suitable for fast, effortless stripping of problem coatings. 3 times quicker than normal diamond discs. The PCD segments remove problem coatings quickly and effectively without clogging.
Dimensions in mm
359.378
355.666
125 Ø
359.394
378.259
125 Ø
359.416
137
Renovation machines Overview of power tools and accessories
LD 3206 C
Accessories LD 3206 C
Grinding machine for large areas, 180 mm
Rubber extraction rings
• Flexible rubber vacuum ring with low-wear metal ring: moves smoothly over the surface and protects against dust and flying stones • Vacuum dust collection: protects against abrasive dust, reduces disc wear, keeps concrete pores for the new coat open • Vacuum attachment: 32 mm exterior Ø • Spindle lock • Ideal for large areas • Cushioning element between the motor and rear handgrip: significantly reduces vibrations, reducing operator fatigue • Optimum guidance by rear shaft handle with integrated switch and bail handle • Suction hose/adapter not included in delivery package
The flexible rubber vacuum ring moves smoothly over the surface and provides optimum protection against dust and flying stones. Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
180 Ø
1
258.626
Plastic multi-carrying case Perfect fitting, impact resistant carrying case for LD 3206 C, BH 612 VR, BHI 822 VR, BHW 812 VV, BH 812 VV, SR 602 VV, SK 602 VV. Designation
QP
Order number
TK-S Multi
1
329.908
Adapter Suitable for suction hoses using the FLEX clip system. Anti-static design. Designation
QP
Order number
SAD-C D32 AS
1
393.398
Special adapter Suitable for suction hoses with 32 mm Ø without FLEX clip system and for the suction hose extension (SHV-C 32x0.5 m).
SPECIFICATIONS Disc Ø
180 mm
No load speed
6500 rpm
Power input
2500 watt
Power output
1700 watt
Tool fixture Weight
138
M 14 7,6 kg
Standard equipment: Clamping nut 1 clamping flange SW 17 Guard Bail handle Cable clip Vacuum ring 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 6 1 pin wrench 1 pin spanner 1 plastic carry case
Designation
QP
Order number
SAD D32 WS/WSK
1
340.790
Renovation machines Kit System
This is where to find the right LD 3206 C kit. Simply select the correct grinding disc for your applications. The order number listed includes the LC 3206 C in a kit consisting of machine with standard equipment and the selected grinding disc.
Description
Type
Screed-Jet plus diamond grinding disc for abrasive Screed-Jet materials: abrasive screed (with quartz sand), screed, Plus kit green concrete, render, cement, abrasive lime stone (with quartz sand) lime stone, firebrick, asphalt.
QP
Screed-Jet plus 1
Thermo-Jet Plus grinding disc: 20% increased grind- Thermo-Jet ing output, 20% higher segments. For coatings and Plus kit low-abrasive materials, for thermo-plastic coatings, paint coatings, graffiti, thin adhesive residues on concrete or screed, rubber coatings. For hard materials and old concrete. High grinding capacity and service life from the innovative 9 mm segment design.
Thermo-Jet plus
Dimensions in mm
1 Screed-Jet Plus, 1 clamping nut M14, 1 clamping flange SW 17, Guard, Bail handle, Cable clip, Vacuum ring, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 6, 1 pin wrench, 1 pin spanner, 1 plastic carry case
180 Ă&#x2DC;
1 Thermo-Jet Plus, 1 clamping nut M14, 1 clamping flange SW 17, Guard, Bail handle, Cable clip, Vacuum ring, 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 6, 1 pin wrench, 1 pin spanner, 1 plastic carry case
1
Order no. 355.739
359.408
355.720
180 Ă&#x2DC;
359.386
139
Renovation machines Overview of power tools
HPI 603 Plaster ”Hedgehog“ scouring machine for plaster, concrete and screed • Soft start • Switch: with lock-off / lock-on switch • Vacuum guard: with stepless height adjustment • Connection to external dust extractor using the supplied adapter • Sturdy scouring discs: from high quality carbide • 7 scouring axes with 28 flat-toothed milling discs • Ideal for working on large areas: stripping plaster, roughening concrete, smoothing shuttering joints and screed
SPECIFICATIONS Scouring head Ø Max. scouring depth No load speed Power input Power output Weight
Type HPI 603
! Accessories page 141 140
150 mm 5 mm Standard equipment: 2400 rpm 28 flat toothed scouring discs 1200 watt 1 side handle 700 watt 1 socket wrench 6,8 kg 1 mandrel 1 pull-off fixture Vacuum hose extension Order no. 1 vacuum adapter 344.257 1 metal carrying case
Renovation machines Accessories
Accessories HPI 603 Carbide scouring discs 28 replacement flat milling discs, solid carbide. For light soft plaster and removing carpet adhesive residues when a clean smooth surface is required. QP
Order number
28
256.587
35 replacement pointed solid carbide milling discs for removing hard plaster and cement. Also for removing carpet adhesive residues when a roughened surface is required. QP
Order number
35
256.589
Adapter For connection of 32 mm Ă&#x2DC; suction hoses and suction hose extension SHV-C 32x0.5 m (296.953) to the device. Designation
QP
Order number
SAD D32-36
1
257.169
141
Screwing and drilling
Lithium-ion technology with convincing arguments. FLEX lithium-ion technology is characterised by its numerous advantages. For one thing the batteries allow the construction of very light-weight and compact machines. Thanks to a very low discharge rate (without memory effect), they are always ready for use. Furthermore, the batteries are recharged within a very short time. The batteries for the machines can be replaced within one battery class. In addition to the handy and light-weight ALi 10.8 G, FLEX offers 14.4 and 18.0Â volt drill drivers and impact drivers with 3.0 Ah. All power tools are compact in design, have excellent ergonomics, are easy to handle and have a very long service life. For optimum illumination of the work area, all cordless power tools feature an integrated and connectable LED light. And to prevent damage in transit, all power tools are delivered in stable carrying cases.
Screwing and drilling
Screw-driving, drilling or impact drilling? Who can do what? 10,8 V
14,4 V
18,0 V
ALi 10,8 G
AD 14,4/3,0
ADH 14,4/3,0
AID 14,4/3,0 ¼”
can be found on
Page 145
Page 150
Page 150
Page 150
Page 150
Page 113
Page 112
Battery voltage
10,8 V
14,4 V
14,4 V
14,4 V
14,4 V
18,0 V
18,0 V
Battery capacity
1,3 Ah
3,0 Ah
3,0 Ah
3,0 Ah
3,0 Ah
1,5/3,0 Ah
1,5/3,0 Ah
Torque max. (drill setting)
38 Nm
60 Nm
60 Nm
145 Nm
230 Nm
40/60 Nm
8,5 Nm
Torque positions
20+1
25+1
25+1
–
–
20+1
–
No load speed 1st gear
0-345 rpm
0-350 rpm
0-350 rpm
0-2400 rpm
0-2200 rpm
0-360 rpm
0-4200 rpm
No load speed 2nd gear
0-1240 rpm
0-1800 rpm
0-1800 rpm
–
–
0-1500 rpm
–
–
–
0-27000 rpm
–
–
–
–
0,8-10 mm
1-13 mm
1-13 mm
–
–
1,5-13 mm
–
–
–
–
¼”
½”
¼”
¼”
1,1 kg
1,8 kg
1,9 kg
1,4 kg
1,5 kg
1,4 kg
1,6 kg
Blows per minute Chuck Ø Tool fixture Weight with battery
AID 14,4/3,0 AD 18,0/3,0 R ADW 18,0-42 ½”
143
Screwing and drilling Cordless drill driver 10,8 V
ALi 10,8 G
10,8 volts can be so powerful.
Designed for professional continuous operation constructed appropriately robust – e.g solid, yet light aluminium gear housing and completelymetal drill chucks on the cordless drills and hammer drills ensure lasting stability and long service life. The user friendliness is exemplary: with non-slip rubber grip to improve the feel in the hand and an ultra-sensitive accelerator trigger switch with quick stop.
Advantages of lithium ion technology – No memory effect – Powerful: full battery power from the first to the last screw Let there be light!
Simple battery change
– Low weight, lighter than conventional batteries, better to handle
ALi 10.8 G includes an LED lamp as standard equipment and is powered by the auxiliary battery.
The easy-change battery pack reduces work interruptions to a minimum. Two speeds on the ALi 10.8 G ensure optimum speed selection for drilling and screwdriving.
– Protection System: protects from overloading, overheating and deep discharge.
144
Screwing and drilling Overview of power tools and accessories
ALi 10,8 G
Accessories ALi 10,8
2 speed cordless drill/screwdriver with lithium ion technology
Rapid charger
• 20 torque and 1 drill setting • Quick-action chuck with spindle lock • Exchangeable lithium ion battery 1,3 Ah • No memory effect • Integrated LED light • Rapid battery charger (charge time 60 min) • Small machine with lots of power • Ergonomically designed, non-slip, soft grip handle for safe, comfortable working • Perfect for drilling in wood, plywoods, plastics and metal. Thanks to its compact design it is especially good when working in restricted spaces
Charging time 60 min for battery pack 10.8 V/1.3 Ah Li-Ion. QP
Order number
1
336.327
LED light Battery not included. The standard auxiliary battery in the ALi 10.8 V series or battery pack 336.319 can be used. QP
Order number
1
336.335
Battery pack Li-Ion battery pack 10.8 V/1.3 Ah for ALi 10.8 series QP
Order number
1
336.319
SPECIFICATIONS Battery voltage
10,8 V
Battery capacity
1,3 Ah
Torque max. (drill setting)
38 Nm
Torque positions
20+1
No load speed 1st gear
0-345 rpm
No load speed 2nd gear
0-1240 rpm
Chuck Ø
0,8-10 mm Standard equipment: 1,1 kg 2 battery pack 1 rapid battery charger 1 LED light Order no. Bit set 338.583 1 plastic carry case
Weight with battery
Type ALi 10,8 G
145
146
Screwing and drilling Cordless drill driver/impact drill 14,4 V
The new FLEX 14.4 V battery range with 3.0 Ah. The new 14.4 volt cordless power tools from FLEX are characterised above all in applications which require a universally applicable, compact and powerful cordless power tool for screwdriving, drilling and impact drilling. Ideally suitable for finishing and installation work with small to medium drill and screw diameters. The power tools are characterised by their compact design, optimum ergonomics, excellent handling and a very long service life. Keyless chuck AD/ADH With rotation stop, for clamping shank tools Ø 1-13 mm.
Tool holder AID 14.4/3.0 ¼” For holding ¼” bits.
2-speed gearbox AD/ADH Always the optimum speeds for screwdriving and drilling.
Tool holder AID 14.4/3.0 ½” For holding ½” attachable tools.
Torque adjustment AD/ADH 25 torque settings plus one drill setting. So that the force of the cordless screwdriver can be dosed correctly.
Charging capacity display and LED light Integrated in the power tool. Informs you at a glance about the charge state of the battery cells. On/Off button for integrated LED light.
Impact drilling function ADH For drilling in masonry, stone and concrete.
Soft handle For safe, comfortable and non-slip handling.
LED light AD/ADH Integrated and can be connected for optimum illumination of the work area.
Clockwise/anti-clockwise Can be switched without gripping the handle.
LED light AID Integrated and can be connected for optimum illumination of the work area.
Lithium-ion battery technology Battery technology with 14.4 volts 3.0 Ah. No memory effect. Battery easy to change.
Belt clip Practical belt hook ensures that the tool is always ready to hand. Available as an accessory (order no. 395.722).
Side handgrip Suitable for all FLEX 14.4 volts cordless power tools from 07/2012. Available as an accessory.
147
Screwing and drilling Cordless drill driver/impact drill 14,4 V
FLEX cordless screwdriver.
More power thanks to new high-performance motors.
The FLEX 14.4 volt cordless drill drivers and impact drivers offer an optimum combination of easy handling and professional performance thanks to their low weight and slender design. With a maximum torque of 60 newton metres (in a hard screwdriving case) the 2-speed cordless drill drivers AD 14.4/3.0 and ADH 14.4/3.0 are characterised by powerful screwdriving and drilling performance. However, particularly sensitive materials can be spot drilled precisely and gently thanks to the accelerator switch. All 14.4 volt power tools are supplied with two batteries. The charging time is maximum 60 minutes.
148
Screwing and drilling Cordless drill driver/impact drill 14,4 V
Precise, powerful and versatile.
Perfect handling
Always the correct speed
Drilling with precision
Whether cordless drill driver AD 14.4/3.0 or cordless impact drill driver ADH 14.4/3.0, both power tools are characterised by perfect handling thanks to their ergonomic design.
Both the cordless drill driver AD 14.4/3.0 and the cordless impact drill driver ADH14.4/3.0 feature 25 torque settings and one drill setting. Therefore the correct speed is always available depending on the application.
The accelerator switch enables precise and gentle spot drilling particularly in sensitive materials.
Universally applicable
The choice is yours
They really get to grip
With a chuck width of 1–13 mm even size 8 and size 10 mixing paddles can be inserted.
The cordless impact driver AID 14.4/3.0 ¼” features a ¼” bit holder, the AID 14.4/3.0 ½” a ½” holder for attachable tools.
Both cordless impact drivers are adequately powerful. They are characterised by 145 Nm (AID 14.4/3.0 ¼”) and 230 Nm (AID 14.4/3.0 ½”).
149
Screwing and drilling Overview of power tools
AD 14,4/3,0; ADH 14,4/3,0
NEW
AID 14,4/3,0 ¼”; AID 14,4/3,0 ½”
NEW
2-speed cordless drill driver 14,4 V with lithium ion technology
Cordless impact driver 14,4 V with lithium-ion technology
• Keyless chuck and motor stop • Clockwise and counterclockwise rotation; middle setting: safety lock • Charge indicator • Rapid battery charger (charge time 60 min) • Integrated LED light • Ergonomically designed, non-slip, soft grip handle for safe, comfortable working • Two speeds for excellent results in drilling wood, composite wood products, plastic and metal
• Clockwise and counterclockwise rotation; middle setting: safety lock • Charge indicator • Rapid battery charger (charge time 60 min) • Integrated LED light • Tool holder for ¼” bit tools • Ergonomic design • Ergonomically designed, non-slip, soft grip handle for safe, comfortable working
2-speed cordless impact drill 14,4 V with lithium ion technology
Cordless impact driver 14,4 V with lithium-ion technology
Equipement see AD 14,4/3,0 additional: • Hammer drilling function
Equipement see AID 14,4/3,0 ¼” instead of tool holder for ¼” bit tools: • Tool holder for ½” attachable tools
SPECIFICATIONS Battery voltage
14,4 V
Battery capacity
3,0 Ah 145 Nm
Max. torque
0-2400 rpm
No load speed
¼”
Tool fixture
SPECIFICATIONS Battery voltage
14,4 V
Battery capacity
3,0 Ah
Type
Max. torque
60 Nm
AID 14,4/3,0 ¼”
0-1800 rpm
Battery voltage
14,4 V
0-27000 bpm
Battery capacity
3,0 Ah
1 - 13 mm
Chuck Ø
Max. torque
Weight with battery AD
1,8 kg
No load speed
Weight with battery ADH
1,9 kg
Tool fixture
AD 14,4/3,0 ADH 14,4/3,0
379.522
SPECIFICATIONS
0-350 rpm
No load speed 2nd gear Blows per minute
150
Order no.
No load speed 1st gear
Type
1,4 kg
25+1
Torque positions
! Accessories page 151
Weight with battery
Standard equipment: Order no. 2 batteries AP-K 14,4/3,0 379.492 1 rapid charger CA-K 14,4/60 1 plastic carry case 379.514
Weight with battery
Type AID 14,4/3,0 ½”
! Accessories page 151
230 Nm 0-2200 rpm ½” 1,5 kg
Standard equipment: 2 batteries AP-K 14,4/3,0 Order no. 1 rapid charger CA-K 14,4/60 379.530 1 plastic carry case
Screwing and drilling Cordless drill driver/impact drill 14,4 V
Accessories AID, AD/ADH 14,4 Rapid charger
Handle Charging time 60 mins. for Li-Ion battery 14,4 V.
Auxiliary handle for AD/ADH 14,4.
Designation
QP
Order number
Designation
QP
Order number
CA-K 14,4/60
1
348.694
HZ-S AD/ADH 14,4/3,0
1
395.897
Designation
QP
Order number
GC AD/ADH/AID 14,4/3,0
1
395.722
Battery pack
Belt clip for AID, AD/ADH 14,4 Battery pack Li-Ion 14,4 V / 3,0 Ah for AID 14,4 and AD/ADH 14,4. Designation
QP
Order number
AP-K 14,4/3,0
1
391.018
Diamond dry drill bits For drilling without water using cordless drill drivers or drills. Ideal for drilling dowel holes in fine stoneware tiles (up to hardness 5), granite and marble. Advantages at a glance • low technical effort in comparison with wet drilling, only cordless screwdriver required • no noise nuisance • no dirty water • no contamination of the tile grout with drilling sludge • subsequent cleaning and drying of the work area not required Tips and tricks: The service life of the drill bit is increased many times if the drill bit is cooled down briefly in water after each drilling process. To work effectively and economically, the DD-DRY should be used exclusively for drilling through hard coverings. Dowel holes in masonry or concrete should be made with HW drill bits.
Tile drill bits For drilling without water using cordless drill drivers or drills. The extremely hard tip of the drill bit is pressed gently onto the surface of the tile. This makes a precision mark for the required drill hole. As the drill bit is self-centring, it cannot slip on hard surfaces. Ideally suited for drilling dowel holes in tiles and fine stoneware up to hardness 3. Tips and tricks: The drill bit drills through the covering (e.g. tile) only. A suitable carbide drill bit should be used for the material (masonry, concrete, etc.) under the covering. Insert tile drill bit TD clockwise only.
D
D=Ø
drilling resistance.
Optimum cooling by wax filling. The wax is melted by the heat generated during the drilling process and therefore cools the diamond impregnation.
T
The multi-layered diamond impregnation ensures a maximum service life and rapid work progress.
L
The three chuck jaws are positioned fully on the clamping surfaces and provide the best grip.
Diamond impregnation in the hollow spindle crushes the drill core and reduces the Designation
The hollow shank reduces the weight and stores the coolant. Hexagonal shank AF for clamping in 13 mm chuck, prevents overtightening in the chuck and damage to the shank.
D in mm
T in mm
L in mm
QP
Order no.
Absolutely precise spot drilling. The carbide drill point breaks the surface coating and prevents the drill bit from wandering.
The spiral spindle guarantees quick removal of the drilling dust.
T
The hardened shank reduces damage and guarantees optimum concentricity.
The vacuum-welded carbide cutting edge ensures maximum service life and a durable connection.
L
Cutting edge with diamond cut allows exact spot drilling and tear-free drilled holes.
Designation
D in mm
T in mm
L in mm
QP
Order no.
DD-DRY D6x30 HEX
6
30
80
1
386.286
TD D5x50 D10
5
50
110
1
386.324
DD-DRY D8x30 HEX
8
30
80
1
386.294
TD D6x50 D10
6
50
110
1
386.332
TD D8x50 D10
8
50
110
1
386.340
DD-DRY D10x30 HEX
10
30
80
1
386.308
DD-DRY D14x30 HEX
14
30
80
1
386.316
151
Screwing and drilling 2,5 kg rotary hammer drill
CHE 2-26 SDS-plus
The compact multi-talent.
The light 2.5 kg and compact 800 watt CHE 2-26 SDS-plus hammer drill and chisel is ideal for drilling, hammer-drilling in masonry and concrete, for plugs, anchoring systems and through-holes. The 2.5 kg hammer drill is ideal for light-duty chiselling work and removal of plaster and tiles.
Handy, precise and powerful
Simple tool change with SDS plus
Small but really fine
The CHE 2-26 SDS-plus has no trouble at all in dealing with plug holes and throughholes up to 26 mm for electrical cables and tubes.
No tools are needed to change drills and chisels thanks to SDS-plus. As a result, the CHE 2-26 SDS-plus can be rapidly set to all the requirements.
Even wall tiles present no difficulty for the CHE 2-26 SDS-plus thanks to its chiselling function. The chisel can be set in all positions.
152
Screwing and drilling Universal rotary hammer drill, 2,5 kg
Versatile Easy-to-operate switch for the following functions: 1 Drilling without hammer 2 Drilling with hammer 3 Continuous chisel positioning 4 Hammer function for chiselling
Accelerator trigger switch
CHE 2-26 SDS-plus
Acceleration trigger, lock-on function and a clockwise/anticlockwise function.
Universal rotary hammer drill, 2,5 kg, SDS-plus • Light 800 watt hammer drill and chisel hammer, pistol design with the clockwise/anticlockwise rotation function • Hammer drilling • Depth limit gauge: for precision drilling • Rotation stop for chiselling • Max. drilling range up to 26 mm • Accelerator switch with lock-on function • Ideal for drilling and hammer drilling, diameters from 4-18 mm in masonry and concrete for dowel fixings or through-holes. • For light-duty chiselling work when removing plaster and tiles
A firm grip The soft grip ensures a secure hold.
This one has a smart head on its shoulders The additional handle with an integrated depth stop can be easily rotated and locked at the desired position. With the SDS-plus you can quickly change both drills and chisels without any tools.
SPECIFICATIONS No load speed
0-1100 rpm
Blows per minute
0-5200 bpm
Single impact energy (EPTA)
2,3 J
Max. drill hole Ø in concrete
26 mm
Max. drill hole Ø in masonry (drill bit)
68 mm
Max. drill hole Ø in wood
30 mm
Power input
800 watt
Tool fixture
SDS-plus
Weight
Type CHE 2-26 SDS-plus
2,5 kg
Standard equipment: 1 handle Order no. 1 drill depth stop 365.904 Carry case
! Accessories from page 158 153
Screwing and drilling Rotary hammer drill
CHE 5-45 SDS-max
Handy 5 kg combined hammer drill.
The handy and powerful 1100 watt CHE 5-45 SDS-max hammer drill and chisel in L form has a hammer-impact drill function, chisel function and a rotation stop for chiselling with vibrationdampened handle. It also has a service display. Regular maintenance greatly extends the life of the machine.
He works flat out
Rough but cordial
Through thick and thin
The CHE 5-45 SDS-max is particularly suitable for trimming work to remove plaster, masonry and light concrete.
The vibration-proof handle protects the user especially when performing heavy-duty trimming and drilling work.
The CHE 5-45 SDS-max effortlessly drills and hammer-drills in masonry and concrete. For example, for drilling holes for compound anchor attachments and through-holes.
154
Screwing and drilling Universal rotary hammer drill, 5 kg
It’s all in the head The additional handle with an integrated depth stop can be easily rotated and locked at the desired position. With the SDS-max you can quickly change both drills and chisels without any tools.
Always in the correct position Setting of the 12 chisel positions.
CHE 5-45 SDS-max Universal rotary hammer drill, 5 kg, SDS-max • Handy L-design 1100 watt rotary hammer drill and chisel hammer • Hammer drilling • Rotation stop for chiselling • Max. drilling range: up to 45 mm with hammer drill, 80 mm drilling with a core drill, 90 mm drilling with carbide metal drill bit • With a variable speed setting for optimum speed depending on requirement and tool • With supplementary handgrip and vibration-dampened handle • Ideal for hammer-drilling, diameter 10-32 mm in masonry and concrete for composite or injection anchoring systems and through-holes • Suitable for light-duty chiselling work to remove plaster, masonry and lightweight concrete • The integrated service display indicates the next change for carbon brushes as well as the service interval
A turn for the better Easy-to-operate switch for the following functions: Drilling with hammer and chisel functions.
Anti-vibration The vibration-dampened and anti-slip handle ensures a secure hold and eases strain on the user.
At the turn of a dial With a variable speed setting for optimum speed depending on requirement and tool
SPECIFICATIONS No load speed Blows per minute Single impact energy (EPTA) Chisel positions
235-500 rpm 1350-2870 bpm 7,1 J 12
Max. drill hole Ø in concrete
45 mm
Max. drill hole Ø in masonry (drill bit)
105 mm
Power input
1100 watt
Tool fixture
SDS-max
Weight
Type CHE 5-45 SDS-max
! Accessories from page 159
5,9 kg Standard equipment: 1 drill depth stop 1 handle Order no. 1 tube of grease 365.912 Carry case
The perfect service The CHE 5-45 SDS-max has both a power system (green) and service display. Send the machine to FLEX customer service should the service display (red) light up. Keeping to the maintenance intervals clearly extends the life of the machine.
155
Screwing and drilling Demolition hammer, 5 kg
DH 5 SDS-max
The powerful 5 kg demolition hammer.
The DH 5 SDS-max 5 kg demolition hammer is very handy and compact. With its powerful and sturdy 1050 watt motor it is ideal for medium-duty chiselling work in concrete and masonry particularly in walls and ceilings, for concrete face-lifting, tile and plaster removal and for through holes in walls and floors.
Anti-vibration
Always held correctly
In perfect position
The rear grip is equipped with vibration damping. This allows the user to work longer without tiring – even in continuous use.
It has a radially and axially hinged auxiliary handle. This enables the operator to always set the handle in the optimum position.
Thanks to the 12 tool-free adjustable chisel positions, the tool can always be optimally positioned.
156
Screwing and drilling Demolition hammer, 5 kg
Anti-vibration The vibration-dampened and anti-slip handle ensures a secure hold and eases strain on the user.
Always in the correct position
DH 5 SDS-max
Setting of the 12 chisel positions.
Demolition hammer, 5 kg, SDS-max • Very handy and compact L-design 1050 watt chisel hammer • With side handle, can be both radially and axially rotated and vibration-dampened handle • Ideal for medium-duty chiselling work in concrete and masonry, especially in walls. Concrete face-lifting, removal of tiles and plaster and knocking-through in walls and floors Axially and radially The additional handle is axially and radially adjustable, always for finding an optimal hold. For an optimum hold and precision guidance.
SPECIFICATIONS Blows per minute
3500 bpm
Power input
1050 watt
Single impact energy (EPTA) Chisel positions Tool fixture Weight
Type DH 5 SDS-max
6,7 J 12 SDS-max 5 kg
Standard equipment: 1 handle Order no. 1 tube of grease 365.920 Carry case
! Accessories from page 159 157
Screwing and drilling Accessories
Accessories CHE 2-26 SDS-plus SDS 2-plus drill
SDS-plus broad-flat chisel Drill with 2 solid carbide alloy cutters, reinforcement chamfer and centering point for easy, precision-point working. Asymmetrical, high-capacity double conveyor spirals for quick transfer of the drill dust. Core reinforcement for maximum energy transfer from hammer drill to drill tip. Vibration-damping and also conveys more energy to the cutting bit. Ideal for drilling in concrete, masonry and natural stone.
Designation
Diameter Length QP in mm in mm
Order number
HD 2-C D4x110 SDS-plus
4
110
1
367.931
HD 2-C D5x110 SDS-plus
5
110
1
367.958
HD 2-C D6x110 SDS-plus
6
110
1
367.966
HD 2-C D5x160 SDS-plus
5
160
1
367.974
HD 2-C D6x160 SDS-plus
6
160
1
367.982
HD 2-C D8x160 SDS-plus
8
160
1
367.990
HD 2-C D10x160 SDS-plus 10
160
1
368.008
HD 2-C D12x160 SDS-plus 12
160
1
368.016
HD 2-C D6x210 SDS-plus
6
210
1
368.024
HD 2-C D8x210 SDS-plus
8
210
1
368.032
HD 2-C D10x210 SDS-plus 10
210
1
368.040
HD 2-C D12x210 SDS-plus 12
210
1
368.059
HD 2-C D14x210 SDS-plus 14
210
1
368.067
HD 2-C D16x210 SDS-plus 16
210
1
368.075
HD 2-C D8x260 SDS-plus
260
1
368.083
HD 2-C D10x260 SDS-plus 10
260
1
368.091
HD 2-C D12x260 SDS-plus 12
260
1
368.105
HD 2-C D14x260 SDS-plus 14
260
1
368.113
HD 2-C D16x310 SDS-plus 16
310
1
368.121
HD 2-C D18x200 SDS-plus 18
200
1
368.148
HD 2-C D20x200 SDS-plus 20
200
1
368.156
HD 2-C D18x450 SDS-plus 18
450
1
368.164
HD 2-C D20x450 SDS-plus 20
450
1
368.172
HD 2-C D22x450 SDS-plus 22
450
1
368.180
HD 2-C D25x450 SDS-plus 25
450
1
368.199
8
The broad flat chisel is excellent for stripping plastered walls. Higher removal rate due to wedge effect. More material removal per chisel stroke.
Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
spat
40 x 250
1
368.512
SDS-plus tile chisel The tile chisel is suited for renovation work. It has a large leaf width, can be optimally placed in joints and also preserves the underground. Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
cambered
40 x 250
1
368.628
QP
Order number
1
368.571
Diameter in mm
QP
Order number
1,5-13
1
272.639
Chisel/drill set SDS-plus Set consisting of. SDS 2-plus drills 1x 5 Ø x 110 mm, 1x 6 Ø x 110 mm, 1x 6 Ø 160 mm, 1x 8 Ø x 160 mm, 1x 10 Ø x 160 mm, 1x sharp chisel SDS-plus 250 mm, 1x flat chisel SDS-plus 250 mm.
Quick-release drill chuck for CHE 2-26 SDS-plus
SDS-plus flat chisel SDS-plus adapter
Extremely hard, ideal for demolition work. Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
flat
20 x 250
1
368.490
SDS-plus sharp chisel Extremely hard, ideal for demolition work.
158
Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
pointed
250
1
368.504
Adapter for ½” drill chuck (Order No. 272.639). QP
Order number
1
368.652
Screwing and drilling Accessories
Accessories CHE 5-45 SDS-max
Accessories CHE 5-45, DH 5 SDS-max
SDS 2-max drill
SDS-max flat chisel Drill with 2 sharp carbide cutters. For drilling in concrete, masonry and natural stone. Designation
Diameter Length QP in mm in mm
Order number
HD 2-C D12x340 SDS-max 12
340
1
368.202
HD 2-C D14x340 SDS-max 14
340
1
368.210
HD 2-C D15x340 SDS-max 15
340
1
368.229
HD 2-C D12x540 SDS-max 12
340
1
368.237
HD 2-C D14x540 SDS-max 14
540
1
368.245
HD 2-C D15x540 SDS-max 15
540
1
368.253
Extremely hard, ideal for demolition work. Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
flat
25 x 400
1
368.539
SDS-max sharp chisel Extremely hard, ideal for demolition work. Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
pointed
400
1
368.547
SDS-max broad-flat chisel The broad flat chisel is excellent for stripping plastered walls. Higher removal rate due to wedge effect. More material removal per chisel stroke.
SDS 4-max drill The drill tipped 4-cut head design ensures centric guidance in the drill hole. Two additional secondary cutters protect the drill from impacting on any steel reinforcement. Moreover, the special spiral design reduces vibrations. Highly suitable for drilling in reinforced concrete.
Designation
Diameter Length QP in mm in mm
Order number
HD 4-C D16x340 SDS-max 16
340
1
368.261
HD 4-C D18x340 SDS-max 18
340
1
368.288
HD 4-C D20x320 SDS-max 20
320
1
368.296
HD 4-C D22x320 SDS-max 22
320
1
368.318
HD 4-C D25x320 SDS-max 25
320
1
368.326
HD 4-C D28x370 SDS-max 28
370
1
368.334
HD 4-C D30x370 SDS-max 30
370
1
368.342
HD 4-C D32x370 SDS-max 32
370
1
368.350
HD 4-C D35x370 SDS-max 35
370
1
368.369
HD 4-C D16x540 SDS-max 16
540
1
368.377
HD 4-C D18x540 SDS-max 18
540
1
368.385
HD 4-C D20x520 SDS-max 20
520
1
368.393
HD 4-C D22x520 SDS-max 22
520
1
368.407
HD 4-C D24x520 SDS-max 24
520
1
368.415
HD 4-C D25x520 SDS-max 25
520
1
368.423
HD 4-C D28x570 SDS-max 28
570
1
368.431
HD 4-C D30x570 SDS-max 30
570
1
368.458
HD 4-C D32x570 SDS-max 32
570
1
368.466
HD 4-C D35x570 SDS-max 35
570
1
368.474
HD 4-C D40x570 SDS-max 40
570
1
368.482
Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
spat
50 x 400
1
368.555
SDS-max tile chisel The tile chisel is suited for renovation work. It has a large leaf width, can be optimally placed in joints and also preserves the underground. Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
cambered
50 x 300
1
368.563
SDS-max chisel set Set consisting of 1x sharp chisel 400 mm SDS-max, 1x flat chisel SDS-max 25 x 400 mm. QP
Order number
1
368.601
Drill dust adapter Drill dust adapter The drill dust extractor is connected to the suction hose of the FLEX vacuum cleaners or to different adapters so that the dust is extracted directly through the drill hole. There is no dust residue. For drilling applications up to Ă&#x2DC; 24 mm. Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
SAD BS D32
290 x 65
1
394.025
159
Screwing and drilling Dry core drilling
Core drilling
Drilling where low noise, no dust or vibration is requested.
Without vibration, a concrete core is cut out with absolute precision - even reinforcing bars pose no problem. Ideal for drilling and through hole work in sensitive areas, such as hospitals, laboratories, computer facilities, office buildings and schools, etc. With our range of dry and wet core drills and the complementary accessory range, we provide you with the tools for effective, low-vibration and economical working. Quick-Snap system
Only the FLEX Quick-Snap system with its removable extractor ring allows work to be done with and without dust extraction using the same basic holder. Core bits: no special core bits are required. All core bits with a standard M16 thread can be used. (Special core bits are needed when dust extraction is used.)
Perfect extraction system
Right on the spot
The innovative extraction system in conjunction with the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners reduces the production of healthharmful drilling dust to a minimum.
Centring star for pinpoint accuracy. To ensure the optimum positioning of the centring bar in each drill bit, the FLEX accessory programme includes the matching centring star.
160
Screwing and drilling Overview of power tools
BH 812 VV 2-speed core drill for dry drilling • VV electronic control: constant speed control, soft start with continuous speed control trigger, overload protection, temperature monitoring and speed selection • Long additional handle: turns and latches in pre-set positions to absorb high torque in freehand operation • Safety slip clutch: offers protection if the core drill is jammed • Clamping neck: 53 mm, suitable for application in drilling stands • Ideal for dry drilling • Mechanical 2-speed gear unit and variable, electric speed setting provide optimum speeds for a wide range of drilling diameters
SPECIFICATIONS Power input
1800 watt
Power output
1200 watt
Speed under load 1st/2nd gear Tool fixture Max. drilling Ø masonry Weight
Type BH 812 VV
0-1000 / 0-3800 rpm ⅝”-16 UN / M 16 180 mm 4,2 kg
Order no. 260.190
Standard equipment: 1 handle 1 open-ended wrench SW 24 1 open-ended wrench SW 22 1 wrench case 1 drill depth stop 1 clamp fitting with ratchet clip 1 adapter ⅝”-16UN/M16 1 plastic carry case
! Accessories from page 162 161
Screwing and drilling Accessories
Segments
QP
Order number
68 Ø
3
1
349.062
82 Ø
4
1
349.070
68 Ø
3
1
349.100
82 Ø
4
1
349.119
68 Ø
3
1
349.127
82 Ø
4
1
349.135
BH 812 VV
Diameter in mm
BH 612 VR
Accessories BH 612 VR, BH 812 VV
Diamond drill bit with dust extraction, universal Dry, M 16 internal thread, for masonry, with dust extractor for quick-snap system, useful length 80 mm.
Diamond drill bit with dust extraction, abrasive Dry, M 16 internal thread, for masonry, with dust extractor for quick-snap system, useful length 80 mm.
Diamond drill bit with dust extraction, specially soldered Dry, M 16 internal thread, for dense sand-lime bricks, with dust extractor for quick-snap system, useful length 80 mm.
Diamond drill bits with dust extractor for Quick-Snap Dry, M 16 inner thread, for masonry, with dust extraction for Quick-Snap system, effective length 400 mm.
68 Ø
1
349.143
102 Ø
1
349.151
152 Ø
1
349.178
1
340.243
1
340.235
1
340.227
Suction rotor Quick-Snap Extracts health-hazardous dusts and thereby increases the drill bit's service life. Connection for standard drill bits M 16, by tool-free drill bit exchange. Light rotor with excellent suction power; dry drilling is also possible with the same system without extraction. Quick and simple cleaning by tool-free removal of the suction unit. Connection dimensions ⅝” UN 16. Consisting of: Rotor and 1 drill adapter 340.235.
Drill adapter Quick-Snap For screwing onto the drill bits / drill bits for socket outlets. Connection: M 16.
Centering mount Quick-Snap Diamond drill bit for socket outlets, magnetic with drill.
suitable – not suitable
162
Screwing and drilling Accessories
Durchmesser in mm
QP
Order number
1
340.200
BH 812 VV
Designation
BH 612 VR
Accessories BH 612 VR, BH 812 VV
Centering bar Quick-Snap For diamond drill bits, effective length 400 mm, magnetic with drill. Without centring star.
Centering star Quick-Snap For centring bar 340.200, fits drill bit Ø 68 mm.
68 Ø
1
340.162
For centering bar 340.200, fits drill bit Ø 102 mm.
102 Ø
1
340.146
152 Ø
1
340.111
Adapter 32/36 mm, can be rotated, tapered, hard. To connect the 32 mm hose with the suction rotor 340.243.
1
340.081
Adapter ⅝”-16 UN to M 16 for connecting the machine directly to the drill bit.
1
255.424
1
259.491
1
255.468
1
329.908
For centering bar 340.200, fits drill bit Ø 152 mm.
Suction adapter for Quick-Snap
Adapter
Centering aid with clamp fitting For drill bits with an effective length of 180 mm.
Extension for centering aid For drill bits with an effective length of 400 mm.
Plastic multi-carrying case Perfect fitting, impact resistant carrying case for LD 3206 C, BH 612 VR, BHI 822 VR, BHW 812 VV, BH 812 VV, SR 602 VV, SK 602 VV.
TK-S Multi
163
Special tool Wall chaser
The FLEX wall chaser. It does you a good turn. Cutting slots with 2 parallel running FLEX high-performance diamond cutting discs. The middle partition can then be broken out using the supplied slot breaker. Only the FLEX wall chaser allows changeover from vertical pull cutting to horizontal push cutting. Unlock, swivel the motor, lock - finished! Fatigue-free working in both directions!
MS 1706 FR Set
Working direction
Wall chaser for push and pull cutting
Working direction
At the turn of a dial It does not matter in which direction you are cutting. The swivelling vacuum hose adapter allows for hinderence free working.
• FR electronic control: with tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, overload protection and temperature monitoring • Patented swivel-mounted motor (EP1693169) allows for push and pull cutting. • Optimal dust extraction and maximum safety due to enclosed guard • Tool-free blade changing and slit width adjustment • Rotating adaptor for dust extractor • Tool-free cutting depth adjustment • Plunge cut stop • Chases two parallel slots up to 35 mm deep and 30 mm wide • Slot breaker for easy removal of the remaining material without a hammer • This machine is also available in 110 V
Tool-free and simple The disc guard can be opened and the quick-clamp nut loosened without any additional tools. In this way you can change the diamond cutting discs and quickly adjust the distance rings according to the desired groove width. The trick is in the swivel Patented swivel-mounted motor (EP1693169) allows for push and pull cutting.
SPECIFICATIONS Cutting depth Groove width
Working direction
Disc Ø
Easy depth setting You can use the scale - which is divided into 5 mm increments - on the disc guard to set how deep the milled cut should be.
No load speed Power input Power output Tool fixture Weight
Type MS 1706 FR Set
164
0-35 mm 10-30 mm Standard equipment: 140 mm 2 Diamantjet VI-Speedcut-cutting disc 140 mm Ø 7500 rpm 1 side handle 1400 watt 1 SDS-Clic quick-clamp nut M 14 950 watt Distance spacers M 14 Stacking discs 4,6 kg Clamping flanges 1 web remover 1 adapter for dust extractor Order no. Cable clip 329.673 1 plastic carry case
Special tool Overview of power tools and accessories
F 1109
Accessories MS 1706 FR Set
710 watt gutter support groove cutter
Diamantjet VI - Speedcut
• Rugged motor • 4 HSS reversible cutters: the cutters can be reversed, allowing them to be used four times • Cutting head: 80 mm diameter, M 14 tool fixture • Controlled chip channelling • Adjustable to 6 mm and 8 mm thick gutter supports
For cuts in walls, limestone, concrete and porous concrete. Due to the innovative HDS (high density sintered) technology, which can be recognised by the high density and homogeneity of the binding components, the Speedcut cutting disc stands out because of its uniform light cutting action, its long life span and the overheating protection it offers. Due to the ribbed form, only minimal pressure needs to be applied and the debris is removed quickly: the workpiece is cut cleanly and smoothly.
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
140 Ø
1
334.464
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
21 x 21
4
229.555
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
21 x 21
4
241.091
Accessories F 1109 Reversible blades HM reversible blades
HSS reversible blades
SPECIFICATIONS Power input
710 watt
Power output
420 watt
No load speed
10000 rpm
Planer width
40 mm
Planer depth
6 / 8 mm
No. of cutters Weight
Type F 1109
4 pieces Standard equipment: 3,9 kg 1 set HHS reversible cutters (4 pieces) 1 metal carrying case Order no. 1 torx wrench 251.338 1 open-ended wrench SW 30/17
165
Surface finishing sanding
FLEX. Sands and sands and sands… Everything starts with sanding. Since 1922 everything at FLEX has revolved around sanding. Whether angle grinder, polisher, renovation sander or even long-necked sander – the main focus has always been on the perfect sanding result. Thanks to its many years of experience, FLEX today is the perfect partner for the trade when it comes to professional sanding machines. The angle grinders from FLEX are a synonym for a complete category of tools. A sign of quality, reliability and power of the sanding tools from FLEX. It is always about the quick and easy removal of different materials from a wide range of surfaces. And more than ever the focus is on the health of the user. This is why the SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125 was developed. It is characterised by very high material removal and optimum extraction. Gearbox, smooth running and motor output make the SUPRAFLEX the specialist for the efficient sanding of a wide scope of materials such as metal, stone, paint and wood.
FLEX sanding system
To ensure that the work can be performed easier and quicker, FLEX offers accessories suitable for the sanders, such as Velcro sanding pads and sanding tools. The intelligent and powerful FLEX extraction systems provide for a low-dust workplace.
Organisation system. Machine and accessories are securely and clearly arranged with the new box-on-box system from FLEX. More information on the new Box on Box system from FLEX starting on page 282.
Sanding accessories. The FLEX Velcro systems are characterised by secure adhesion of the sanding tool, high temperature resistance and long service life.
Surface finishing sanding
Application overview of sanding
WST 700 VV Vario
WSE 7 Vario Set
LL 1107 VEA
RETECFLEX RE 14-5 115
ORE 125-2
X 1107 VE
OSE 80-2
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Curves Corners/edges
•
•
•
•
ODE 100-2
WSE 500
•
Triangular sander
WSE 7 Vario Plus
SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125 Surfaces
Palm sander
WST 700 VV Vario Plus
Random-orbit sander
Rotary sander
•
•
• •
Profiles
Sanding tools. The best results can be obtained with suitable sanding tools only. FLEX sanding tools stand for a long service life, high sanding performance and best surface quality.
Suction hose. With anti-static feature for increased safety and greater working comfort. The FLEX Clip system simplifies connection – no adapters or reducing sleeves required.
Safety vacuum cleaners. The filter systems of the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners reliably separate out dust, in classes L, M and H (even harmful s ubstances).
167
Surface finishing sanding SUPRAFLEX
The new SUPRAFLEX. The smooth running power pack. SUPRAFLEX – this means: virtually dust-free sanding of a wide range of materials and surfaces with a uniquely high removal rate. Thanks to a two-stage gearbox, the new SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125 has high torques, even at the lower speed range, for speeds which are appropriate for the material. The two-stage gearbox in this class provides for a unique smooth running performance and optimum cooling of the motor. Apart from the inner values, the new SUPRAFLEX is characterised by perfect handling, as well as its ergonomics and compact design.
Grip hood with SoftGrip Ergonomically shaped for optimum and precise control of the machine. A side handle can be screwed on if required.
Extraction hood with swivel segment Enables you to work near edges at maximum extraction power. Can be opened without any tools.
Compact and ergonomical Thanks to the ergonomical and low design and the low weight, even areas which are difficult to access can be processed easily.
Easy and without any tools Height adjustment and removal of the extraction guard hood without additional tool.
Simple operation Sliding switch for single-hand operation. Also approved for processing metal and stone.
FLEX Clip system For fixed hose connection. Adapter with FLEX Clip connection for Ø 32 mm snap connection included in the standard equipment.
Removal without end Powerful and high-output 1400 watt motor for greater removal rate than traditional eccentric sanders.
Spindle lock Ideally positioned to prevent improper operation and does not interfere with the grip area.
Controllable speed of 600–2100 rpm The speed controller ensures that the speed is correctly adjusted for grinding and polishing.
Intelligent air flow The optimised air flow ensures the best possible cooling of gearbox and motor. And there is no annoying exhaust air for the user.
Extremely quiet The gearbox of the SUPRAFLEX is an innovative combination of planetary and lapped angular gears. Planetary gears can transmit very high torques despite their very compact design. Extremely low noise generation thanks to sound optimization, even under load.
Good for your health The 8-hole system ensures a virtually dust-free workplace.
169
Surface finishing sanding SUPRAFLEX
SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125
The specialist for painted surfaces.
Demanding customers are focussing more and more on high-quality surfaces. Optimum preparation and appropriate technology are required to achieve this. The SUPRAFLEX and the matching sanding tools achieve the best results. The new SUPRAFLEX stands for high removal rate and optimum surface quality. It runs extremely quietly and features a unique extractor. In combination with the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners the working environment is virtually dust-free.
170
Surface finishing sanding SUPRAFLEX
More power for more results.
Convincing extraction power
Precise and safe control.
Unique removal rate
In conjunction with the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners the SUPRAFLEX, thanks to its unique extraction power, ensures a virtually dust-free workplace.
With the ergonomically shaped grip hood with SoftGrip the SUPRAFLEX can be guided precisely and safely.
1400 watts provide adequate power reserves at all speed ranges. This allows unique removal rates on all materials.
Traditional eccentric sanders
Extremely quiet running
Up to the edge
Sanding performance per minute
Motor and gearbox are characterised in this class by a unique smooth running performance. Furthermore, the noise generation is considerably reduced by sound optimisation.
The extraction hood of the SUPRAFLEX enables you to work near edges at maximum extraction power. The segment can be opened quickly and without any tools.
The SUPRAFLEX has a 300% greater removal rate than traditional eccentric sanders (source: FLEX test workshop).
171
Surface finishing sanding SUPRAFLEX
SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125
The specialist for stainless steel and steel alloy.
The stepless speed control adjusts speeds from 600 to 2100 rpm for sanding and polishing steel, stainless steel, steel alloy and aluminium. The speeds remain constant even under load. The SUPRAFLEX features a soft start to ensure a smooth start. The temperature monitor prevents windings from burning through. The restart interlock prevents the machine from starting unintentionally after a power failure. The completely encapsulated electronics module is protected from damage by metal dust.
172
Surface finishing sanding SUPRAFLEX
The SE 14-2 125 knows no limits.
Gentle removal on any surface
Versatile applications
Suitable for processing aluminium
Old paints and varnishes on metal surfaces can be removed effortlessly with the SUPRAFLEX. Despite its high removal rate, it protects the surfaces.
Polishing flap discs for sanding, cleaning and finishing work can also be used for processing stainless steel. The required accessories, clamping flange and clamping nut, are included in the stainless steel set 393.428.
The excellent extraction power and the low speeds also allow aluminium and galvanised steel to be processed.
CERAFLEX
CORKFLEX
It stays cold
The new sanding tool CERAFLEX is characterised by a high removal rate with low heat generation and above all by its special ceramic grit on the fabric base. This prolongs the service life significantly and increases the cost-effectiveness.
The coarse structure of CORKFLEX reduces heat generation on the surface, above all when fine sanding. As a result, the service life is three times longer than comparable sanding tools. The cork accessory also provides a better deep cleaning of the surface. For a greater gloss and better haptics.
The optimised air flow ensures the best possible cooling of gearbox and motor. And there is no annoying exhaust air for the user.
173
Surface finishing sanding SUPRAFLEX
SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125
The specialist for natural and artificial stone.
For 90 years FLEX has been your competent and innovative partner for processing natural and artificial stone. The longstanding competence of FLEX also includes the knowledge which its engineers have about the nature of stone, its characteristics and sensitivities. Therefore, it goes without saying that the new SUPRAFLEX does not damage or soil valuable natural stone, but processes it professionally and appropriate to the particular material.
174
Surface finishing sanding SUPRAFLEX
Why wet when dry is just as good?
Working in all positions
Close to the surface
Diamond pads for dry sanding
The ergonomics and especially the handling of the SUPRAFLEX also facilitate the processing of difficult areas. Particularly where details are important.
The SUPRAFLEX has a very flat gear head to keep the distance from the surface as small as possible. This facilitates precise control of the machine.
Without using water. This has a huge advantage for repair and renovation work indoors. In conjunction with the dust extractor there is almost no debris.
Make something new from something old!
Also outstandingly powerful
Brilliant result up to the edge
Worn or damaged natural or artificial stone for steps, window sills, floor tiles, exposed concrete areas, etc. can be processed effortlessly with the SUPRAFLEX and the suitable accessories.
Despite the opened guard hood, the extraction power of the SUPRAFLEX remains constant. This avoids constantly opening and closing the hood when processing small areas near edges.
The guard hood of the SUPRAFLEX was designed in such a way that the upright surface is not damaged when sanding and polishing near edges.
175
Surface finishing sanding SUPRAFLEX
SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125
The specialist for wood processing.
In addition to the processing of painted surfaces, stainless steel and steel alloy and natural and artificial stone, the SUPRAFLEX is also particularly suitable for sanding wood surfaces. The SUPRAFLEX is characterised by its advantages in this respect as well. This applies in particular to handling, the size of the housing, the unique extraction power, the quiet running characteristics and the option of working near edges. And when material is to be removed quickly, it provides more than enough power with the 1400 watt motor output and the two-stage gearbox.
176
Surface finishing sanding SUPRAFLEX
From sanding to polishing.
Optimum handling
When things get tight
From sanding to polishing
When sanding, the right feel is always important. The rubberised grip hood of the SUPRAFLEX ensures the perfect grip and safe control.
Thanks to the low height of the housing, the SUPRAFLEX can also be guided effortlessly in confined areas.
Remove the guard hood easily and without any tools, set the optimum speed and the sander becomes a polisher. It can’t be simpler.
Two-stage gearbox
Pianissimo
Polishing felt pads
The innovative two-stage gearbox of the SUPRAFLEX reaches a high torque even at low speeds. This ensures rapid work progress.
The SUPRAFLEX is also characterised by its very low noise generation. This makes work even more pleasant.
Made from natural raw materials. Ideally suited for polishing stainless steel, nonferrous metals, wood surfaces, mineralbased materials, paints, glass, acrylic glass (in conjunction with the correct polishes/ agents and oils for sealing and care).
177
Surface finishing sanding Overview of power tools
NEW
SE 14-2 125 Set
SUPRAFLEX, the sanding specialist for metal, stone, painted surfaces, wood • VR electronic control: stepless speed selection, tachogenerator-controlled constant speed, overload protection, re-start inhibit and temperature monitoring. • Powerful 1400 watt motor with highly-efficient ventilator for optimum cooling • Optimised air ducting for optimum cooling of motor and gear. No annoying exhaust air for the user • Innovative combination of planetary and angular gears reduces noise to an absolute minimum • Flat gear head reduces distance to the surface. The machine can therefore be operated safely in any position. • Grip hood: ergonomically shaped with SoftGrip. The machine can be controlled with precision and is always comfortable yet secure to hold. • Completely cast electronic components prevents damage due to metal dust. Protective guard on the winding end of the armature and plated winding on the armature. The 3-fold winding protection reduces motor wear, increases service life. • Epoxy-coated winding on the field coil • Guard with pivoting edge segment • Genuine operation thanks to conveniently placed and dust-protected on/off switch • 4 metres PUR H07-BQF cable: wear-resistant, flexible and highly resistant to cuts and abrasions • Spindle lock • Sanding specialist for refurbishing, renovating, modernising, processing stainless steel, metal, natural/artificial stone, wood surfaces, painted surfaces
SPECIFICATIONS Max. back-up pad diameter No load speed
125 mm 600-2100 rpm
Power input
1400 watt
Power output
880 watt
Tool fixture Dimensions (L x W x H, including extraction hood) Weight
Type SE 14-2 125 Set
! Accessories from page 190 178
M 14 370x170x140 mm 2,6 kg
Order no. 391.174
Standard equipment: 1 guard hood SG D125 SE 1 Adapter SAD-C D32 AS 1 auxiliary handle SE 14-2 125 M8 1 velcro sanding pad SP D125-8 H/F 1 carry case TK-L BoB-2 1 case insert TKE SE 14-2 125 4 sheets of sandingpaper Ø 125 mm 1 offset face spanner 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 long 3 cable clips
Surface finishing sanding SUPRAFLEX
SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125
The suitable set for each application. SUPRAFLEX
Standard equipment
Guard
Adapter
Velcro backing pad
Side handgrip
Carry case TK-L BoB-2
Paint-Set
Order no. 393.436
Inox-Set
Order no. 393.428
Stone-Set
Order no. 393.444
QP
Designation
QP
Bezeichnung
QP
Bezeichnung
1
Carrying case TK-L BoB-1 + Case insert
1
Carrying case TK-L BoB-1 + Case insert
1
Carrying case TK-L BoB-1 + Case insert
10
ZIRCOFLEX D125-8 ZI-A40 VE25
1
Natural fibre felt pad hard
1
Natural fibre felt pad hard
10
ZIRCOFLEX D125-8 ZI-A60 VE25
1
Natural fibre felt pad soft
1
Natural fibre felt pad soft
10
ZIRCOFLEX D125-8 ZI-A80 VE25
3
CORKFLEX D125 CO-P280 VE15
1
Diamond grinding pad DP 50 DRY D125
10
SELECTFLEX D125-8 SE-P120 VE50
3
CORKFLEX D125 CO-P400 VE15
1
Diamond grinding pad DP 100 DRY D125
10
SELECTFLEX D125-8 SE-P180 VE50
3
CORKFLEX D125 CO-P800 VE15
1
Diamond grinding pad DP 400 DRY D125
1
MESHFLEX D125-8 ME-A100 VE5
10
CERAFLEX D125 CE-K80 VE50
1
Diamond grinding pad DP 800 DRY D125
1
MESHFLEX D125-8 ME-A280 VE5
10
CERAFLEX D125 CE-K120 VE50
1
Diamond grinding pad DP 3000 DRY D125
10
CERAFLEX D125 CE-K180 VE50
1
Velcro sanding fleece coarse
1
Velcro sanding fleece medium
1
Velcro sanding fleece very fine
1
Clamping flange CF SE 14-2
1
Clamping nut
179
Surface finishing sanding
FLEX palm, delta and random orbit sanders. The compact power tools for small areas, corners and edges. Your demanding customers are focussing more and more on high-quality surfaces. Optimum preparation and corresponding technology are required to achieve this. The best results are obtained with the single-hand sanders from FLEX and the matching sanding tools. Whether a palm, delta or random orbit sander â&#x20AC;&#x201C; all machines run extremely quietly and feature an integrated extractor. In combination with the FLEX safety extractors your working environment will be almost dust-free.
Surface finishing sanding
Always the correct choice. Palm sander OSE 80-2
Delta sander ODE 100-2
Random-orbit sander ORE 125-2
Shapes/radii
Corners/edges
Abrasion
Surface quality
181
182
Surface finishing sanding Palm, delta and random orbit sanders
For the perfect finish. The FLEX palm sanders OSE 80-2 and FLEX delta sanders ODE 100-2 are particularly suitable for sanding small areas, corners and edges. The FLEX random orbit sander ORE 125-2 is ideal for sanding shapes and radii. All FLEX single-hand sanders are characterised by a very high surface quality particularly when used for fine sanding. The FLEX single-hand sanders are extremely robust thanks to the dustproof bearing. A special balancing system ensures lowvibration operation â&#x20AC;&#x201C; this protects joints when working. The highly precise machining of all components considerably reduces noise generation. The compact and particularly light-weight single-hand power tools with optimum ergonomics provide comfortable working conditions. Softgrip Always safe stop and good guidance of the device thanks to easy-to-use handle cap with Softgrip insert.
Single-hand operation Genuine single-hand operation thanks to conveniently placed and dust-protected On/Off switch.
Always the correct tempo Sanding speed to suit the material due to speed control. No more damaged workpieces
They are hard-wearing All single-hand sanders feature sanding plates made of a very hard-wearing special material.
High extraction power Clean workplace and good health protection thanks to integrated extractor or connection of an extractor.
Environmentally aware No environmental pollution due to damaged filter bags. Protection by cassette made of impact-resistant plastic.
183
Surface finishing sanding Palm, delta and random orbit sanders
FLEX single-hand sanders
Handy, low-vibration and powerful.
The FLEX single-hand sanders are characterised by their excellent handling and lightweight properties. Whether you want to sand down old paint on wood, grout, wood floors, metal surfaces or wall paints â&#x20AC;&#x201C; you are always master of the situation with the FLEX single-hand sanders.
184
Surface finishing sanding Palm, delta and random orbit sanders
Fast and furious sanders.
Genuine single-hand operation
Effective integrated extraction
Corner specialist
Genuine single-hand operation possible thanks to the ergonomic design and the optimally positioned On/Off switch. The Softgrip insert also supports comfortable handling.
The integrated dust extractor ensures greater cleanliness at the workplace and provides effective protection for your health. Either with filter cassette or with connection (Ă&#x2DC; 27 mm) for extractors.
The FLEX delta sanders OD 100-2/ODE 100-2 easily access the smallest corner. Any additional manual work is therefore unnecessary.
Light-weight
Totally perfect
For the perfect surface
Even when working overhead, the singlehand sanders from FLEX are characterized by their easy handling and low weight.
The FLEX random orbit sander ORE 125-2 is the ideal solution for sanding shapes and radii.
When sanding with the ORE 125-2, the random orbit technology and the disc brake produce an optimum surface quality.
185
Surface finishing sanding Overview of power tools
OSE 80-2
ODE 100-2
Palm sander with speed control
Delta sander with speed control
• Sanding speed to suit the material due to speed control. No more damaged workpieces • Ergonomically designed, handy grip cover with soft grip insert ensures a secure grip and good guidance • Small and particularly light one-handed unit with excellent ergonomics and special balancing for low-vibration operation to make work effortless and reduce the stress on joints of the user • Integrated dust extraction and reliable disposal of the sanding dust using large volume filter bag made of tear-resistant paper. The filter bag is protected by an impact-resistant plastic cassette case • Possible to connect external dust extraction • Long service life backing plate made of special tough material • Especially for sanding small surfaces and edges • Especially suitable for overhead work
• Sanding speed to suit the material due to speed control. No more damaged workpieces • Ergonomically designed, handy grip cover with soft grip insert ensures a secure grip and good guidance • Small and particularly light one-handed unit with excellent ergonomics and special balancing for low-vibration operation to make work effortless and reduce the stress on joints of the user • Integrated dust extraction and reliable disposal of the sanding dust using large volume filter bag made of tear-resistant paper. The filter bag is protected by an impact-resistant plastic cassette case • Possible to connect external dust extraction • Long service life backing plate made of special tough material • Especially for sanding on corners and edges • Especially suitable for overhead work
SPECIFICATIONS Power input No load speed Orbit rate, no load Orbit Backing plate Sanding media fixing Dust extraction connection Weight
Type OSE 80-2 OSE 80-2 Set
! Accessories from page 192 186
SPECIFICATIONS 200 watt
Standard equipment OSE 80-2: 16000 - 26000 opm 1 velcro backing plate, 80x130 8F 2,0 mm 1 filter cassette + 1 filter bag 8000 - 13000 rpm
80 x 130 mm hook and loop Standard equipment Ø 27 mm OSE 80-2 Set: 1,2 kg 1 velcro backing plate, 80x130 8F 1 filter cassette + 1 filter bag Sanding paper SELECTFLEX Order no. 25x P 80, 25x P 120 379.034 Carry case 379.158 Case insert
Power input No load speed Orbit rate, no load Orbit
200 watt
Standard equipment ODE 100-2: 16000 - 26000 opm 1 velcro backing plate 2,0 mm 1 filter cassette + 1 filter bag 8000 - 13000 rpm
Backing plate
100 x 150 mm
Sanding media fixing
hook and loop Standard equipment Ø 27 mm ODE 100-2 Set: 1,2 kg 1 velcro backing plate 1 filter cassette + 1 filter bag Sanding paper SELECTFLEX Order no. 25x P 80, 25x P 120 379.050 Carry case 379.085 Case insert
Dust extraction connection Weight
Type ODE 100-2 ODE 100-2 Set
! Accessories from page 193
Surface finishing sanding Overview of power tools
ORE 125-2
Triple set OSE+ODE+ORE
Random-orbit sander with speed control
Palm sander with speed control in set
• Sanding speed to suit the material due to speed control. No more damaged workpieces • Ergonomically designed, handy grip cover with soft grip insert ensures a secure grip and good guidance • Small and particularly light one-handed unit with excellent ergonomics and special balancing for low-vibration operation to make work effortless and reduce the stress on joints of the user • Integrated dust extraction and reliable disposal of the sanding dust using large volume filter bag made of tear-resistant paper. The filter bag is protected by an impact-resistant plastic cassette case • Possible to connect external dust extraction • Long service life backing plate made of special tough material • Equipped with disc brake, as a result no unwanted sanding marks are produced on the workpiece and expensive corrective finishing is not required • Especially for working round shapes • Especially suitable for overhead work
• Description see OSE, ODE, ORE
SPECIFICATIONS Power input No load speed Orbit rate, no load Orbit Backing pad Sanding media fixing Dust extraction connection Weight
Type
200 watt Standard equipment 8000 - 13000 rpm ORE 125-2: 16000 - 26000 opm 1 velcro backing pad 2,0 mm 1 filter cassette + 1 filter bag
Ø 27 mm 1,2 kg
Order no.
ORE 125-2
379.069
ORE 125-2 Set
379.077
! Accessories from page 191
200 watt
Power input
8000 - 13000 rpm
No load speed
16000 - 26000 opm
Orbit rate, no load
Ø 125 mm hook and loop
SPECIFICATIONS
Standard equipment ORE 125-2 Set: 1 velcro backing pad 1 filter cassette + 1 filter bag Sanding paper SELECTFLEX 25x P 80, 25x P 120 Carry case Case insert
2,0 mm
Orbit Backing plate
80x130, 100x150, Ø125
Sanding media fixing Dust extraction connection
Type Triple set OSE+ODE+ORE
hook and loop Ø 27 mm
Order no. 398.373
Standard equipment Triple set OSE+ODE+ORE: 3 velcro backing plates 3 filter cassettes + 3 filter bags Sanding paper SELECTFLEX 75x P 80, 75x P 120 1 carry case TK-L BoB-2 Case insert
! Accessories from page 191 187
Surface finishing sanding Overview of power tools
LL 1107 VEA
X 1107 VE
Flounder 710 watt flat-head sander
710 watt random-orbit sander with dust extraction
• VE electronic control: with infinately adjustable speed control • Ideally suited to confined spaces from 15 mm gap width, e.g. window shutters, that are inaccessible with conventional grinders • Handy, lightweight design • Special accessory: metal carrying case (order no. 303.224)
• VE electronic control: with infinately adjustable speed control • Rugged, highly efficient motor • Vacuum fitting: for connecting to vacuum cleaner, diameter 28 mm • Suitable for coarse and fine sanding of wood and grinding painted metal surfaces and car body work • Counterweight ensures low-vibration operation • Plastic grip guard allows extremely sensitive guiding • 150mm, 6-hole hook and loop grinding pad for low-dust extraction
SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS
Power input
710 watt
Power input
710 watt
Power output
420 watt
Power output
420 watt
Orbit
No load speed
700-2300 rpm
Max. disc diameter Sanding head level Weight
Type LL 1107 VEA
! Accessories page 189 188
115 mm Standard equipment: 13 mm 1 side handle 2,7 kg Sand paper P 50, 115 Ø Sand paper P 80, 115 Ø Sand paper P 120, 115 Ø Order no. 1 velcro velours with foam coating 289.434 80 mm Ø
Orbit rate, no load Max. disc diameter Sanding media fixing Weight
Type X 1107 VE
! Accessories page 189
8,8 mm 4300-13000 opm 150 mm hook and loop 2,7 kg
Order no. 218.669
Standard equipment: 1 side handle Velcro sand paper, with 6 perforations, P 40, 150 Ø Velcro sand paper, with 6 perforations, P 80, 150 Ø Velcro sand paper, with 6 perforations, P 120, 150 Ø Velcro sand paper, with 6 perforations, P 180, 150 Ø Velcro sand paper, with 6 perforations, P 320, 150 Ø 1 open-ended wrench SW 14 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 4 1 grip cover 1 velcro pad (hard) 150 Ø
Surface finishing sanding Accessories
Accessories X 1107 VE
Accessories LL 1107 VEA
Velcro backing pad
Velcro sanding paper PURFLEX
With 6 perforations.
Ideally suited to working wood and metal. Dimensions Grit in mm
QP
Order number
Designation
Dimensions Grit in mm
QP
Order number
150 Ø
1
228.176
D115 Pu-P24 VE25
115 Ø
P 24
25
381.195
D115 Pu-P40 VE50
115 Ø
P 40
50
381.209
D115 Pu-P60 VE50
115 Ø
P 60
50
381.217
D115 Pu-P80 VE50
115 Ø
P 80
50
381.225
D115 Pu-P100 V50
115 Ø
P 100 50
381.233
D115 Pu-P120 VE50
115 Ø
P 120 50
381.241
D115 Pu-P150 VE50
115 Ø
P 150 50
381.268
D115 Pu-P180 VE50
115 Ø
P 180 50
381.276
150 Ø
hard soft
1
228.184
Velcro sanding paper With 6 perforations. Main application: wood. Other applications: steel, stainless steel, plastic, paint/varnish/fillers.
Dimensions Grit in mm
QP
Order number
150 Ø
P 40
10
302.988
150 Ø
P 80
10
302.996
150 Ø
P 120
10
303.003
150 Ø
P 180
10
303.011
150 Ø
P 320
10
303.038
Velcro velours With foam coating. Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
80 Ø
1
296.155
Small metal carrying case For all angle grinders with disc Ø up to 125 mm. QP
Order number
1
303.224
189
Surface finishing sanding Accessories
Accessories SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125 Paint-Set
Velcro backing pad Set for processing painted surfaces for the SUPRAFLEX. Consisting of 1 carrying case TK-L BoB-1, 1 case insert accessories TKE 4xD130/1x135x295, 10 sheets of velcro sandpaper ZIRCOFLEX, grit sizes A 40, A 60, A 80, 10 sheets of velcro sandpaper SELECTFLEX P 120, P 180, 1 sheet of velcro sandpaper MESHFLEX A 100, A 280.
With 8-hole system for optimum dust extraction for all FLEX velcro sanding tools Ø 125 mm. The 3 mm cellular rubber damping reduces the shearing forces between support pad and sanding tool. Thanks to long velcro hooks, there is greater temperature resistance at a high load. Designation
Designation
QP
Order number
P-Box SE 14-2 125
1 set 393.436
SP D125-8 H/F 125 Ø
QP
Order number
1
391.727
Dust guard with pivoting edge segment
Inox-Set
Enables you to work near edges at maximum extraction power. Tool-free height adjustment via clamping lever allows quick adjustment of the extraction hood to the tool height.
Set for processing metal surfaces for the SUPRAFLEX. Consisting of: 1 carrying case TK-L BoB-1, 1 case insert accessory TKE 4xD130/ 1x135x295, 3 sheets of velcro sandpaper CORKFLEX, grit sizes P 280, P 400, P 800, 10 sheets of velcro sandpaper CERAFLEX K 80, K 120, K 180, 1 SC fleece disc in coarse, medium, very fine, 1 hard felt pad, 1 soft felt pad, 1 clamping flange CF SE 14-2, 1 clamping nut. Designation
QP
Order number
I-Box SE 14-2 125
1 set 393.428
Stone processing set for the SUPRAFLEX. Consisting of: 1 carrying case TK-L BoB-1, 1 case insert accessory TKE 4xD130/ 1x135x295, 1 diamond grinding pad, grit sizes 50, 100, 400, 800, 3000, 1 hard felt pad, 1 soft felt pad. Designation
QP
Order number
S-Box SE 14-2 125
1 set 393.444
Diamond grinding pad For use with velcro grinding disc 125 Ø. Grinding pads for dry grinding, a great advantage in the repair and renovation areas. Suitable for grinding and polishing granite worktops, fine stoneware tiles, floor tiles, concrete surfaces in the field of vision, natural stone on windowsills, cover panels, sculptures, steps. Designation
Dimensions Grit in mm
QP
Order number
DP 50 DRY D125
125 Ø
50
1
382.817
DP 100 DRY D125
125 Ø
100
1
382.825
DP 200 DRY D125
125 Ø
200
1
382.833
DP 400 DRY D125
125 Ø
400
1
382.841
DP 800 DRY D125
125 Ø
800
1
382.868
DP 1500 DRY D125
125 Ø
1500
1
382.876
DP 3000 DRY D125
125 Ø
3000
1
382.884
10000 1
382.965
DP 10000 DRY D125 125 Ø
Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
SG D125 SE
125 Ø
1
393.363
Brush ring Brush ring for dust extraction hood - contains two segment parts.
Stone-Set
190
Dimensions in mm
Designation
QP
Order number
BK-H SE 14-2 125
1
394.076
Adapter Suitable for suction hoses using the FLEX clip system. Anti-static design. Designation
QP
Order number
SAD-C D32 AS
1
393.398
Antistatic suction hose Antistatic suction hose Ø 32 mm x 4 m with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner incl. universal adapter SAD C25-32 AS (320.188) antistatic. Designation
QP
Order number
SH-C 32x4m AS
1
354.953
Carrying case box-on-box system The carrying case system ensures order and utilises the space perfectly. Thanks to the elaborate inserts, the machines, accessories and consumables are clearly arranged. Simply attach the boxes – they lock automatically. Thanks to the innovative Duo-Click system, the boxes can be connected, stacked and quickly disconnected again. Rigid drill holes have been prepared for the use of a padlock. The boxes can be loaded up to 90 kg. Without insert.
Designation
Size ( W x L x H)
QP
Order number
TK-L BoB-1
464 x 335 x 142
1
392.634
TK-L BoB-2
464 x 335 x 212
1
392.642
Surface finishing sanding Accessories
Accessories SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125, ORE 125-2 Case insert
Velcro sandingpaper ZIRCOFLEX Suitable accessories insert for carrying case TK-L BoB-1 392.634. Designation
QP
Order number
TKE 4x D130/1x 135x295
1
392.243
Ideally suited for high removal rates and high load on wood and metal substrates. The support fabric is extremely tearresistant and is characterised by high cost-effectiveness. Can be used with velcro pad max. Ø 125 mm.
Designation
Dimensions Grit in mm
QP
Order number
Suitable insert for carrying case TK-L BoB-2 392.642. For the SUPRAFLEX SE 14-2 125.
D125-8 ZI-A40 VE25 125 Ø
A 40 25
393.185
D125-8 ZI-A60 VE25 125 Ø
A 60 25
393.193
Designation
QP
Order number
D125-8 ZI-A80 VE25 125 Ø
A 80 25
393.207
TKE SE 14-2 125
1
392.235
Velcro sandingpaper CERAFLEX Ideal for sanding stainless steel surfaces and grinding weld seams. The support fabric is extremely tear-resistant. Low heat generation and longer service life ensure high cost-effectiveness. Can be used with Velcro pad max. Ø 125 mm.
Side handgrip Side handle, thread M 8. Designation
QP
Order number
SE 14-2 125 M8
1
391.581
Clamping flange For use with flap sanding discs Ø 125 mm.
Designation
Dimensions Grit in mm
QP
Order number
D125 CE-K80 VE50
125 Ø
50
393.215
D125 CE-K120 VE50 125 Ø
K 80
K 120 50
393.223
D125 CE-K180 VE50 125 Ø
K 180 50
393.231
Velcro sandingpaper CORKFLEX
Designation
QP
Order number
CF SE 14-2
1
393.371
QP
Order number
Designation
1
100.080
D125 CO-P280 VE15 125 Ø
P 280 15
393.258
D125 CO-P400 VE15 125 Ø
P 400 15
393.266
D125 CO-P800 VE15 125 Ø
P 800 15
393.274
Clamping nut M 14 For use with flap sanding discs Ø 125 mm.
Face pin spanner Offset special key, for loosening velcro sanding pad and clamping nut. QP
Order number
1
392.537
Hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 long For changing the backing pads. QP
Order number
1
392.731
Hexagon socket wrench, SW 4 For re-adjusting the clamping screw on the extraction hood. QP
Order number
1
102.229
Ideal for deep cleaning the surface, the cork accessory provides a greater gloss and better haptics. Fine sanding tool with coarse structure and stable fabric base. Reduces heat generation on the surface and 3 times longer service life than comparable sanding tools. Can be used with velcro pad max. Ø 125 mm. Dimensions Grit in mm
QP
Order number
Natural fibre felt pad Ideally suited for polishing stainless steel, non-ferrous metals, wood surfaces, mineral-based materials, paints, glass, acrylic glass (in conjunction with the correct polishes/agents and oils for sealing and care). Designation
Type
Dimensions QP in mm
Order number
FP D125 H VE5
hard
125 Ø
5
393.347
FP D125 S VE5
soft
125 Ø
5
393.355
SC-Fleece velcro backed disc For removing minor damage, scratches, tarnish, flash rust, scale and dirt. Removing tarnish at welds without heat distortion at thin plates. For grinding, cleaning and finishing stainless steel, steel, titanium alloys, light metals, non-ferrous metals and plastics.
Dimensions Grit in mm
QP
Order number
125 Ø
coarse
10
358.614
125 Ø
medium 10
358.622
125 Ø
very fine 10
358.630
191
Surface finishing sanding Accessories
Accessories OS 80-2/OSE 80-2 Velcro sanding paper SELECTFLEX
Velcro backing pad
Ideally suited to redevelopment, renovation and modernisation, especially for working paints, varnishes, stopping, filler.
Standard backing plate made of tough special material with extraction perforation (8x). Distance between centres of series of holes 54 mm. Extraction perforation FLEX and Festool.
Designation
Dimensions Grit in mm
QP
Order number
Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
D125 Se-P40/50
125 Ø
P 40
50
380.520
SP 80x130-8F
80 x 130
1
379.344
D125 Se-P60/50
125 Ø
P 60
50
380.539
D125 Se-P80/50
125 Ø
P 80
50
380.547
D125 Se-P100/50
125 Ø
P 100 50
380.555
D125 Se-P120/50
125 Ø
P 120 50
380.563
D125 Se-P150/50
125 Ø
P 150 50
380.571
D125 Se-P180/50
125 Ø
P 180 50
380.598
D125 Se-P220/50
125 Ø
P 220 50
380.601
D125 Se-P320/50
125 Ø
P 320 50
380.628
D125 Se-P400/50
125 Ø
P 400 50
380.636
Backing plate made of tough special material with extraction perforation (8x). Distance between centres of series of holes 42 mm. Extraction perforation Rupes and 3M. Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
SP 80x130-8R
80 x 130
1
379.352
Velcro sanding paper SELECTFLEX Ideally suited to redevelopment, renovation and modernisation, especially for working paints, varnishes, stopping, filler.
Velcro sanding paper PURFLEX Ideally suited to working wood and metal.
Designation Dimensions Grit in mm
QP
Order number
Dimensions Grit in mm
QP
Designation
Order number
80x133 Se-P40/50
80 x 133
P 40
50
380.741
D125 Pu-P40/50
125 Ø
P 40
50
380.644
80x133 Se-P60/50
80 x 133
P 60
50
380.768
D125 Pu-P60/50
125 Ø
P 60
50
380.652
80x133 Se-P80/50
80 x 133
P 80
50
380.776
D125 Pu-P80/50
125 Ø
P 80
50
380.660
80x133 Se-P100/50 80 x 133
P 100 50
380.784
D125 Pu-P100/50
125 Ø
P 100 50
380.679
80x133 Se-P120/50 80 x 133
P 120 50
380.792
D125 Pu-P120/50
125 Ø
P 120 50
380.687
80x133 Se-P150/50 80 x 133
P 150 50
380.806
D125 Pu-P150/50
125Ø
P 150 50
380.695
80x133 Se-P180/50 80 x 133
P 180 50
380.814
D125 Pu-P180/50
125 Ø
P 180 50
380.709
80x133 Se-P220/50 80 x 133
P 220 50
380.822
80x133 Se-P320/50 80 x 133
P 320 50
380.830
80x133 Se-P400/50 80 x 133
P 400 50
380.849
Velcro sanding fleece MESHFLEX Ideally suited to roughing, cleaning, degreasing, matt finishing on all materials. Designation
Dimensions Grit in mm
QP
Order number
D125 Me-100/5
125 Ø
A 100 5
380.717
D125 Me-280/5
125 Ø
A 280 5
D125 Me-1500/5
125 Ø
S 1500 5
Ideally suited to working wood and metal. Designation
Dimensions Grit in mm
QP
Order number
380.725
80x133 Pu-P40/50
80 x 133
P 40
50
380.857
380.733
80x133 Pu-P60/50
80 x 133
P 60
50
380.865
80x133 Pu-P80/50
80 x 133
P 80
50
380.873
80x133 Pu-P100/50 80 x 133
P 100 50
380.881
80x133 Pu-P120/50 80 x 133
P 120 50
380.903
80x133 Pu-P150/50 80 x 133
P 150 50
380.911
80x133 Pu-P180/50 80 x 133
P 180 50
380.938
Accessories ORE 125-2 Velcro backing pad Backing pad made of tough special material with extraction perforation (8x). Pitch circle Ø 90 mm.
192
Velcro sanding paper PURFLEX
Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
SP D125-8
125 Ø
1
379.379
Velcro sanding fleece MESHFLEX Ideally suited to roughing, cleaning, degreasing, matt finishing on all materials. Designation
Dimensions Grit in mm
QP
Order number
80x133 Me-100/5
80 x 133
A 100 5
380.946
80x133 Me-280/5
80 x 133
A 280 5
380.954
80x133 Me-1500/5 80 x 133
S 1500 5
380.962
Surface finishing sanding Accessories
Accessories OD 100-2/ODE 100-2 Velcro backing pad Delta
Antistatic suction hose
Delta backing plate made of tough special material with extraction perforation.
Antistatic suction hose Ø 27 mm x 4 m with connections for vacuum cleaner and power tool with rotary coupling.
Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
SP 100x150-7
100 x 150
1
379.360
SH 27x4m AS
27 Ø x 4m
1
379.395
Velcro sanding paper SELECTFLEX
Adapter
Ideally suited to redevelopment, renovation and modernisation, especially for working paints, varnishes, stopping, filler.
Designation
Dimensions Grit in mm
QP
Order number
100x150 Se-P40/50
100 x 150
P 40
50
380.970
100x150 Se-P60/50
100 x 150
P 60
50
380.989
100x150 Se-P80/50
100 x 150
P 80
50
380.997
100x150 Se-P100/50 100 x 150
P 100 50
381.004
100x150 Se-P120/50 100 x 150
P 120 50
381.012
100x150 Se-P150/50 100 x 150
P 150 50
381.020
100x150 Se-P180/50 100 x 150
P 180 50
381.039
100x150 Se-P220/50 100 x 150
P 220 50
381.047
100x150 Se-P320/50 100 x 150
P 320 50
381.055
100x150 Se-P400/50 100 x 150
P 400 50
381.063
Antistatic sleeve Ø 27 mm, suitable for suction hose 379.395. Designation
QP
Order number
SAD 27 AS
1
382.736
Carry case Without insert. For the machines L 3709, LE 9-10 125, L 10-10 125 select insert no. 378.305. For the machines OS/OSE 80-2, OD/ODE 100-2, ORE 125-2 select insert no. 379.387. Designation
Size ( W x L x H)
QP
Order number
TK-L 360x228x135
360 x 228 x 135
1
376.094
Case insert
Velcro sanding paper PURFLEX
Suitable insert for carry case 376.094. For OS/OSE 80-2, OD/ODE 100-2, ORE 125-2.
Ideally suited to working wood and metal. Designation
Dimensions Grit in mm
QP
Order number
100x150 Pu-P40/50
100 x 150
P 40
50
381.071
100x150 Pu-P60/50
100 x 150
P 60
50
381.098
100x150 Pu-P80/50
100 x 150
P 80
50
381.101
100x150 Pu-P100/50 100 x 150
P 100 50
381.128
100x150 Pu-P120/50 100 x 150
P 120 50
381.136
100x150 Pu-P150/50 100 x 150
P 150 50
381.144
100x150 Pu-P180/50 100 x 150
P 180 50
381.152
Designation
QP
Order number
TKE OSE/ODE/ORE
1
379.387
Carrying case box-on-box system The carrying case system ensures order and utilises the space perfectly. Thanks to the elaborate inserts, the machines, accessories and consumables are clearly arranged. Simply attach the boxes – they lock automatically. Thanks to the innovative Duo-Click system, the boxes can be connected, stacked and quickly disconnected again. Rigid drill holes have been prepared for the use of a padlock. The boxes can be loaded up to 90 kg. Without insert.
Velcro sanding fleece MESHFLEX Ideally suited to roughing, cleaning, degreasing, matt finishing on all materials. Designation
Dimensions Grit in mm
QP
Order number
100x150 Me-100/5 100 x 150
A 100 5
381.160
100x150 Me-280/5 100 x 150
A 280 5
381.179
100x150 Me-1500/5 100 x 150
S 1500 5
381.187
Designation
Size ( W x L x H)
QP
Order number
TK-L BoB-2
464 x 335 x 212
1
392.642
Case insert Suitable insert for carrying case TK-L BoB-2 392.642 for the Triple Set OSE, ODE, ORE and accessories.
Additional accessories
Designation
QP
Order number
Paper filter bags
TKE OSE+ODE+ORE Triple
1
398.381
Filter bags made of tear-resistant paper for OSE/ODE/ORE. Designation
QP
Order number
FT-OSE/ODE/ORE
5
379.336
193
Safety vacuum cleaner
FLEX safety vacuum cleaner. For your good health! The filter system of the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners intercept all dust and even health-harmful substances. This provides even more safety during dry and wet operation. And before the filter becomes clogged, it is automatically cleaned without interrupting the work process. The suction power remains constant, and there is no down time for filter cleaning!
The 13 best advantages of the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners. 1. Integrated flat-fold filter* Is extremely flat and, different from cartridge filters, does not protrude into the container. Thus the container can be used 100% and the filter remains absolutely dry even during wet vacuuming. 2. Filter cleaning Automatic, time-controlled filter cleaning of the main filter. Enables constantly high suction power and significantly longer working times in comparison with manual cleaning.*/** 3. Reinforced paper bags Extra rip-proof and safe even with sharp-edged and abrasive objects. 4. Deposit tray and holders Keep hoses and accessories tidy. 5. Bayonet connector* The suction hose connection rotates and is fastened by bayonet: no twisting, no accidental loosening of the suction hose during operation. 6. Drive motor with bypass ventilator Vacuum air and motor cooling air blow separately in two channels. Dirty vacuum air is not fed through the motor. This protects the motor and increases the vacuum performance. 7. Power take off To connect power tools. Starts and stops the safety vacuum as the machine is switched
on and off. With 15-second automatic after-running.* 8. Housing The impact-resistant, recyclable plastic housing is tough, light, easy to clean, and corrosion-free. 9. Smooth-running carriage Two large wheels and two double-castoring rollers with locking brakes. 10. Sound insulation hood* The suction turbine is encapsulated; operating noise is greatly reduced. 11. Dust class L – Dust with OEL values > 1 mg/m3 12. Dust category M – Dust with OEL values > 0.1 mg/m3 – Mineral dusts 1) – Wood dust (also beech and oak) 13. Dust class H – Dust with OEL values < 0.1 mg/m3 – carcinogenic dust – dust containing pathogens – tested and approved for asbestos use Mineral dusts arise when construction material is worked on (grinding, cutting, drilling...). That is why M dust class equipment is prescribed for working on concrete, stone, masonry, screed and plaster, for instance. The sand component contained specially as quartz sand in these materials is responsible for this classification. 1)
* except VC 25 L MC/** except VC 35 L MC OEL=Occupational Exposure Limit
Safety vacuum cleaner
Compact class
Construction/workshop class
VC 25 L MC
VC 35 L MC
VCE 35 L AC
VCE 45 L AC
VCE 45 M AC
VCE 45 H AC
Order no.
385.468
369.799
369.780
369.802
369.810
379.093
Dust class
L
L
L
L
M
H
Power input in watts
1400
1380
1380
1380
1380
1150
Max. volume flow l/min
3600
3660
3660
3660
3660
2300
Max. vacuum Pascal
19000
23000
23000
23000
23000
22000
Container capacity in litres
25
34
34
43
43
43
Liquid capacity in litres
15
19
19
30
30
30
Weight kg
5,7
9,50
12,50
13,50
13,50
13,50
–
–
•
•
•
•
Filter cleaning
manually
manually
Suction control
–
–
•
•
•
•
Automatic switch-on/off with 15 sec. run-on
•
•
•
•
•
•
Connection for power tools
•
•
•
•
•
•
4-m suction hose 32 mm Ø
3,5 m
•
antistatic
antistatic
antistatic
antistatic
Complete antistatic equipment
•–
automatically automatically automatically automatically
included not included
195
Safety vacuum cleaner Compact class
VC 25 L MC. The “Small one” from FLEX has powerful suction. The FLEX safety vacuum cleaner VC 25 L MC is a handy and compact vacuum cleaner, simple to use and easy to transport. It is ideal for cleaning offices, storage rooms, workshops and vehicles . For this work the VC 25 L MC features an extensive range of suction tubes and nozzles. The VC 25 L MC is authorized for dust class L and is therefore ideal for all dust with OEL values > 1 mg/m³. For extraction work on smaller electric power tools, such as palm, delta and random orbit sanders, jigsaws, etc., the device is equipped with important features, such as device socket, automatic switch-on, manual filter cleaning, PET filter material, fleece filter bag and waste bag. The VC 25 L MC is also suitable for extracting liquids. The level monitor with installed float valve, stops the suction process when maximum level is reached.
Extremely high suction power The high-performance turbine provides high suction power and high underpressure. For an excellent suction result.
Clever solution To facilitate transportation, the handle of the VC 25 L MC is recessed. Suitable for suction tubes with a diameter of 36 mm.
Connection for power tools Safety vacuum cleaner and power tools (1001800 watt) work automatically with electronic remote on/off switching.
The “transporter” The “Small one” has everything at hand. Light and compact – this facilitates transportation.
Manual filter cleaning By actuating manual filter cleaning, dust deposited in the filter element is removed by a targeted blast of air.
Order must prevail Cable and hose holder for compact storage to optimise transportation.
Safe disposal Highly tear-proof fleece for trouble-free disposal of the extracted dust.
Tidy Suction nozzles can be stored conveniently in the tool depot.
Very mobile Two swivel casters see to ease of movement in the workshops and on the sites.
Everything included The safety vacuum cleaner VC 25 L MC, as a universal device, features extensive accessories for all-round cleaning work.
PET filter Easy to clean filter element made of PET with a dirt-repellent surface for dust classes L and M.
197
Flat-fold filter system with cleaning function.
Flat folded filter
Fine dust
Coarse dust
The innovative flat-fold filter system with the flat-fold filter at the top allows full use of the container volume. The flat-fold filter is automatically cleaned by a percussive pressure reversal every 15 seconds. There is no loss of suction at the end of the hose throughout the cleaning process. Downtimes for filter cleaning/changing are therefore a thing of the past. The fold-out filter cover provides easy access to the main filter element to the clean-air side, it is not necessary to remove the suction head from the dirt container.
198
Safety vacuum cleaner Construction/workshop class
Whether 35 or 45 litres. Whether manual or automatic. The FLEX safety vacuum cleaners are always convincing. The high-performance turbines of the FLEX safety vacuum cleaners ensure an excellent suction performance. All safety vacuum cleaners feature an automatic filter cleaning system (except VC 25 L MC and VC 35 L MC). Targeted blasts of air remove dust deposited in the flat pleated filter. This guarantees optimum suction power without interrupting work. Filter cleaning can be switched on and off. As dust is reliably removed from the filter pores, the flat pleated filter also has a long service life. Thanks to the design principle of the flat pleated filter, the container volume is optimally used. All devices have an anti-static feature (except VC 25 L MC and VC 35 L MC). Connection for power tools Safety vacuum cleaner and power tools (100-2200 watt) work automatically with electronic remote on/off switching.
Ergonomic The ergonomic handle makes it easy to move the vacuum cleaner around.
Running smoothly Thanks to the large wheels, all FLEX safety vacuum cleaners have excellent running properties on uneven surfaces.
Practical Practical storage of suction nozzles and vacuum tubes at the back.
Simple operation To dispose of the extracted material, a slight turn of the hand opens the container.
The correct volume Class M safety vacuum cleaner: suitable for all dusts with > 0.1 mg/m³ OEL values. Airflow sensonr technology. If the suction power (airflow) falls below the madatory minimum an acoustic tone is sounded.
Tidy The suction hose can be easily wound up on the holders envisaged for this very purpose. This eases handling/transport.*
Just in case All class M, H safety vacuum cleaners are provided with a special cap lock. This stops any dust escaping when the cleaner is being moved around.
Controllable suction power Continuous control for suction power to suite the attached tool.*
Who takes the rubbish out? Convenient disposal of the extracted material either with a filter bag or disposal bag. Recommendation: working with filter bag turn off filter cleaning system. Working with disposal sack turn system on.*
Mobile Two swivel casters see to ease of movement in the workshops and on the sites.
Storage option Easy and secure stacking of tools on the vacuum cleaner top. For stacking Vario-Giraffe® and wall chaser, the special storage system is available as an accessory.*
*Specific to model
199
Safety vacuum cleaner Construction/workshop class
Safety vacuum cleaner VCE 45 H AC. The professional against toxic dust.
Fusty odour, unsatisfactory ambient temperature, black stains on walls: Everyone knows these typical stains in corners of rooms and on interior furnishings. This is an unmistakable sign of mildew infestation. Frequently the danger is “hiding” behind furniture. If the furniture is moved aside, you’ll get a big surprise. Here only the qualified technician can help. And for this case he needs a FLEX safety vacuum cleaner of class H. Mildew is actually a collective name for around 180,000 types of fungi which constantly surrounds us. It has since been scientifically proven that mildew causes a wide range of diseases, from allergies and asthma through chronic fatigue to rheumatism. Usually the human body can tolerate a natural exposure to mildew. However, this exposure increases dramatically in buildings which are infested with mildew. There is a considerable risk of illness.
Comparison between the classifications of dust-removing machines. Until 1998 Suitable for dry, harmful, (transition period until 2003) according to ZH 1/487 non-flammable dust
Applicable dust classes Suitable for dry, harmful, according to DIN EN 60335-2-69 Appendix A4 non-flammable dust
Before 01.01.2005
Use category
Max. transmittance
Since 01.01.2005
with TVA values > 1 mg/m3
At least U
≤5%
with OEL value > 1 mg/m3
with TVA values > 0,1 mg/m3
At least S
≤1%
Dust class At least L
<1%
Aluminium oxide, street dust, corundum, fibre dust, lime
< 0,1 %
Wood dust (beech, oak, hard woods), cement dust, ceramic and paint dust, chromium compounds, plastic dust, coarse copper
< 0,005 %
Carcinogenic dust (lead, nickel, cobalt, tar, copper swarf, cadmium, etc.)
< 0,005 %
Mildew, bacteria, spores, germs, formaldehyde and its compounds
< 0,005 %
Asbestos dust from nightstorage heaters, insulation or fire protection walls/ materials
At least M with OEL value ≥ 0,1 mg/m3
with TVA values
Main applications
Max. transmittance
At least G
≤ 0,5 %
H with TVA values + carcinogenic substances (§ 35 GefStoffV)
At least C
with TVA values + K1, K2 carcinogenic substances (§ 35 and § 15a GefStoffV)
with TVA values > 0.1 mg/ m3 + carcinogenic substances (§ 35 and § 15a GefStoffV) including asbestos
K1, K2 + suitability for use according to TRGS 519
≤ 0,1 %
≤ 0,05 %
with OEL value < 0,1 mg/m3 Hazardous carcinogenic substances according to GefStoffV § 11. TRGS 905 or TRGS 906 (German regulations)
Asbestos ≤ 0,005 %
according to TRGS 519
H + suitability for use according to TRGS 519*
Note: The OEL value (Occupational Exposure Limit) replaced the TVA/MAK value (Workplace Exposure Limit) in the past. TRGS 519 is obligatory for Germany.*
200
Source: Staubklassen für Industriesauger, Entstauber, etc. July 2011, www.dguv.de
Safety vacuum cleaner Construction/workshop class
H for maximum safety.
Safe disposal of dust
Perfectly coordinated
Optimum extraction for greater safety
Safe disposal of dust in the double-walled safety filter bag.
Suction power adjusted to the connected tool and hose connection Ø by stepless control.
The plaster is milled off. The resulting dirt and dust are optimally extracted with the FLEX safety vacuum cleaner VCE 45 H AC.
Securely packed
Everything sealed
The “problem solvers”
The accessories contaminated with toxic dust are packed and protected for transportation as specified.
When the device is transported, the intake opening is sealed with the non-detachable locking sleeve.
The FLEX safety vacuum cleaner VCE 45 H AC is particularly successful at solving problems when used with the FLEX renovation devices.
201
Safety vacuum cleaner Suction systems
FLEX Suction systems Cleaning technology
1 2 3 4
6
9
8
9
1 Antistatic suction hose SH 32x4m AS .............................. 354.953 2 Suction hose SH 32x4m ............................................... 338.508 3 Suction hose with module SH-M 32x4m........................... not available as accessory 4 Antistatic suction hose SH 27x4m AS .............................. 379.395 5 Suction hose with elbow SH 32x3,5m ............................. 385.484 6 Adapter SAD-C 32 AS ................................................... 369.861 10
7 Adapter SAD D27-32 ................................................... 385.506
11
8 Elbow K-C 32 KU AS ..................................................... 398.446 9 Elbow K 32 ME............................................................ 369.853 10 Extension tube V 36x500 AL VE2 .................................... 385.522 11 Extension tube V 36x500 ME VE2.................................... 385.514 12 Crevice nozzle CN 36x300 ............................................. 385.530 13 Upholstery nozzle PN 36x115........................................ 385.549 14 Combination floor nozzle KN 36x260 .............................. 385.565 15 Round brush RN 36x120 ............................................... 385.646 16 Brush nozzle BN 36x220 .............................................. 385.557 17 Floor nozzle CNW 36x300 ............................................. 300.659 18 Brush strip BL-CNW 36x300 VE2 ..................................... 300.675
12
13
14
15
16
17
20
21 19 18
202
22
Safety vacuum cleaner Suction systems
With FLEX Clip-System 29
1 6
2 7 30 3
5 9 31
Without FLEX Clip-System
19 Rubber strip GL-CNW 36x300 VE2 ................................... 300.683 20 Clip floor nozzle with rollers CNW 36x400 ........................ 385.573 21 Brush strip BL-CNW 36x400 VE2 ..................................... 385.581
32
22 Rubber strip GL-CNW 36x400 VE2 ................................... 385.603 23 Height-adjustable floor nozzle FN-K 36x450 .................... 385.611 24 Rubber strip GL-FN-K 36x450 ........................................ 385.638 25 Floor nozzle with rollers FN-AL 36x370 ........................... 369.896
1 33
26 Brush strip BL-FN-AL 36x370 ........................................ 374.075 27 Rubber strip GL-FN-AL 36x370 ...................................... 374.083
28
2
28 Suction hose extension SHV-C 32x0,5m .......................... 296.953 29 Extraction connection SAD-C WS/WSE** ......................... 364.460 30 Adapter SAD-C 25-32 AS .............................................. 320.188
34 3
31 Adapter SAD-CD 32 AS ................................................. 393.398 32 Adapter SAD 25-32 AS* ............................................... 259.827 33 Special adapter SAD 32 WS/WSK* .................................. 340.790 34 Adapter rotating SAD 32-32* ........................................ 328.308
35
35 Adapter SAD 32-28*.................................................... 251.847 * with internal thread 32 mm ** not directly connected to Pos. 3 4
23
25
7
5
24
26 27
203
Safety vacuum cleaner construction/workshop class Overview of power tools
VC 25 L MC
VC 35 L MC
Safety vacuum cleaner with manual filter cleaning system, 25 L, class L
Safety vacuum cleaner with manual filter cleaning system, 35 L, class L
• Handy and compact vacuum cleaner, easy to use and easy to transport • The high-performance turbine ensures both a high suction capacity and a high vacuum. The outcome is an excellent extraction result • By actuating manual filter cleaning, dust deposited in the filter element is removed by a targeted blast of air. • Level monitor, no malfunctions when drawing in liquids thanks to installed float valve • With appliance socket and electronic automatic switch on/off • With accessories magazine for suction nozzles and suction tubes on the back • Equipped with large wheels and two swivel guide rollers • Suitable for increased stress when used commercially. Ideal for cleaning work in offices, storage rooms, workshops and vehicles. Smaller electric power tools, e.g. palm sander, delta sander, random-orbit sander, jigsaws, are primarily used for extraction work. Tools which produce fairly low amounts of dust • Features a filter bag made of highly tear-proof fleece for optimum filling. The extracted dust can be disposed of without difficulty • Safety vacuum cleaner, approved for dust class L, suitable for all dust with OEL value >1 mg/m³
• The high-performance turbine ensures both a high suction capacity and a high vacuum. The outcome is an excellent extraction result • Patented filter vibration: vibration at the press of a button on the vacuum hose • The flat-fold filter design is such that the container capacity can be optimally used for dust and dirt • Suitable for wet vacuuming: with electronic liquid level control • With appliance socket and electronic automatic switch on/off • Soft start stops any voltage peaks at the start and the run-on feature (15 sec. overrun) empties any remaining dust in the vacuum hose • Scope for tool storage on top of vacuum cleaner and accessories depot for suction nozzles and tubes at the back • Equipped with large wheels and two swivel guide rollers • Suitable for increased stress when used commercially. Ideal for cleaning work in offices, storage rooms, workshops and vehicles. Smaller electric power tools, e.g. palm sander, delta sander, random-orbit sander, jigsaws, are primarily used for extraction work. Tools which produce fairly low amounts of dust • Safety vacuum cleaner, approved for dust class L, suitable for all dust with OEL value >1 mg/m³
SPECIFICATIONS Power input P. max. Max. volume flow
1400 watt 3600 l/min
Max. vacuum
19000 Pa
Filter surface
3000 cm²
Container volume
25 l
Capacity liquid
15 l
Power take off
100-1800 watt
Size ( W x L x H) Weight
Type VC 25 L MC
! Accessories from page 207 204
380 x 375 x 485 mm 5,7 kg
Order no. 385.468
Standard equipment: Suction hose 32 mm Ø x 3.5 m with elbow 1 adapter Ø 27-32 mm 1 filter element class L/M 1 fleece filter bag class L 1 PP waste disposal bag 2x 0.5 m aluminium suction tube 1 crevice nozzle 1 combination floor nozzle, switchable 1 upholstery nozzle 1 round brush 1 suction pipe holder 1 accessories holder 1 cable/hose holder
SPECIFICATIONS Power input P. max. Max. volume flow Max. vacuum Filter surface Container volume Capacity liquid Power take off Size ( W x L x H) Weight
Type VC 35 L MC
! Accessories from page 207
1380 watt 3660 l/min 23000 Pa Standard equipment: 4 m suction hose 32 mm Ø with 6150 cm² 32/28 mm Ø adapter, 25-32 mm Ø 34 l universal adapter and suction hose 19 l extension 100-2200 watt 1 filter bag 505 x 380 x 580 mm 1 flat-fold filter class L/M 9,5 kg 1 elbow 2x 0,5 m metal vacuum tube 1 clip floor nozzle complete with reOrder no. placement insert (brush, rubber-lip) 369.799 1 crevice nozzle
Safety vacuum cleaner construction/workshop class Overview of power tools
VCE 35 L AC
VCE 45 L AC
Safety vacuum cleaner with automatic filter cleaning system, 35 L, class L
Safety vacuum cleaner with automatic filter cleaning system, 45 L, class L
• The high-performance turbine ensures both a high suction capacity and a high vacuum. The outcome is an excellent extraction result • Continuous automatic flat filter cleaning ensures no loss of suction • The flat-fold filter design is such that the container capacity can be optimally used for dust and dirt • Suitable for wet vacuuming: with electronic liquid level control • With appliance socket and electronic automatic switch on/off • Soft start stops any voltage peaks at the start and the run-on feature (15 sec. overrun) empties any remaining dust in the vacuum hose • Controllable suction power • The all-in antistatic equipment prevents any static charging at the suction hose • Scope for tool storage on top of vacuum cleaner and accessories depot for suction nozzles and tubes at the back • Equipped with large wheels and two swivel guide rollers • Recommendation: When working with a filter bag turn off the automatic cleaning system. When using a disposable bag leave the system on • Safety vacuum cleaner, approved for dust class L, suitable for all dust with OEL value >1 mg/m³
• The high-performance turbine ensures both a high suction capacity and a high vacuum. The outcome is an excellent extraction result • Continuous automatic flat filter cleaning ensures no loss of suction • The flat-fold filter design is such that the container capacity can be optimally used for dust and dirt • Suitable for wet vacuuming: with electronic liquid level control • With appliance socket and electronic automatic switch on/off • Soft start stops any voltage peaks at the start and the run-on feature (15 sec. overrun) empties any remaining dust in the vacuum hose • Controllable suction power • The all-in antistatic equipment prevents any static charging at the suction hose • Equipped with large wheels and two swivel guide rollers • Scope for tool storage on top of vacuum cleaner and accessories depot for suction nozzles and tubes at the back • Recommendation: When working with a filter bag turn off the automatic cleaning system. When using a disposable bag leave the system on • Safety vacuum cleaner, approved for dust class L, suitable for all dust with OEL value >1 mg/m³
SPECIFICATIONS Power input P. max. Max. volume flow
SPECIFICATIONS 1380 watt
Max. vacuum
23000 Pa
Filter surface
6150 cm²
Container volume
34 l
Capacity liquid
19 l
Power take off
100-2200 watt
Size ( W x L x H) Weight
Type VCE 35 L AC VCE 35 L AC, kit cleaning set
! Accessories from page 207
Power input P. max.
3660 l/min
520 x 380 x 580 mm 12,5 kg
Order no. 369.780 375.349
Max. volume flow Standard equipment VCE 35 L AC: 4 m antistatic suction hose, 32 mm Ø with positive-lock connector and vac connection, incl. universal adapter antistatic 1 flat-fold filter class L/M 1 filter bag 1 PP waste disposal bag additional included VCE 35 L AC, kit cleaning set: 1 cleaning set
1380 watt 3660 l/min
Max. vacuum
23000 Pa
Filter surface
6150 cm²
Container volume
43 l
Capacity liquid
30 l
Power take off
100-2200 watt
Size ( W x L x H) Weight
Type VCE 45 L AC VCE 45 L AC, kit cleaning set
520 x 380 x 695 mm 13,5 kg
Order no.
Standard equipment VCE 45 L AC: 4 m antistatic suction hose, 32 mm Ø with positive-lock connector and vac connection, incl. universal adapter antistatic 1 flat-fold filter class L/M 1 filter bag 1 PP waste disposal bag
369.802
additional included VCE 45 L AC, 375.357 kit cleaning set: 1 cleaning set
! Accessories from page 207 205
Safety vacuum cleaner construction/workshop class Overview of power tools
VCE 45 M AC
VCE 45 H AC
Safety vacuum cleaner with automatic filter cleaning system, 45 L, class M
Safety vacuum cleaner with automatic filter cleaning system, 45 L, class H
• The high-performance turbine ensures both a high suction capacity and a high vacuum. The outcome is an excellent extraction result • Continuous automatic flat filter cleaning ensures no loss of suction • The flat-fold filter design is such that the container capacity can be optimally used for dust and dirt • Suitable for wet vacuuming: with electronic liquid level control • With appliance socket and electronic automatic switch on/off • Soft start stops any voltage peaks at the start and the run-on feature (15 sec. overrun) empties any remaining dust in the vacuum hose • Controllable suction power • The all-in antistatic equipment prevents any static charging at the suction hose • Flow sensor technology monitors the volumetric flow and any dropping of the suction capacity under the prescribed minimum figure is reported by an acoustic signal • Equipped with large wheels and two swivel guide rollers • Scope for tool storage on top of vacuum cleaner and accessories depot for suction nozzles and tubes at the back • Recommendation: When working with a filter bag turn off the automatic cleaning system. When using a disposable bag leave the system on • Class M safety vacuum cleaner, suitable for all dusts with OEL values ≥ 0.1 mg/m³. Specifically for mineral and timber dusts (also beech and oak)
• The high-performance turbine ensures both a high suction capacity and a high vacuum. The outcome is an excellent extraction result • Continuous automatic flat filter cleaning ensures no loss of suction • The flat-fold filter design is such that the container capacity can be optimally used for dust and dirt • Suitable for wet vacuuming: with electronic liquid level control • With appliance socket and electronic automatic switch on/off • Controllable suction power • Soft start stops any voltage peaks at the start and the run-on feature (15 sec. overrun) empties any remaining dust in the vacuum hose • The all-in antistatic equipment prevents any static charging at the suction hose • Flow sensor technology monitors the volumetric flow and any dropping of the suction capacity under the prescribed minimum figure is reported by an acoustic signal • Equipped with large wheels and two swivel guide rollers • Scope for tool storage on top of vacuum cleaner and accessories depot for suction nozzles and tubes at the back • Safety filter bag for the safe disposal of the dust collected. Double-walled filter bag with additional PE cover, sealable • Safety vacuum cleaner class H: suitable for all dusts with OEL values < 0.1 mg/m³ with additional audit "asbestos" by TRGS 519 • Suitable for dry, non-flammable dusts that are harmful to the health and carcinogenic substances incl. asbestos • Ideal to remove mould, restore roofs and walls insulated with mineral wool and remove asbestos. Sanding dust from wooden surfaces that have been impregnated with hazardous wood preservatives and from painted surfaces with paint that contains substances such as lead, nickel, cadmium, chromium, zinc chromate, etc.
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS Power input P. max. Max. volume flow Max. vacuum Filter surface Container volume Capacity liquid Power take off Size ( W x L x H) Weight
Type VCE 45 M AC VCE 45 M AC, kit cleaning set
206
1380 watt 3660 l/min 23000 Pa
Standard equipment 6150 cm² VCE 45 M AC: 43 l 4 m antistatic suction hose, 32 mm 30 l Ø with positive-lock connector and 100-2200 watt vac connection, incl. universal adapter antistatic 520 x 380 x 695 mm 1 flat-fold filter class L/M 13,5 kg 1 filter bag 1 PP waste disposal bag
Order no.
369.810 additional included VCE 45 M AC, 375. 365 kit cleaning set: 1 cleaning set
Rated power P Power input P. max. Max. volume flow Max. vacuum Filter surface Container volume Capacity liquid Power take off Size ( W x L x H) Weight
Type VCE 45 H AC VCE 45 H AC, kit cleaning set
1000 watt 1150 watt 2300 l/min
Standard equipment 22000 Pa VCE 45 H AC: 6000 cm² 4 m antistatic suction hose, 32 mm 43 l Ø with positive-lock connector and 30 l vac connection, incl. universal adapter antistatic 100-2200 watt 1 safety filter bag 520 x 380 x 695 mm 1 flat folded filter class H/HEPA 14 13,5 kg 1 transport bag TS VCE 45 H Order no. 379.093 additional included VCE 45 H AC, 383. 880 kit cleaning set: 1 cleaning set
Industrial/safety vacuum cleaners Accessories
Filter bags, waste bags Fleece filter bag
Transport bag Highly tear-proof fleece for optimum filling of the filter bags and trouble-free disposal of the extracted dust. Dust class L, for VC 25 L MC.
For the transport of accessories such as hoses, nozzles... Accessories contaminated with dust harmful to the health are correctly packed and protected for transport in accordance with the regulations.
Designation
QP
Order number
Designation
QP
Order number
FS-F VC 25 L VE5
5
385.093
TS VCE 45 H
1
379.123
Fleece filter bags Filter bag with FLEX VacuFleece technology for the S 36, S 36 M, VCE 35 L AC, VC 35 L MC. Double volume capacity and significantly better suction capacity compared to paper filter bags. Highly tear resistant due to 4-layered VacuFleece material: offers protection against damage from sharp objects. Resistant to unintentional wet vacuuming or damp material. Designation
QP
Order number
FS-F VC/E 35 VE5
5
329.630
FS-F VCE 45 VE5
5
402.982
Filter elements Filter element Folded filter made of hard-wearing and washable PET. Dirt-resistant surface and long service life. Approval dust class L and M. Designation
QP
Order number
FE VC 25/PET LM
1
385.085
PES flat-fold filter
Paper-Filter bags
Filter for the L/M class. High-grade PES filter fleece for a long service life. The dirt-repellent surface improves filter material removal and the filter pores are dependably cleared of dust. Easy-to-clean, lengthy life.
Filter bag for S 47, S 47 M, VCE 45 L AC, VCE 45 M AC. Designation
QP
Order number
FS-P VCE 45 VE5
5
340.758
Filter bag for S 36, S 36 M, VC 35 L MC, VCE 35 L AC. Designation
QP
Order number
FS-P VC/E 35 VE5
5
296.961
Designation
QP
Order number
FE VC/E 35/45 PES L/M
1
369.829
Flat folded filter Sturdy and ultra-strong flat-fold filter with special nanocoating. Extremely long-life filter, superb suction results, ensuring a high level of economy.
Safety filter bag Double-walled filter bag with additional protective PE cover and seal for low-dust disposal for VCE 45 H AC.
Designation
QP
Order number
Designation
QP
Order number
FE VC/E 35/45 P L/M
1
337.692
SFS VCE 45 H VE5
5
379.115 Filter for the class H/HEPA 14 made of special material with a permeability of < 0.005%.
Disposal bag Sealable waste bag made of PP, ideal for coarse dirt. Designation
QP
Order number
ES-PP VC 25 VE5
5
385.107
Designation
QP
Order number
FE VCE 45 H HEPA 14
1
379.107
For S 47, S 47 M, VCE 35 L AC, VCE 45 L AC, VCE 45 M AC.
Designation
QP
Order number
ES-PP VC/E 35/45 VE10
10
340.766
207
Industrial/safety vacuum cleaners Accessories
Suction hoses
Clip adapter
Antistatic suction hose
Adapter
Antistatic suction hose Ø 32 mm x 4 m with snap coupling and coupling bush for vacuum cleaner incl. universal adapter SAD C25-32 AS (320.188) antistatic. Designation
QP
Order number
SH-C 32x4m AS
1
354.953
Designation
QP
Order number
SAD-C D32
1
369.861
Clip adapter
Antistatic suction hose Antistatic suction hose Ø 27 mm x 4 m with connections for vacuum cleaner and power tool with rotary coupling.
For connecting a FLEX power tool to extraction units from other manufacturers. Suitable for hoses inside Ø 27 mm, outside Ø 36 mm.
Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
Designation
SH 27x4m AS
27 Ø x 4m
1
379.395
Adapter Clip D36/27 42/37
Suction hose
Diameter in mm
QP
Order number
1
380.377
Adapter Suction hose Ø 32 mm x 3.5 m with elbow. Designation
QP
Order number
SH 32x3,5m
1
385.484
Suction hose, 32 mm internal Ø, 4.0 m long, incl. coupling bush for vacuum cleaner and special adapter with metal ring. For Giraffe ® and Okapi. Designation
QP
Order number
SH 32x4m WS 702
1
341.355
32 mm inner Ø, 4 m with bayonet device connection and snap connection. QP
Order number
1
299.782
32 mm internal Ø, with snap coupling, 4.0 m long, temperature resistant to 70 °C, incl. coupling bush for vacuum cleaner, 32/28 mm adapter and universal adapter for S 47, S 47 M, VCE 35 L AC, VCE 45 L AC, VCE 45 M AC. Designation
QP
Order number
SH 32x4m
1
338.508
Universal adapter antistatic, for universal connection of machines with 25-32 mm Ø extraction connection with 32 mm suction hose (297.011, 354.953, 338.508), for adapter with snap connection, can be trimmed to 3 different diameters. Designation
QP
Order number
SAD-C D25-32 AS
1
320.188
Suitable for suction hoses using the FLEX clip system. Anti-static design. Designation
QP
Order number
SAD-C D32 AS
1
393.398
Extraction connection Suitable for vacuum hose with FLEX clip-system. Antistatic equipment. For WSE 500 and WS 702 VEA. Designation
QP
Order number
SAD-C WS/WSE
1
364.460
Filter-free switching module Filter-free switching module for activation of manual filter cleaning for the VC 35 L MC.
Suction hose extension Suction hose extension with click connection to connect with inside thread adapter i.e. SAD D32, SAD D25-32 AS etc. Designation
QP
Order number
SHV-C 32x0,5m
1
296.953
Suction hose snap coupling repair kit Coupling bush for suction hose with snap coupling, 3-part. Also suited for antistatic suction hose (electrically conductive).
208
Adapter for connecting suction hose (297.011, 354.953, 338.508) with snap coupling and metal elbow.
QP
Order number
1
296.988
Designation
QP
Order number
Filter switching module C-32
1
298.255
Industrial/safety vacuum cleaners Accessories
Adapter, screwable
Other accessories
Rotating vacuum adapter
Adapter
The connector rotates and connects the 32 mm diameter suction hose with its intake fitting. Also suitable for the antistatic suction hose (electrically conductive). Designation
QP
Order number
SAD-32 VC/VCE AS
1
340.804
Connecting sleeve for electric power tools. Diameter 27 to 32 mm, for vacuum hose 385.484. Designation
QP
Order number
SAD D27-32
1
385.506
Antistatic sleeve Ø 27 mm, suitable for suction hose 379.395.
Coupling bush For connecting two FLEX vacuum hoses, without connection, inside thread 32 mm. QP
Order number
1
296.996
Designation
QP
Order number
SAD 27 AS
1
382.736
Drill dust adapter The drill dust extractor is connected to the suction hose of the FLEX vacuum cleaners or to different adapters so that the dust is extracted directly through the drill hole. There is no dust residue. For drilling applications up to Ø 24 mm.
Adapter Adapter 32/28 mm, for connecting machines with 28 mm Ø vacuum attachment to 32 mm vacuum hose
Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
Designation
QP
Order number
SAD BS D32
290 x 65
1
394.025
SAD D32-28
1
251.847
Adapter rotating Adapter 32/32 mm, for connecting a machine with 32 mm Ø vacuum cleaner outlet (e.g. renovation sander or angle grinder with cutting guard) with 32 mm vacuum hose. Designation
QP
Order number
SAD D32-32 R
1
328.308
Cable clip For fixing power tool cable to vacuum hose, suitable for 27-36 mm external Ø. QP
Order number
1
252.188
Adapter For connection of 32 mm Ø suction hoses and suction hose extension SHV-C 32x0.5 m (296.953) to the device.
Designation
QP
Order number
SAD D32-36
1
257.169
Universal adapter with 32 mm thread inside for universal connection of machines with 25-32 mm Ø extraction connection with 32 mm suction hose (without clip attachment), adapter can be trimmed to 3 different diameters. QP
Order number
1
259.827
Special adapter Suitable for suction hoses with 32 mm Ø without FLEX clip system and for the suction hose extension (SHV-C 32x0.5 m). Designation
QP
Order number
SAD D32 WS/WSK
1
340.790
209
Industrial/safety vacuum cleaners Accessories
Cleaning set, elbow
Nozzles
Cleaning set
Brush nozzle Oval brush nozzle with brush edge for cleaning sensitive surfaces, with pivoted connection. Diameter 36 mm, length 220 mm.
Consisting of elbow AS with clip attachment for connecting suction hose and vacuum tube (398.446), 2 x metal vacuum tube 0.5 m, chrome-plated (385.514), crevice nozzle (385.530) and clip floor nozzle with replacement insert for floor cleaning with brush insert for dry cleaning and rubber-lip insert for wet cleaning (300.659). QP
Order number
1 set 369.845
Designation
QP
Order number
BN 36x220
1
385.557
Round brush Round brush nozzle with brush edge for cleaning sensitive surfaces. Diameter 36 mm, length 120 mm.
Elbow Chrome-plates metal elbow for connecting the vacuum tubes. Only to be used with adapter plus clip attachment. Designation
QP
Order number
K 32 ME
1
369.853
QP
Order number
K-C 32 KU AS
1
398.446
QP
Order number
RN 36x120
1
385.646
Upholstery nozzle Upholstery nozzle with thread catcher, diameter 36 mm, width 115 mm.
For connection of suction hose with snap connection and suction tube. Designation
Designation
Designation
QP
Order number
PN 36x115
1
385.549
Crevice nozzle
Extension tube
Crevice nozzle diameter 36 mm, length 300 mm.
Extension tubes made of aluminium, diameter 32 mm, length 500 mm. Designation
QP
Order number
V 36x500 AL VE2
2
385.522
Extension tubes made of steel, chrome-plated, diameter 32 mm, length 500 mm. Designation
QP
Order number
V 36x500 ME VE2
2
385.514
Designation
QP
Order number
CN 36x300
1
385.530
Combination floor nozzle Switchable combination floor nozzle for cleaning carpeted floors and hard floors. Diameter 36 mm, width 260 mm. Designation
QP
Order number
KN 36x260
1
385.565
Floor nozzle Floor nozzle, complete with carpet and combination insert.
210
Designation
QP
Order number
CNW 36x300
1
300.659
Industrial/safety vacuum cleaners Accessories
Rubber strip
Brush strip Combination insert for use with the floor nozzle 300.659. Designation
QP
Order number
GL-CNW 36x300 VE2
2
300.683
Brush strip
Brush strips (replacement requirement) for the clip floor nozzle CNW 36x400. Designation
QP
Order number
BL-CNW 36x400 VE2
2
385.581
Rubber strip
Carpet insert for use with the floor nozzle 300.659. Designation
QP
Order number
BL-CNW 36x300 VE2
2
300.675
Floor nozzle with rollers Aluminium floor nozzle with height-adjustable castors and replacement insert. Inserts: brush insert for dry cleaning and rubber lips for wet cleaning. 370 mm width. Designation
QP
Order number
FN-AL 36x370
1
369.896
Brush strip
Rubber lips (replacement requirement) for clip floor nozzle CNW 36x400. Designation
QP
Order number
GL-CNW 36x400 VE2
2
385.603
Height-adjustable floor nozzle Height-adjustable floor nozzle with rollers and rubber lips. Can be used for wet and dry cleaning. Diameter 36 mm, width 400 mm. Designation
QP
Order number
FN-K 36x450
1
385.611
Rubber strip
Brush insert for aluminium floor nozzle Designation
QP
Order number
BL-FN-AL 36x370 VE2
2
374.075
Rubber lips (replacement requirement) for floor nozzle FN-K 36x450. Designation
QP
Order number
GL-FN-K 36x450 VE2
2
385.638
Rubber strip
Accessories
Rubber lip insert for aluminium floor nozzle Designation
QP
Order number
GL-FN-AL 36x370 VE2
2
374.083
Clip floor nozzle with rollers Clip floor nozzle with rollers and interchangeable insert. Brush insert for dry cleaning and rubber lip insert for wet cleaning. Diameter 36 mm, width 400 mm. Designation
QP
Order number
CNW 36x400
1
385.573
Storage system Fits on to the industrial vacuum cleaner S 47, S 47 M, VCE 35 L AC, VCE 45 L AC, VCE 45 M AC, VCE 45 H AC for resting the WST 700 VV Giraffe®, WST 1000 FV or MS 1706 FR wall chaser and vacuum hose. Designation
QP
Order number
OS-VSE 35/45
1
350.370
211
Mixers
Mixing is not always mixing. It has to be compact. It has to be robust. It has to be protected from dirt and damage. Feature a lot of torque. Be comfortable to hold. Many years of experience and intensive cooperation with the professionals in the field have flown into the FLEX mixing machine and mixing head program. The motor, the cooling, and the gears have been designed for tough, continuous operation lasting for hours. And the mixing heads made of high-quality metal feature stable weld joints, burr-free edges, and circumferential protection rings. Robust quality for professional practitioners. What is to be taken notice of? Thorough blending of the various materials commonly mixed today prevents construction damage and costly consequential charges. That is why several basic rules must be observed. 1. Viscous and heavy materials overstrains drills. Use specially constructed mixing machines, with optimised speeds and power transmission. 2. When selecting the mixer observe the direction of flow: Pulverized material from bottom to top, thin liquid materials from top to bottom or mix with parallel direction of flow. At immersion a reduced speed prevents spraying. FLEX mixing machines with accelerator trigger switches permit the gradual acceleration to the required speed. Air pockets are minimised by the complete immersion of the mixing head. 3. For your safety you should wear protective goggles and possibly a dust mask. Never mix solvents with a flashpoint below 21째C. Observe the processing and safety instructions of the material or machine manufacturers.
Mixers
Spiral paddle RR2
Wall paints Emulsion paints Varnishes/glazes Paste Cement slurry Jointing mortar Glue
Helix paddle WR3R
•• • •• • • • •
Adhesive mortar Tile adhesive Sealants Adhesives Filler Grout
Helix paddle WR2
•
Helix paddle WR3L
Plaster paddle PR3L
•• •• ••
Finished plaster Bitumen coating
• • •• •• • • •• •• •• •• • • •
2-K artificial mortar Concrete Screed Cement plaster Lime plaster Plasterboard bonding compound Thermal insulating plaster
• • • • • •
Epoxy resin suitable •• particularly • suitable
•• •• •• •• •• •• ••
•
• • • •
Thin-liquid to pasty, Low viscosity
•• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• •• ••
• •• •• • • ••
• • • •
Fibrous material
Repair mortar
VORTINOX VR
•
Bitumen
Mortar
Beater RB
•• •• •• • •
Filler compound Thin-bed mortar
Disc paddle SR2
• •• • • •
• •
•• •• •• •• •• Pasty to tough, Medium viscosity
Tough to heavy, High viscosity
213
Mixers VORTINOX
The new mixing system. Simple but effective. The VORTINOX mixing system is identified by three circular mixing elements. These mixing elements utilize the laws of fluids. When the rings glide through the mixture, the pressure in the centre (direction of arrow 1) is increased. The exit speed (direction of arrow 2) increases and a so-called laminar flow occurs. Above and below the rings a radial low pressure forms which generates a deaerating effect in the medium. This counteracts any trapped air (air bubbles). Advantages at a glance • the mixing process is completed in less time • dynamic flow replaces mechanical force • the mixer homogenises the mixture in the container by an intrinsically dynamic flow • no air intake, no foam formation • no degassing of the mixture • no heating of the mixture • slow circumferential speeds with high intrinsic dynamics • gentle mixing • no lump formation when mixing in powdered substances, e.g. paste
VR 80x320 D10 VR 140x520 D10
214
mm 80 140
mm 320 520
mm 10 10
l/kg 0,5-5 l 3-15 l
100% stainless steel.
Smooth surfaces.
No rusting, no contamination of paints, varnishes or plaster. Prevents contaminants (rust particles) from being stirred into light/ white colours.
Especially easy and simple to clean. No tight bending radii or angular misalignments, no “dirt pockets”.
Extremely high resistance to wear, resulting in greater stability and extremely long service life. No contamination by plastic particles. The frequently used paint mixers with plastic blades leave scraped off plastic splinters in the mixture. This is especially disadvantageous for light colours.
Round spindle D 10. Held simply in the chuck of a drill or a cordless screwdriver. High true running accuracy.
Mixers Overview of power tools
MXE 900 900 watt single gear mixer • Large, rugged single-speed gear unit with optimum gear ratio for high torque • The soft start accelerator switch smoothly adjusts the speed to the mixing situation and material • Ergonomic handles on the drive unit: low weight, fatigue-free arm posture and upright body posture allow comfortable, ergonomic operation. With anti-slip coating • Four corner guards with rubber buffer and inserted metal plate provide secure storage during transportation and offer protection against shocks and impacts at the building site • Protective cap above the motor housing guides the cooling air flow and prevents the ingress of rain water • The flexible rubber grommet over the on/off switch prevents the ingress of dirt. No malfunctions caused by jammed switches • Perfect for mixing low-quantity mixtures up to 25 kg. Thus mixer is ideal for tilers and painters
Order your mixer together with the mixing paddle which is the right one for you! SPECIFICATIONS No load speed Power input Power output Tool fixture Clamping neck Ø Max. mixing paddle Ø Weight
Type MXE 900 + WR2 120 MXE 900 + RR2 120
200-750 rpm 900 watt 520 watt Standard equipment M 14 MXE 900 + WR2 120: 43 mm 1 WR2 helix paddle 120x600 M14 120 mm 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 1 open-ended wrench SW 22 4,7 kg Standard equipment MXE 900 + RR2 120: Order no. 1 RR2 spiral paddle 120x600 M14 387.886 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 387.894 1 open-ended wrench SW 22
! Accessories from page 222 215
Mixers Overview of power tools
MXE 1100 1080 watt single-speed mixer with speed control • Large, rugged single-speed gear unit with optimum gear ratio for high torque • FR full-wave electronic control: with soft start, temperature monitoring, overload protection and accelerator switch - for a controlled run-up to the optimum mixing speed. Sustained power in all speed ranges • Ergonomic handles on the drive unit: low weight, fatigue-free arm posture and upright body posture allow comfortable, ergonomic operation. With anti-slip coating • Four corner guards with rubber buffer and inserted metal plate provide secure storage during transportation and offer protection against shocks and impacts at the building site • Protective cap above the motor housing guides the cooling air flow and prevents the ingress of rain water • The flexible rubber grommet over the on/off switch prevents the ingress of dirt. No malfunctions caused by jammed switches • The tried-and-trusted standard mixer is ideal for users operating mainly in the low speed range
Order your mixer together with the mixing paddle which is the right one for you!
SPECIFICATIONS No load speed Power input Power output Tool fixture Clamping neck Ø Max. mixing paddle Ø Weight
Type MXE 1100 + WR3R 120 MXE 1100 + WR2 120 MXE 1100 + SR2 120
! Accessories from page 222 216
Standard equipment 150-530 rpm MXE 1100 + WR3R 120: 1080 watt 1 helix paddle WR3R 120x600 M14 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 650 watt 1 open-ended wrench SW 22 M 14 Standard equipment 43 mm MXE 1100 + WR2 120: 140 mm 1 WR2 helix paddle 120x600 M14 4,7 kg 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 1 open-ended wrench SW 22 Standard equipment MXE 1100 + SR2 120: 1 disc paddle SR2 120x600 M14 387.932 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 387.940 1 open-ended wrench SW 22
Order no. 387.924
Mixers Overview of power tools
MXE 1102 1080 watt 2-gear mixer with speed control • Large, rugged 2-gear unit with optimum ratios for powerful torque and correct speed for different materials • FR full-wave electronic control: with soft start, temperature monitoring, overload protection and accelerator switch - for a controlled run-up to the optimum mixing speed. Sustained power in all speed ranges • Ergonomic handles on the drive unit: low weight, fatigue-free arm posture and upright body posture allow comfortable, ergonomic operation. With anti-slip coating • Four corner guards with rubber buffer and inserted metal plate provide secure storage during transportation and offer protection against shocks and impacts at the building site • Protective cap above the motor housing guides the cooling air flow and prevents the ingress of rain water • The flexible rubber grommet over the on/off switch prevents the ingress of dirt. No malfunctions caused by jammed switches • Universal mixer for practically all construction materials: the 2nd gear provides it with exceptional sustained power in the top and low speed range
Order your mixer together with the mixing paddle which is the right one for you!
SPECIFICATIONS No load speed 1st gear No load speed 2nd gear Power input Power output Tool fixture Clamping neck Ø Max. mixing paddle Ø Weight
Type MXE 1102 + WR3R 120 MXE 1102 + WR2 120 MXE 1102 + SR2 120
150-530 rpm Standard equipment 200-750 rpm MXE 1102 + WR3R 120: 1080 watt 1 helix paddle WR3R 120x600 M14 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 650 watt 1 open-ended wrench SW 22 M 14 Standard equipment 43 mm MXE 1102 + WR2 120: 140 mm 1 WR2 helix paddle 120x600 M14 4,8 kg 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 1 open-ended wrench SW 22 Standard equipment MXE 1102 + SR2 120: 1 disc paddle SR2 120x600 M14 387.991 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 388.009 1 open-ended wrench SW 22
Order no. 387.983
! Accessories from page 222 217
Mixers Overview of power tools
MXE 1300 1260 watt single-speed mixer with speed control • Large, rugged single-speed gear unit with optimum gear ratio for high torque • Ergonomic handles on the drive unit: low weight, fatigue-free arm posture and upright body posture allow comfortable, ergonomic operation. With anti-slip coating • FR full-wave electronic control: with soft start, temperature monitoring, overload protection and accelerator switch - for a controlled run-up to the optimum mixing speed. Sustained power in all speed ranges • The required final rotation speed can be set via the thumb wheel on the protective cap and preselected for the mixing operation • Four corner guards with rubber buffer and inserted metal plate provide secure storage during transportation and offer protection against shocks and impacts at the building site • Protective cap above the motor housing guides the cooling air flow and prevents the ingress of rain water • The flexible rubber grommet over the on/off switch prevents the ingress of dirt. No malfunctions caused by jammed switches
Order your mixer together with the mixing paddle which is the right one for you! SPECIFICATIONS 150-530 rpm Standard equipment 1260 watt MXE 1300 + WR3R 140: Power output 690 watt 1 helix paddle WR3R 140x600 M14 Tool fixture M 14 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 1 open-ended wrench SW 22 Clamping neck Ø 43 mm Standard equipment Max. mixing paddle Ø 160 mm MXE 1300 + WR2 140: 330 x 235 x 315 mm 1 helix paddle WR2 140x600 M14 Size ( W x L x H) Weight (with mixing paddle) 5,4 kg 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 1 open-ended wrench SW 22 No load speed Power input
Type MXE 1300 + WR3R 140 MXE 1300 + WR2 140 MXE 1300 + SR2 140
! Accessories from page 222 218
Standard equipment 388.041 MXE 1300 + SR2 140: 1 disc paddle SR2 140x600 M14 388.068 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 388.076 1 open-ended wrench SW 22
Order no.
Mixers Overview of power tools
MXE 1302 1260 watt 2-gear mixer with speed control • Large, rugged 2-gear unit with optimum ratios for powerful torque and correct speed for different materials • Ergonomic handles on the drive unit: low weight, fatigue-free arm posture and upright body posture allow comfortable, ergonomic operation. With anti-slip coating • FR full-wave electronic control: with soft start, temperature monitoring, overload protection and accelerator switch - for a controlled run-up to the optimum mixing speed. Sustained power in all speed ranges • The required final rotation speed can be set via the thumb wheel on the protective cap and preselected for the mixing operation • Four corner guards with rubber buffer and inserted metal plate provide secure storage during transportation and offer protection against shocks and impacts at the building site • Protective cap above the motor housing guides the cooling air flow and prevents the ingress of rain water • The flexible rubber grommet over the on/off switch prevents the ingress of dirt. No malfunctions caused by jammed switches
Order your mixer together with the mixing paddle which is the right one for you! SPECIFICATIONS No load speed 1st gear
150-530 rpm
200-750 rpm Standard equipment 1260 watt MXE 1302 + WR3R 140: Power output 690 watt 1 helix paddle WR3R 140x600 M14 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 Tool fixture M 14 1 open-ended wrench SW 22 Clamping neck Ø 43 mm Standard equipment Max. mixing paddle Ø 160 mm MXE 1302 + WR2 140: 330 x 235 x 315 mm 1 helix paddle WR2 140x600 M14 Size ( W x L x H) Weight (with mixing paddle) 5,5 kg 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 1 open-ended wrench SW 22 No load speed 2nd gear Power input
Type MXE 1302 + WR3R 140 MXE 1302 + WR2 140 MXE 1302 + SR2 140
Standard equipment MXE 1302 + SR2 140: 1 disc paddle SR2 140x600 M14 388.130 1 open-ended wrench SW 19 388.149 1 open-ended wrench SW 22
Order no. 388.122
! Accessories from page 222 219
Mixers Overview of power tools
R 600 VV
R 1800 VR
1300 watt mixer with speed selection
1800 watt mixer with speed selection
• VV electronic control: with constant speed control, soft start with continuous speed accelerator switch, overload protection and speed selector wheel • Mixing head adapter: M 18, with adapter M 14 • Stable safety and deposit hoop: Protects the machine from dirt and damage • Long side handgrip for fatigue-free and safety torque take-up • Spade handle with integrated switch for maximum operator convenience • Ideal for mixing paint, stiff adhesives, solvents and insulation compounds in continuous use • Rugged and long-life for heavy-duty use • This machine is also available in 110 V
• VR electronic control: tachogenerator-controlled constant speed, soft-start, overload protection and speed selection • Spade handle with long side handgrip for easy and safety handling and to absorb the torque • Stable safety and deposit hoop: Protects the machine from dirt and damage • Extremely powerful, rugged power tool • Ideal for mixing very stiff compounds and large quantities • Rugged metal composite housing for optimum heat dissipation
SPECIFICATIONS No load speed
SPECIFICATIONS 150-500 rpm
No load speed
200-590 rpm
Power input
1300 watt
Power input
1800 watt
Power output
850 watt
Power output
1100 watt
Tool fixture Clamping neck Ø Max. mixing paddle Ø Weight
Type R 600 VV
! Accessories from page 222 220
M 18 63 mm 160 mm 5,4 kg Standard equipment: 1 handle (long) 1 helix paddle WR3R 160x600 M14 Order no. 1 adapter M 18 x M 14 282.359 1 open-ended wrench SW 24
Tool fixture Clamping neck Ø Max. mixing paddle Ø Weight
Type R 1800 VR
! Accessories from page 222
M 18 63 mm 200 mm 6,1 kg Standard equipment: 1 handle (long) 1 helix paddle WR3R 160x600 M14 Order no. 1 adapter M 18 x M 14 254.474 1 open-ended wrench SW 24
Mixers Overview of power tools
RZ 600 VV 1300 watt double positive action mixer • VV electronic control: with constant speed control, soft start with continuous speed accelerator switch, overload protection and speed selector wheel • Mixing paddle adapter: 2 x 16 mm Ø with keyway • Protection frame • Spade handle with integrated switch for maximum operator convenience • Ideal for mixing stiff adhesives, insulation materials, multi-component resins, varnishes and paints in continuous heavy-duty use
SPECIFICATIONS No load speed Power input Power output Tool fixture Clamping neck Ø Max. mixing paddle Ø Weight
Type RZ 600 VV
130-400 rpm 1300 watt 850 watt 2 x 16 mm Ø 63 mm 130 mm 6,3 kg Standard equipment: 1 handle (long) 282.413 Mixing paddle I and II
Order no.
! Accessories from page 222 221
Mixers Accessories
Mixing paddles Disc paddle SR2
Spiral paddle RR2
Two discs with counter-running angled blades create a dynamic flow in the mixing container. The blades on the discs force the material being mixed in opposing directions downwards or upwards. Ideal for mixing liquid to tough material: Paint, emulsion, paste, glue, jointing mortar.
Two negatively arranged spirals force the material down, preventing the liquid material from splashing. Ideal for mixing liquid to tough material: Paint, emulsions, varnishes, glazes, coatings, paste, bitumen. Designation
Paddle in mm
RR2 120x600 M14 120 Ø
Mix in kg
QP
Order number
20-40
1
368.903
Helix paddle WR2 Two clockwise helices for kneading and mixing tough to pasty materials. The mixer paddle screws itself down forcing the material upwards. Extremely versatile, can be used for: tile adhesive, grout, filler, finished plaster, adhesive mortar, filler compound, floor screed. Designation
Paddle in mm
Mix in kg
QP
Order number
WR2 120x600 M14 120 Ø
15-25
1
368.881
WR2 140x600 M14 140 Ø
20-40
1
368.997
WR2 160x600 M14 160 Ø
20-40
1
369.004
Designation
Paddle in mm
Mix in kg
QP
Order number
SR2 120x600 M14
120 Ø
15-25 1
368.938
SR2 140x600 M14
140 Ø
20-40 1
369.128
SR2 160x600 M14
160 Ø
30-60 1
369.136
Beater RB Round mixing arms prevent air bubbles from being mixed in. Ideal for all materials where air pockets are to be avoided: filler compounds, fillers, adhesives, sealants.
Designation
Paddle in mm
Mix in kg
QP
Order number
RB 120x600 M14
120 Ø
10-30 1
369.152
RB 140x600 M14
140 Ø
30-60 1
369.160
Helix paddle WR3R Three clockwise helices screw themselves into the material. This provides fast, intensive mixing of even the heaviest and toughest mixtures, with little effort. Also known as a mortar or tough mixture paddle. Ideal for: mortar, concrete, plaster, screed, plasterboard bonding compound, bitumen coating. Designation
Paddle in mm
Mix in kg
QP
Order number
WR3R 120x600 M14 120 Ø
15-25 1
368.911
WR3R 140x600 M14 140 Ø
20-40 1
369.012
WR3R 160x600 M14 160 Ø
30-60 1
369.020
Plaster paddle PR3L
Mixing paddles for drill chucks VORTINOX mixing paddle Mixing paddle made of stainless steel. No rust formation, no contamination of the mixture. During the mixing process no air intake, no foam formation, no degassing/heating of the mixture. Gentle mixing at slow circumferential speeds with high intrinsic dynamics, no lump formation. Extremely high reistance to wear and particularly easy and simple to clean. Ideal for light-coloured, covering materials, synthetic resin paints, water-based paints, copper paints, dispersion paints and 2-component paints, exterior paint, stains, glazes, paste. Round spindle D10 for clamping in the chuck. Material: V2A, alloy X5CrNi 18-10 material number 1.4301.
Three anticlockwise helices press down the mix and stop the material from splashing. Very powerful appliances and strengthened spindles are used for substantial mixing quantities. Ideal for plaster.
Designation
Paddle in mm
Mix in kg
VR 80x320 D 10
80 Ø
0,5-5 1
385.301
Designation
VR 140x520 D 10
140 Ø
3-15
385.328
Paddle in mm
Mix in kg
QP
Order number
PR3L 180x600 M14 180 Ø
40-80 1
369.039
PR3L 200x600 M14 200 Ø
60-100 1
369.047
Helix paddle WR3L Three anticlockwise helices press down the mix in the container. Any deposited pigments, solids or fibres are forced upwards and evenly mixed. The mix does not splash. Ideal for liquid and creamy mix: paints, emulsion paints, gypsum plaster, casting compounds, fibrous materials.
222
Paddle in mm
Mix in kg
QP
Order number
WR3L 120x600 M14 120 Ø
15-25 1
369.055
WR3L 140x600 M14 140 Ø
20-40 1
369.063
WR3L 160x600 M14 160 Ø
30-60 1
369.071
1
Order number
Spiral paddle RR2 Two negatively arranged spirals force the material down, preventing the liquid material from splashing. Ideal for mixing liquid to tough material: Paint, emulsions, varnishes, glazes, coatings, paste, bitumen. Designation
Paddle in mm
Mix in kg
QP
Order number
RR2 85x400 SW8
85 Ø
- 10
1
368.946
8-25
1
368.954
RR2 100x600 SW10 100 Ø Designation
QP
Mixers Accessories
Helix paddle WR2
SDS-plus M14 adapter Two clockwise helices for kneading and mixing tough to pasty materials. The mixer paddle screws itself down forcing the material upwards. Extremely versatile, can be used for: tile adhesive, grout, filler, finished plaster, adhesive mortar, filler compound, floor screed. Designation
Paddle in mm
Mix in kg
QP
Order number
WR2 85x500 SW8
85 Ø
-10
1
368.962
WR2 100x500 SW10 100 Ø
8-20
1
368.970
WR2 120x600 SW10 120 Ø
15-25 1
368.989
Disc paddle SR2 Two discs with counter-running angled blades create a dynamic flow in the mixing container. The blades on the discs force the material being mixed in opposing directions downwards or upwards. Ideal for mixing liquid to tough material: Paint, emulsion, paste, glue, jointing mortar. Designation
Paddle in mm
Mix in kg
QP
Order number
SR2 80x400 SW8
80 Ø
-10
1
369.098
8-15
1
369.101
SR2 100x600 SW10 100 Ø
M 14 threaded mixer paddle adapter. Useable with SDS-plus hammer drill. QP
Order number
1
374.091
Extension M14 Extension for M14 mixer paddles. Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
M 14i - M 14a
200
1
374.105
M 14i - M 14a
400
1
374.113
For extension of the mixer spindle and improve the ergonomics of the MXE stirrers, corrosion-resistant. Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
R-V 100 M14 M/F
100
1
390.755
Mixing with FLEX L 1202 angle grinder
Beater RB Round mixing arms prevent air bubbles from being mixed in. Ideal for all materials where air pockets are to be avoided: filler compounds, fillers, adhesives, sealants.
Designation
Paddle in mm
Mix in kg
QP
Order number
RB 120x600 SW10
120 Ø
-15
1
369.144
Mixing paddle, M 14 For larger quantities. Used with an extension rod. Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
120 Ø
1
124.761
Mixing paddle, M 14 For smaller quantities. Used with an extension rod.
Adapter M 14 to M 14 adapter For connecting M14 mixing paddles to R 500 FR and R 502 FR mixing machines. QP
Order number
1
255.195
M 18 to M 14 adapter For attaching FLEX mixing paddles M 14 to FLEX R 600, R 600 VV and R 1800 VR mixers. QP
Order number
1
250.484
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
70 Ø
1
124.753
Mixing heads for RZ 600 VV Mixing paddles I and II, galvanized version Ideal for tough mixtures, adhesive, dual and multi-component resins and plastics, varnish and paint, sealing and insulation material, coating material, ready-mixed mortar, plaster, concrete adhesive, etc. Counter-active mixing: Both mixing heads mesh and blend the mixture with particular intensity. Equipment: - Supplied in pairs, adapted for the FLEX positive mixer. For insertion in the positive mixer guides. - 600 mm overall length Please note: the mixing head with one marking ring is inserted in fixture I, the mixing head with two marking rings in fixture II.
Paddle in mm
Mix in kg
QP
Order number
130 Ø
5 - 60
1
252.200
223
Laser measuring technology
FLEX laser measuring technology. Straight to the point. The introduction of these intelligent helpers has finally rendered spirit levels, plumb lines, and complicated levelling aids obsolete. Luminously intense diodes and the high projection precision of the FLEX lasers as well as auxiliary accessories such as receivers make laser points or laser lines clearly visible even under poor light conditions and at greater distances. Laser technology has revolutionised measuring and levelling in the construction industry. The tightly bundled laser beam is emitted absolutely straight and makes a precise transfer of heights, angles, and verticals in rooms possible. In building drywallconstruction and interior work, lasers have now become indispensable. Whether drywall constructors, tile layers, electricians, plumbers, kitchen installers, exhibition stand constructors, carpenters, painters, brick layers, and so forth â&#x20AC;&#x201C; FLEX has the appropriate precision laser for every professional craftsman, for every measuring application, and for every construction site: From the self-levelling line laser to the fully automatic rotation laser. Application examples - Aligning wall frames, walls, windows, doors, mirror tiles, etc. - Setting heights of power outlets and light switches - Determine top edge of screed - Layout rows of tiles and floor panels - Transfer heights and points for mounting â&#x20AC;&#x201C; bus bars, recessed ceiling lamps, etc. - Aligning advertising signs - Determine slants and angles - Project lines to align posters, pictures, paintings etc. - Lowering ceilings
Medium tripod
Large tripod
Laser receiver
Interior designer
Renovating
Painter, decorator
Tiler
Plasterer, stuccoworker
Screed layer
Heating, sanitation, air-conditioning
Electrician
Exhibition stand construction
Carpenter
Kitchen and shop fitting
Metalworker/metal construction
Dry construction
Interior decoration
Windows/doors
Staircase construction
Gardening and landscaping
Industrial building construction
Roofer
Construction above ground
Construction below ground
Laser measuring technology
Cross-line laser ALC 2/1
Floor layer laser ALC 2-F
360° line laser ALC 1-360
suitable ideally suited
Safety information: FLEX laser measuring devices meet all international safety standards. They comply with laser class 2 or 2M according to DIN EN 60825-1: 2001-11 (wave length 635-670 nm, < 1mW output) and are safe for eyes and skin under normal use. Nevertheless one should never look directly into the laser beam when using laser measuring devices.
225
Laser measuring technology
ALC 2/1
The handy cross-line laser Crystal clear Specially coated glasses ensure clean and high-precision laser lines.
The versatile ALC 2/1 can illuminate 180° horizontally and vertically. The integrated pendulum compensator makes a laborious pre-adjustment and precision adjustment unnecessary. The receiver LR 1 can double the range by means of the pulse function. Thanks to the particularly bright laser lines, you can always work precisely even in poor light conditions or over long distances. The ALC 2/1 is extremely robust thanks to its high-quality housing and its perfectly mounted laser unit and is therefore ideal for daily use on the building site.
It couldn’t be simpler One-button condition for simple selection of the functions (+ pulse button). Operating errors are therefore excluded.
Laser wall holder Magnetic 90° wall holder made of aluminium with ¼” device connection. Suitable for ALC 1-360 and 2/1.
LR 1
The practical laser receiver With a good sound Features three acoustic signals (can be switched off). Quick signal: Receiver too low. Continuous signal: On grade. Slow signal: Receiver too high.
The LR 1 has an offset notch for the simple transference of reference marks. The on-grade mark is aligned with the laser-on-grade readout and the vertical mark notch. To ensure a flawless mark, the mark is situated near the photo cell. To select the receiver precision, the LR 1 features a precision switch.
With perspective An easily legible LCD display is located on the front and back of the device. It indicates the receiver position and the settings of the receiver.
Everything in water The two points with the receiver on-grade mark for levelling rod measurements are also attached to the receiver holder.
226
Laser measuring technology
Versatile in application and easy to handle.
The head rotates
Horizontally and vertically
The ALC 2/1 can also be used with a tripod. The required ¼” device connection is on the underside of the device. When using tripods with a ⅝” connection, the adapter available as an accessory is required. The flexible tripod head of the LKS 65-170 F ¼ can be steplessly rotated, tilted and swivelled. The integrated circular level facilitates alignment.
With the ALC 2/1 you can illuminate a room horizontally and vertically. It is therefore particularly versatile.
Best reception
Let there be light!
Runs like clockwork
The receiver LR 1 can double the range from 30 metres to 60 metres by means of the pulse function of the ALC 2/1.
The exceptionally bright laser lines are still highly visible even in poor light conditions.
The specially coated glasses ensure clean and precise laser lines. Ideal for aligning tall cupboards, for example when fitting kitchens.
227
Laser measuring technology
ALC 2-F
The robust floor layer laser Crystal clear Specially coated glasses ensure clean and high-precision laser lines.
One-button condition Easy handling. Operating errors are therefore excluded.
The ALC 2-F, with its extremely robust aluminium housing, is perfect for the tough demands of the building site. The four laser lines at a 90° angle enable exact alignment in the room. You can continue working without interruption. The upstream cross hairs facilitate positioning and aligning of the laser. The exceptionally bright laser lines are still very visible even in poor light conditions. The three-point support (20 mm high) provides a firm stand and reduces soiling even in a mortar bed.
Steel ball feet Low wear and easy to clean. Considerably increases the service life of the power tool.
90° stop angle 15 mm high stop angles for direct application on e.g. floor tiles.
228
Laser measuring technology
Perfect for the tough demands of the building site.
The use of the floor layer laser ALC 2-F means that spirit levels, guide lines and expensive auxiliary constructions are now a thing of the past. The three-point support (20 mm high) provides a firm stand and reduces soiling in a mortar bed. The steel ball feet are easy to clean. The 15 mm high 90° stop angles are ideal for direct application on e.g. floor tiles.
229
Laser measuring technology
ALC 1-360
The compact 360° line laser Robust and insensitive Features a powerful laser diode, therefore not a large number of sensitive components. Technical failures are minimised considerably. The specially coated glasses ensure clean and high-precision laser lines.
Simple handling To select all functions, you require one button only (+ pulse button). Operating errors are therefore excluded.
The ALC 1-360 has a 360° horizontal laser line, no disruptive pulsing as with rotation lasers. The combination of a highquality housing and a perfectly mounted laser unit make the ALC 1-360 a robust laser for daily use on the constructions site. The integrated pendulum compensator makes a laborious pre-adjustment and precision adjustment unnecessary. The device can be used immediately. The receiver LR 1 can double the range by means of the pulse function. Thanks to the particularly bright laser lines, you can always work precisely even in poor light conditions or over long distances. The compact design allows a very low ceiling distance.
230
¼” connection thread for tripods An adapter is required (available as an accessory) for tripods with a ⅝” device connection.
Laser measuring technology
Almost like Dolby-Surround.
Silence itself The ALC 1-360 has a clearly visible laser line, i.e. there is no disruptive pulsing as with rotation lasers. As a result, work is enjoyable and precise.
Well balanced
Quite slim
The integrated pendulum compensator makes a laborious pre-adjustment and precision adjustment unnecessary. The device can be used immediately. The exceptionally bright laser lines are still highly visible even in poor light conditions.
With only a 3 cm gap from the upper edge, the ALC 1-360 allows a very low ceiling distance. Ideal when mounting ceiling substructures.
231
Laser measuring technology Overview of power tools
NEW
ALC 2/1
NEW
ALC 1-360
Self-levelling cross-hair laser
360° line laser for highest demands
• Two 180° visible laser lines which can be switched individually • Cross-laser projection • Self-levelling • Optical warning signal when self-levelling range exceeded • Self-levelling which can be switched off • Highly visible laser beam thanks to anti-reflective glass • Simple On-button operation • Connectable pulse function for use with receiver • ¼” thread for tripod
• A visible 360° laser line • Self-levelling • Optical warning signal when self-levelling range exceeded • Highly visible laser beam thanks to anti-reflective glass • Simple On-button operation • Connectable pulse function for use with receiver • ¼” thread for tripod
SPECIFICATIONS Number of lines Visible area lines Precision
1 horizontal/ 1 vertical 180° horizontal/ vertical ± 3 mm/10m
SPECIFICATIONS Number of lines Visible area lines Precision
1 horizontal 360° horizontal ± 3 mm/30m
Self-levelling range
±6°
Self-levelling range
±8°
Max. working range
30 m
Max. working range
30 m
Max. range with receiver
60 m
Max. range with receiver
60 m
Operation duration
25 h
Operation duration
35 h
Temperature range
-18° - +50 °C
Temperature range
-18° - +50 °C
Laser class Weight
Type ALC 2/1
! Accessories page 235 232
2 0,28 kg Standard equipment: Batteries 3x AA 1 wall holder magnetic WB-M 1/4-ALC Order no. 1 belt pouch BEP ALC 2/1 393.665 1 carrying case TK-S ALC 2/1
Laser class Weight
Type ALC 1-360
! Accessories page 235
2 0,45 kg
Standard equipment: Batteries 3x D Order no. 1 wall/ceiling holder WBC 1/4-ALC 393.681 1 carrying case TK-S ALC 1-360
Laser measuring technology Overview of power tools
NEW
ALC 2-F
NEW
LR 1
Floor layer laser
Laser receiver
• Two visible laser lines at 90° angle in front of and behind the device • Highly visible laser beam thanks to anti-reflective glass • Robust aluminium housing with integrated stop rail and three steel ball device feet
• Receiver for horizontally and vertically pulsed laser lines. Can be used with ALC 1-360 and 2/1 • Adjustable display precision • Display on front and back • Acoustic signal which can be switched off when laser received • Floor level mark (on-Grade)
SPECIFICATIONS Number of lines Visible area lines Precision Max. working range
2 at 90° angle 90° angle ± 2 mm/6 m 20 m
SPECIFICATIONS Number of lines Working range Precision
2 at 90° angle 30 - 75 m I=0,75 mm / II=1,75 mm
Operation duration
10 h
Temperature range
-10° - +50 °C
Operation duration
30 h
2
Temperature range
-20° - +60 °C
Laser class Weight
Type ALC 2-F
! Accessories page 235
1,09 kg
Standard equipment: 2 target plates red FTR-M Order no. Batteries 3x AA 393.673 1 carrying case TK-S ALC 2-F
Weight
Type LR 1
0,14 kg Standard equipment: Batteries 9V-unit 393.703 1 holder SC LR 1
Order no.
! Accessories page 235 233
Laser measuring technology Overview of power tools
NEW
LKS 100-300 5/8
NEW
LKS 65-170 F 1/4
Laser tripod
Laser tripod
• Stable elevator tripod with adjustable crank column and extractor column. With ⅝” connection and rubber feet which can be unscrewed. Very handy, when pushed together only 1.10 m with carrying strap • Work area from 1,01 to 3,00 m • Adjusting range of the clamping column 0,36 m • Adjusting range of the extraction column 0,43 m
• 1,4 kg light-weight elevator tripod made of aluminium with ¼” connection. Rotating and tilting tripod head, including carrying bag • Work area from 0,65 – 1,65 m
SPECIFICATIONS Working range Connection thread Weight
Type LKS 100-300 5/8
! Accessories page 235 234
SPECIFICATIONS 1,01 - 3,00 m ⅝” 5,7 kg Standard equipment: 1 carrying strap 398.616 1 adapter LAD 5/8 I-1/4 A
Order no.
Working range Connection thread Weight
Type LKS 65-170 F 1/4
! Accessories page 235
0,65 - 1,65 m ¼” 1,4 kg
Order no.
Standard equipment: 398.624 1 carrying bag
Laser measuring technology Accessories
Accessories for laser measuring technology Laser receiver holder
Belt pouch
For attachment of the laser receiver with 2 clamping jaws for fixing on levelling rules. Designation
QP
Order number
SC LR 1
1
394.017
Belt pouch for ALC 2/1. Designation
QP
Order number
BEP ALC 2/1
1
393.622
Carry case
Laser wall holder
Suitable for laser ALC 2/1 and receiver with holder. Magnetic 90° wall holder made of aluminium with ¼” device connection. Suitable for ALC 1-360 and 2/1.
Designation
QP
Order number
Designation
QP
Order number
TK-S ALC 2/1
1
393.908
WB-M 1/4-ALC
1
393.630
Wall and ceiling mount Adjustable wall and ceiling holder with additional clamping function. ¼” device connection.
Suitable for laser ALC 1/-360 and receiver with holder. Designation
QP
Order number
TK-S ALC 1-360
1
393.649
Suitable for laser ALC 2-F with additional compartment for ALC 2-1. Designation
QP
Order number
WCB 1/4-ALC
1
393.614
Designation
QP
Order number
TK-S ALC 2-F
1
393.657
Laser target plate Amplifies the projection of the red laser beam over long distances or in a bright environment. Magnetic and can be set up. Designation
QP
Order number
FTR-M
1
393.606
Laser tripod adapter ⅝” internal thread on ¼” external thread for using the laser on the elevator tripod (398.616). Designation
QP
Order number
LAD 5/8 I-1/4 A
1
398.608
235
Painted surface finishing
Tools for painted surface finishing. What a perfect finish needs is a fine touch, special machinery and the right accessories. After all, in either the garage or vehicle paint shops it is a question of getting to grips with everything at all times. The FLEX surface finishing programme provides the optimum solution - and gleaming results - for the most varied of requirements.
Painted surface finishing POLISHFLEX PE 14-2 150 PE 14-1 180 Overview of power tools Professional tips Accessories
238 240 244 248 252 256
237
Painted surface finishing
FLEX. The polishing specialist. Whether it is a matter of polishing, paint care, sealing or one of scratches or holograms, we not only have the optimum machinery but can also help you in all questions to do with painted surfaces. Demands are being constantly placed on vehicle paintwork from weather and air pollution, on the one hand, and from mechanical effects, on the other. The consequences come in the form of fading and scratches. Parts of the paint surface are lacklustre and dull. The damage is particularly conspicuous on dark shades and under the sun‘s rays. Just as annoying are hologram effects. Although very small, they still leave dull, greyish traces on the paint surface – just like a film of grease. Another preliminary remark: Before you repair paint damage and defects, you should first prepare the surface as usual by sanding it with the appropriate grain size. After all activities we also recommend wiping the surface with the microfibre cloth to remove polish residue. It is also important that you know the different effects of lambswool and sponge. Although soft and fleecy lambswool (TopWool) is still regarded as particularly suitable for repolishing, it is in reality extremely aggressive. As the polishing agent is deposited intensively on and around the individual fibres, the effect of the polish is increased many times. Therefore, polishing with lambswool, in comparison with sponge, requires less time and generates less heat.
Tips and tricks: 1. Before starting, mask off any rubber parts, seals and paint-free sections. This saves you from having to undertakes troublesome cleaning at the end. 2. Use the recommended combination of machine and pad. 3. Test the polish beforehand on a small, non-visible area. 4. Start with Speed Step 1 and go up to a maximum 2300 rpm. 5. Keep checking the surface temperature with the back of your hand. It should only be warm to the touch. To much pressure and an excessive speed will result in surface damage. 6. Let the machine‘s own weight do the work. 7. Any contamination of the lambswool or sponge can have a major negative effect on the results.
8. Always use the same sponge/ lambswool for the same agent. 9. Moisten the sponge or lambswool before polishing and sealing. This eases the work for you and stops the polish or sealer from drying out to quickly. 10. As a dry polish can damage the surface, you should repeatedly moisten the surface with a sprayer. 11. You should keep the machine constantly in motion both to stop any surface damage and for an even finish. 12. On final finishing, remove any surplus polishing agents from the surface – this should be done with a clean micro-fibre cloth which is always used for just one agent. 13. Cleaning lambswool, sponge and the micro-fibre cloth after use will promote their longevity.
Painted surface finishing
Which polisher best meets my requirements? For “coated surfaces” FLEX has the ideal polishing solution for every application. 1. The soft powerhouses High torque at low speed. That is the hallmark of the gentle power packs from FLEX. Even when starting at the lower speed range you can feel the power. Powerful and cool, so you can polish even the most demanding surfaces. The very quiet operating noise is especially pleasant. Professionals have appreciated this for years with our legendary L 602 VR and our PE 14-2 150 and PE 14-1 180 will also inspire you. 2. The allrounders A wide speed range from 1100/1200/min to 3700/min is what distinguishes these small and handly allrounders from FLEX. You can choose between our classic L 1503 VR with sliding switch and grip hood and the ergonomic version PE 14-3 125 with slim grip and accelerator switch. 3. The roto random orbit With its combined rotary and random orbital motion our XC 3401 VRG simulates the movement of the human hand. The surface stays cool and the finish is perfect. Coated surfaces are not only well sealed and conserved, but can also be polished without the effect of holograms. Also the XC 3401 VRG is especially suitable for removing polishing marks and holograms. 4. The specialist The polisher L 1202 is especially suitable for applications with wood or stainless steel. This machine uses extra large buffing wheels, polishing mops and brushes.
Roto random orbit
L 602 VR
PE 14-3 125
L 1503 VR
XC 3401 VRG
L 1202
Specialist
PE 14-1 180
Allrounders
PE 14-2 150
Soft powerhouses
Power input in watts
1400
1400
1500
1400
1200
900
1600
Max. polishing pad diameter
200
250
220
160
160
160
250
No load speed
380-2100
250-1350
400-2400
1100-3700
1200-3700
160-480
1750
Weight kg
2.3
2.3
3.3
2.2
1.9
2.6
5.1
Available as a set
yes
no
yes
yes
no
yes
no
rotary
rotary
rotary
rotary
rotary
rotary orbital
rotary
Drive
239
Painted surface finishing POLISHFLEX
POLISHFLEX. Developed by professionals for professionals. The POLISHFLEX is perfectly adapted to user requirements. Motor and gear unit both operate extremely quietly. The optimum speed range of 380-2100/min and the high torque are ideally suited for processing sensitive surfaces. Thanks to the ergonomic design and low weight, even difficult areas can be easily reached and processed. The maximum polishing pad diameter is Ø 200 mm enabling horizontal and vertical surfaces to be processed quickly and comfortably.
2-speed gearbox The gear unit is combination of planetary and lapped angular gear units. Planetary gear units can transmit very high torques despite their very compact design. Extremely low noise generation, even under load.
No blowing air And there is no annoying exhaust air for the user.
Can be held lower The machine has a flat gear head to keep the distance from the surface as small as possible. The machine can therefore be operated safely in any position.
With a lot of feeling Continuous speed control trigger: for a gentle start (starting speed at setting 1 (380rpm)) and a lock-on for continuous operation.
It has grip The grip hood with SoftGrip has been ergonomically designed for optimum and precise guidance. If required, a handle can be attached to the side (included as standard equipment).
Always a turn for the better Microprocessor electronics with stepless 380-2100/min speed preselection.
Always keeps a cool head Powerful 1400 watt motor with highly efficient fan for optimum air flow. The optimized air ducting system ensures the best possible cooling of gear unit and motor.
Easy to operate The spindle lock is ideally positioned to prevent operating errors and does not interfere with the grip area.
241
Painted surface finishing POLISHFLEX
POLISHFLEX PE 14-2 150
Has acquired an excellent reputation.
What have the RUF CTR3 super sports car and the new POLISHFLEX in common? Both have been developed to achieve absolute best values in the areas of drive, gear unit, motor output and durability but with the difference that one of them must perform quickly on the asphalt and the other very “gently” on the surface. In addition to its internal values, the new POLISHFLEX also has a slim and “sportslike” design allowing it to be reliably “steered” even into the most difficult places.
242
Painted surface finishing POLISHFLEX
Small, black, powerful
Especially handy
Perfectly balanced
Can be held lower
The flat gear head with SoftGrip ensures that you have a secure footing and superb handling. The POLISHFLEX can therefore always be controlled safely and comfortably.
The POLISHFLEX runs very quietly. The noise has been optimized to such an extent that it is hardly noticeable even under load.
Thanks to its flat design and optimized weight, the PE 14-2 150 can be guided safely even in difficult places.
Always on target
Just in case
With a lot of feeling
FLEX microfibre cloths remove residue reliably and extremely gently. TIP: After each application excess polish should be removed from the surface.
The maximum polishing pad diameter is Ø 200 mm, enabling horizontal and vertical surfaces to be processed quickly and reliably.
Thanks to the microprocessor electronics with stepless speed selection of 380–2100 rpm, even sensitive materials, such as carbon, can be processed gently.
243
Painted surface finishing PE 14-1 180
PE 14-1 180. The large-scale professional. The PE 14-1 180 is a further addition to the “gentle power packs”. The polisher PE 14-1 180 was developed from the well known POLISHFLEX PE 14-2 150, however with a new gear reduction with a speed range of 250–1350 rpm. The high torque at low speed is already the special feature of the PE 14-1 180. Even when started at a lower speed range, you can feel the force and power.
2-speed gearbox The gear unit is combination of planetary and lapped angular gear units. Planetary gear units can transmit very high torques despite their very compact design. Extremely low noise generation, even under load.
No blowing air And there is no annoying exhaust air for the user.
Can be held lower The machine has a flat gear head to keep the distance from the surface as small as possible. The machine can therefore be operated safely in any position.
With a lot of feeling Continuous speed control trigger: for a gentle start (starting speed at setting 1 (250 rpm)) and a lock-on for continuous operation.
It has grip The grip hood with SoftGrip has been ergonomically designed for optimum and precise guidance. If required, a handle can be attached to the side (included as standard equipment).
Always a turn for the better Microprocessor electronics with stepless 250-1350/min speed preselection.
Always keeps a cool head Powerful 1400 watt motor with highly efficient fan for optimum air flow. The optimized air ducting system ensures the best possible cooling of gear unit and motor.
Easy to operate The spindle lock is ideally positioned to prevent operating errors and does not interfere with the grip area.
245
Painted surface finishing PE 14-1 180
The large-scale master.
Polishing with the PE 14-1 180. As if you were on holiday.
The PE 14-1 180 is characterised in particular by its enormous torque and the extremely low noise generation. High load capacity thanks to optimised cooling – above all at the lower speed range. The accelerator switch enables polishing to be started gently and slowly.
Over the horizon
Always stay cool!
Working flat out
The maximum polishing pad diameter is Ø 250 mm, enabling horizontal and vertical surfaces to be processed quickly and reliably.
Problem surfaces, which e.g. are sensitive to heat, can be worked optimally even at the lowest speed thanks to the high torque.
The small gap between the surface and the flat gear head is reassuring especially in sensitive and difficult areas.
246
Painted surface finishing PE 14-1 180
A real high-flyer.
Everybody gets a lift with the power of the PE 14-1 180.
Especially when working on aeroplanes, the low weight and perfect handling enables you to polish large vertical and horizontal areas comfortably and effortlessly using polishing bodies up to Ø 250 mm.
Ultra light-weight
Small but really fine
A neat job
Thanks to its ergonomic design and the low weight, difficult areas can be easily reached and worked in almost all locations.
Light-weight, handy and very quiet. These are the advantages of the PE 14-1 180 when it involves working large areas.
With a weight of only 2.3 kg, the PE 14-1 180 is one of the lightest polishers in its class. Even large vertical areas are child’s play.
247
Polishers Overview of power tools
NEW
PE 14-2 150
PE 14-1 180
POLISHFLEX, variable-speed polisher with a high torque
Polisher with high torque for processing large painted surfaces
• VR electronic control: stepless speed selection, tachogeneratorcontrolled constant speed, overload protection, re-start inhibit and temperature monitoring. • Powerful 1400 watt motor with highly-efficient ventilator for optimum cooling • Continuous speed control trigger: for a gentle start, starting speed at setting 1 (380rpm) and a lock-on for continuous operation • Optimised air ducting for optimum cooling of motor and gear. No annoying exhaust air for the user • Innovative combination of planetary and angular gears reduces noise to an absolute minimum • Flat gear head reduces distance to the surface. The machine can therefore be operated safely in any position. • Grip hood: ergonomically shaped with SoftGrip. The machine can be controlled with precision and is always comfortable yet secure to hold. • Spindle lock: It is ideally positioned to prevent operating error and does not interfere with the grip area. • With rubberised resting bar for safe setting down • 4 metres PUR H05-BQF cable: wear-resistant, flexible and highly resistant to cuts and abrasions
• VR electronic control: stepless speed selection, tachogeneratorcontrolled constant speed, overload protection, re-start inhibit and temperature monitoring. • Powerful 1400 watt motor with highly-efficient ventilator for optimum cooling • Continuous speed control trigger: for a gentle start, starting speed at setting 1 (250 rpm) and a lock-on for continuous operation • Optimised air ducting for optimum cooling of motor and gear. No annoying exhaust air for the user • Innovative combination of planetary and angular gears reduces noise to an absolute minimum • Flat gear head reduces distance to the surface. The machine can therefore be operated safely in any position. • Grip hood: ergonomically shaped with SoftGrip. The machine can be controlled with precision and is always comfortable yet secure to hold. • Spindle lock: It is ideally positioned to prevent operating error and does not interfere with the grip area. • With rubberised resting bar for safe setting down • Especially for processing large horizontal and vertical areas. For the automotive, maritime and aviation areas • Polishes at extremely low revolutions and high torque, e.g. for heat-sensitive surfaces • 4 metres PUR H05-BQF cable: wear-resistant, flexible and highly resistant to cuts and abrasions
SPECIFICATIONS Max. polishing pad diameter Max. back-up pad diameter No load speed
200 mm Standard equipment PE 14-2 150: 150 mm 1 handle 380-2100 rpm
Power input
1400 watt
Power output
880 watt
Tool fixture Size (L x H) Weight
Type
M 14 402x117 mm 2,3 kg
Order no.
PE 14-2 150
373.680
PE 14-2 150 Set
376.175
! Accessories from page 256 248
SPECIFICATIONS Max. polishing pad diameter Max. back-up pad diameter
Standard equipment PE 14-2 150 Set: 1 handle 1 velcro backing pad, cushioned, Ø 150 mm 1 polishing sponge PS-B 160 1 polishing sponge PS-BL 160 1 lambswool TW-PT 160 1 microfibre cloth MW-P 1 SpecialPolish P05/03 250 ml 1 NanoPolish & Wax P02/06 250 ml 2 case inserts Plastic carrying case
No load speed
250 mm 180 mm 250-1350 rpm
Power input
1400 watt
Power output
880 watt
Tool fixture
M 14
Size (L x H)
402x117 mm
Weight
Type PE 14-1 180
! Accessories from page 256
2,3 kg
Order no.
Standard equipment: 395.749 1 handle
Polishers Overview of power tools
L 602 VR
PE 14-3 125
Variable-speed polisher with a high torque
Ergonomic polisher with speed control trigger
• VR electronics: stepless speed selection, constant speed control by means of tachogenerator, overload protection and temperature monitor • Powerful 1500 watt motor with high degree of efficiency • Integrated air deflection: protects against direct air flow • Perfect cooling for heavy-duty use. • Optimum handling by balanced weight distribution and 3 grip variants, depending on use • Rubber rest bar protects machine and surface of workpiece when changing pads • Spindle lock
• VR microprocessor control: with tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, continuous speed control trigger, restart protection after power failure, overload protection, temperature monitoring and speed selection • With its wide speed range it is perfect for working with polishing pads from Ø 80 mm upto max Ø 160 mm • Ideal polishing pad Ø 140 mm • High-powered motor: can handle extreme loads • Ergonomic design • Slim shaft handle and ergonomic grip cover to optimise handling and reduce fatigue when polishing • 4 metres PUR H05-BQF cable: wear-resistant, flexible and highly resistant to cuts and abrasions • Spindle lock
SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS Max. polishing pad diameter Max. back-up pad diameter No load speed Power input Power output Tool fixture Weight
Type L 602 VR L 602 VR Set
! Accessories from page 256
Max. polishing pad diameter 220 mm 175 mm Standard equipment L 602 VR: 1 side handle 400-2400 rpm 1 bail handle 1500 watt 1000 watt Standard equipment L 602 VR Set: M 14 1 side handle 3,3 kg 1 bail handle 1 velcro pad 150 Ø 1 polishing sponge PS-B 200 Order no. 1 microfibre polishing cloth MW-C 329.800 1 SpecialPolish P05/03 250 ml 329.819 1 NanoPolish & Wax P02/06 250 ml
Max. back-up pad diameter No load speed
160 mm 150 mm 1100-3700 rpm
Power input
1400 watt
Power output
880 watt
Tool fixture Size (L x H) Weight
Type PE 14-3 125 PE 14-3 125 Set
Standard equipment PE 14-3 125: 1 side handle
M 14 Standard equipment PE 14-3 125 Set: 370 x 110 mm 1 side handle 2,2 kg 1 velcro pad 125 Ø 1 polishing sponge PS-B 160 1 polishing sponge PS-W 160 Order no. 1 microfibre polishing cloth MW-C 383.678 1 SpecialPolish P05/03 250 ml 383.732 1 NanoPolish & Wax P02/06 250 ml
! Accessories from page 256 249
Polishers Overview of power tools
XC 3401 VRG
XC 3401 VRG Set
Positive-drive orbital polisher • VR microprocessor control: with tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, continuous speed control trigger, restart protection after power failure, overload protection, temperature monitoring and speed selection • 8 mm orbit for high efficiency • Permanent direct drive for an even polished surface • Cushioned special hook and loop pad for polishing. • Removable, ergonomic handle and guard for optimum handling in all applications • Low heat generation on the surface makes it ideal for temperature-sensitive paints • Counterweight for smoother operation • Low height and low weight • Spindle lock • This machine is also available in 110 V
SPECIFICATIONS Max. polishing pad diameter Velcro backing pad Ø No load speed Orbit Orbit rate, no load Power input Power output Weight
Type XC 3401 VRG XC 3401 VRG Set
! Accessories from page 256 250
160 mm Standard equipment XC 3401 VRG: 1 SoftVib handle 140 mm 1 bail handle 160-480 rpm 1 special velcro backing pad, 140 Ø 8 mm 3200-9600 opm
Standard equipment XC 3401 VRG Set: 900 watt 1 SoftVib handle 590 watt 1 bail handle 2,6 kg 1 special velcro backing pad, 140 Ø 1 polishing sponge PS-W 160 1 microfibre polishing cloth MW-C Order no. 1 set-bag 322.008 1 NanoPolish & Wax P02/06 250 ml 334.081 1 SpecialPolish P05/03 250 ml
Polishers Overview of power tools
L 1503 VR
L 1202
Polisher with a wide speed range
Powerful low-speed polisher, 1600 watt
• VR electronic control: tachogenerator-controlled constant speed, soft-start, overload protection and speed selection • High-powered motor: can handle extreme loads • With its wide speed range it is perfect for working with polishing pads from Ø 80 mm upto max Ø 160 mm • Ideal polishing pad Ø 140 mm • On/off switch • Spindle lock • This machine is also available in 110 V
• High-powered motor: can handle extreme loads • Low speed, high torque • Rugged metal composite housing for optimum heat dissipation • For continuous use with large polishing heads for brushing, polishing and buffing wood and stainless steel • On/off switch • Spindle lock
SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS
Max. polishing pad diameter
250 mm
Max. polishing pad diameter
160 mm
Max. back-up pad diameter
Max. back-up pad diameter
150 mm
No load speed
1750 rpm
Power input
1600 watt
Power output
1100 watt
No load speed
1200-3700 rpm
Power input
1200 watt
Power output
700 watt
Weight
Type L 1503 VR
! Accessories from page 256
1,9 kg
Order no.
Standard equipment: 250.280 1 side handle
Tool fixture Weight
Type L 1202
175 mm
M 14 5,1 kg
Standard equipment: 1 side handle Order no. 1 hand guard 278.688 1 handle
! Accessories from page 256 251
Painted surface finishing Professional tips
Polishing and more. FLEX professional tips. Polishing is not just polishing. In common parlance the term is synonymous with sanding a surface smooth to create a gloss finish. The professional definition however is much broader. A good “polish” including paint preparation and care comprises the following three steps: POLISHING: Use of mechanical operations to achieve a smooth, high-gloss surface. SEALING: Permanently seal porous surfaces. PAINT CARE: Protect paintwork by waxing.
Professional tips for polishing
Professional tips for sealing
Professional tips for paint care
• Never use polishing agents in the sun, at high temperatures or when the air humidity is high. • Before treating the paint surface, wash it thoroughly and leave to dry. • Do not use dirty cloths or sponges. • Avoid any transitions which result in irregularities and streaking. • Regularly change and clean the polishing sponge. • Use all agents extremely sparingly. If too much polish is applied, it will be more difficult to rub off and the quality will be impaired.
• First, clean the surface thoroughly. • Remove all dead paint and tinting particles from the surface. • Caution – incorrect application will not only seal the paint surface but also the dirt.
• Thoroughly clean the surface beforehand. • Apply agents sparingly and evenly. • Make sure the surface is absolutely dry. • Avoid the sun’s rays, excessive heat, humidity and temperatures below freezing.
252
Painted surface finishing Professional tips
Rotary or random orbital? As with many other questions in life, there is no clear-cut reply to this particular question. Just as with selecting the right polish, recommending a rotary or a random orbital machine depends on the particular job. In principle, the truth is that rotary devices are used more in the professional trade sector. However, random orbit devices are used in the professional trade sector, in particular for finishing work. In the semi-profesional world preference is often given to tools with random orbit rotary motion.
ROTARY: Sensitive and aggressive Polishing is very much a matter of feeling and precision. However, by using a rotary machine you, as a professional, will confidently be able to handle any polishing job. You should note two things: Firstly, rotary motion impacts much more aggressively on the surface than a random orbit device does. Secondly, non-professional application may very quickly produce hologram effects. Ideal for: dust inclusions, orange peel effect, paint runs, spray mist, heavily weathered paints, normal scratches, paint cleaning.
RANDOM ORBITAL: Effective and efficient Eccentric types are specialists â&#x20AC;&#x201C; and are rarely popular among their peers. However, this in no way applies to polishers with eccentric (random orbit) rotary motion and permanent positive drive. No surprise really since these devices can be operated effectively and efficiently. Thanks to the special motion and large stroke, you cannot only seal the paint surface very well, but also polish it without the effect of holograms. The machine can also remove any hologram effects and polishing marks, in particular on dark paints. Ideal for: weathered paints, light scratches, minor signs of wear, hologram removal, streaks, hair lines, high-gloss polishing, sealing. Professionals also use rotary polishers to treat this type of paint damage.
253
Painted surface finishing Professional tips
The problem solvers
FLEX accessories and polishers. Perfectly coordinated.
To ensure an optimum result, the interaction between machine and polish or sponges or lambswool is extremely important. The correct accessory must be used depending on the paint damage (scratch, hologram, etc.). Light scratches can be removed using the blue sponge and the FLEX SpecialPolish.
Perfect polish
Perfect interaction
Perfect gloss
Our recommendation for removing deep scratches is to use either the lambswool pad or blue sponge and the FLEX SpecialPolish.
Holograms can best be worked on with wafer sponge black and the FLEX SpecialPolish.
The XC 3401 VRG orbital polisher and FLEX NanoPolish & Wax are eminently suited for the sealing operation.
254
Painted surface finishing Professional tips
Recommended applications
Orange peel effect Polishing fleece
Deep scratches
Polishing sponge, blue
SpecialPolish
The soft powerhouses
The allrounders
Dust inclusions
Scratches
Minor signs of wear
Hologram effects
Paint sealing/care
Polishing sponge, white
NanoPolish & Wax
The roto random orbit
Polishing sponge, black
255
Polishers Accessories
Zubehör Accessories for polishing systems
L 1202
XC 3401 VRG
L 1503 VR
PE 14-3 125
L 602 VR
PE 14-1 180
The allrounders The roto random orbit
PE 14-2 150
The soft powerhouses
Designation
Contents/ Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
SpecialPolish P05/03
250 ml
1
376.574
NanoPolish & Wax P02/06
250 ml
1
376.566
MW-C
400 x 400
1
317.098
MW-P
400 x 400
1
376.531
Damped special velcro pad for polishing, for smaller sponges, e.g. PS-W 140 mm. This sponge size is ideal for use in the spot repair area as well as on narrow surfaces, e.g. C-columns. On account of the special holders this pad is designed exclusively for the XC 3401 VRG.
BP-M D115 XC
115 Ø
1
386.715
-
-
-
-
- -
Damped special hook and loop backing pad for sponges up to max. Ø 160 mm. The special fixing allows use of this pad only with the XC 3401 VRG.
BP-M D140 XC
140 Ø
1
342.637
-
-
-
-
- -
115 Ø
1
208.817 - -
-
125 Ø
1
231.983 -
-
The specialist
SpecialPolish Silicon-fee, fine polishing compound for a high-degree of material removal and a medium gloss. For removing, for instance, ingrained dust, paint mists, fine scratches in combination with the lambswool. Together with the right sponge, ideally suited for removing signs of wear, restoring weathered paints.
NanoPolish & Wax Silicon-free, high-gloss polish with nano compound particles and carnauba wax. For polishing new to slightly scratched paints. Ideal for scratch-resistant paintwork. Also gives a perfect finish to paintwork pre-treated with the fine polishing compound. High-gloss finish and protection in one.
Microfibre polishing cloth, classic Seamless, washable. For gentle removing polishing and sealing residues. For a perfect surface finish and brilliant deep gloss.
Microfibre polishing cloth, premium Thanks to the very high soft pile, residues can be picked up reliably and gently. This is what makes the microfibre cloth ideal for an optimum paint finish. It can also be used for car wash purposes. Long service life, washing machine safe (without softener).
Velcro-backed pad with gearwheel
Velcro backing M 14 Elastic backing pad with velcro cover. Velcro bowl suitable – not suitable
256
Polishers Accessories
L 1202
XC 3401 VRG
L 1503 VR
PE 14-3 125
L 602 VR
PE 14-1 180
Designation
PE 14-2 150
Accessories for polishing systems
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
115 Ø
1
240.311 -
- -
-
125 Ø
1
350.737 -
-
150 Ø
1
350.745 -
PS-B 140
140 Ø x 30
1
376.388 -
PS-B 160
160 Ø x 30
1
376.396 -
PS-B 200
200 Ø x 30
1
376.418 -
PS-W 140
140 Ø x 30
1
376.426 -
PS-W 160
160 Ø x 30
1
376.434 -
PS-W 200
200 Ø x 30
1
376.442 -
PS-BL 140
140 Ø x 30
1
376.450 -
PS-BL 160
160 Ø x 30
1
376.469 -
PS-BL 200
200 Ø x 30
1
376.477 -
Wafer sponge of an extremely soft and fine foam structure. The special PerfectTouch sandwich design and extra firm white foam layer give the pad much more stiffness and it does not compress so easily. As a result, holograms and micro-scratches, in particular, can be more efficiently and reliably removed. The special design also extends the service life of the polishing disc. With setback velour for assured polishing and as a centering aid. Ideally suited - together with the SpecialPolish compound - for removing holograms and also for paint care and sealing in combination with the NanoPolish & Wax.
PSW-BL 140
140 Ø x 30
1
376.485 -
PSW-BL 160
160 Ø x 30
1
376.493 -
PSW-BL 200
200 Ø x 30
1
376.507 -
-
-
Sponge with medium-hard and coarse foam structure. The large diameter and the frisbee shape is perfect for large areas, e.g. in the maritime and aviation areas. Particularly suitable for weathered and mat paintwork, in conjunction with the SpecialPolish.
PSF-Y 220
220 Ø x 20
1
256.908
-
-
Velcro pad, cushioned M14 12 mm cell rubber for even pressure distribution for grinding, polishing or sealing.
-
Polishing sponge, blue Sponge of a medium-hard, coarse foam structure and high resistance to tearing. With setback velour for assured polishing and as a centering aid. Particularly for weathered, dull paints and for scratches in combination with the SpecialPolish compound.
-
-
Polishing sponge, white Sponge of a medium-hard, fine foam structure and highly resistant to tearing. With setback velour for assured polishing and as a centering aid. Particularly for removing minor traces of wear and streaks in combination with the SpecialPolish compound.
-
-
Polishing sponge, black Sponge of an extremely soft and fine foam structure. With setback velour for assured polishing and as a centering aid. Ideally suited - together with the SpecialPolish compound - for removing holograms and also for paint care and sealing in combination with the NanoPolish & Wax.
-
-
Polishing sponge wafer, black
Polishing sponge - -
257
Polishers Accessories
Accessories for polishing systems
L 1202
XC 3401 VRG
L 1503 VR
PE 14-3 125
L 602 VR
PE 14-1 180
The allrounders The roto random orbit
PE 14-2 150
The soft powerhouses
Designation
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
PSF-W 220
220 Ø x 20
1
256.909
TW-C 150
150 Ø
1
342.521 -
TW-C 200
200 Ø
1
350.265 -
Polishing lambswool consisting of 90% natural wool and 10% polyester. This combination provides for longer service life and greater volume. And it can remove sanding scratches, for example, 30% faster than with using a sponge. Ideal for UV paints and the latest generation of scratch-resistant paints. For a great polishing effect in combination with the SpecialPolish. The special PerfectTouch sandwich design and extra orange foam layer gives the pad that slight degree of cushioning and much greater stiffness. This allows for a perfect surface contact even in problem areas and an optimal and exact guiding.
TW-PT 140
140 Ø
1
376.515 -
TW-PT 160
160 Ø
1
376.523 -
Traditional frisbee-shaped polishing fleece made of 100% natural wool. With its large diameter and frisbee shape this polishing fleece is perfect for processing large areas in the maritime and aviation areas. For high polishing effect in conjunction with the SpecialPolish.
WF-C 230
230 Ø
1
398.632
- -
-
-
Lambswool bonnet with tightening cord, suitable for elastic backing pad. Made of 100% lambswool for efficient processing of polishing pastes.
WH-C 180
180 Ø
1
123.870 -
-
-
BP D175 WH
175 Ø
1
123.862 -
-
-
The specialist
Velcro sponge, white (soft) Sponge with medium-hard and fine foam structure. The large diameter and the frisbee shape is perfect for large areas, e.g. in the maritime and aviation areas. Particularly suitable for removing minor signs of use and streaks in conjunction with the SpecialPolish.
- -
-
-
Velcro backed, classic The pad consists of 90 % lambswool and 10 % polyester. This composition provides for more stability and volume. For great polishing effect in combination with the SpecialPolish.
-
-
Polishing lambswool, premium
Polishing fleece
Lambswool bonnet
Flexible backing pad Backing pad from cellular rubber with rounded edges, for lambswool bonnet. Ensures for even pressure when polishing. M14 thread.
suitable – not suitable
258
Polishers Accessories
L 1202
XC 3401 VRG
L 1503 VR
PE 14-3 125
L 602 VR
PE 14-1 180
Designation
PE 14-2 150
Accessories for universal polishing
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
Fibre-back and M 14 threaded flange for removing scratches in glass, stainless steel, acrylic and high-gloss polishing of stainless steel. Use only with the respective polishing mediums.
125 Ø
1
122.726 -
175 Ø
1
122.734 -
With fiber backing.
125 Ø
1
122.742 -
175 Ø
1
122.750 -
-
-
60
1
123.803
-
-
1
333.573 - -
Backed fleece -
-
Spare fleece
Buffing wheel mount, M 14 -
-
-
-
Carry bag for polisher Practical mobile carry bag offer lots of room for machine and accessories, with variable pockets.
SoftVib side handle SoftVib handle with vibration cushioning, significantly reducing the vibration transmitted to hands and arms and reducing the risk of vibration-related injury to the operator.
M 14
1
325.384 -
Without insert. For the machines PE 14-2 150, PE 14-3 125, PE 14-1 180, L 1503 VR and XC 3401 VRG and extensive range of accessories.
TK-L 528x368x125/65
1
377.198 - -
TKE-T PE14/XC
1
377.201 - -
TKE-B PE14/XC
1
377.228 - -
Carry case
Case insert - lid Matching insert for sponges/lambswool Ø 160/200, microfibre cloths and polish for the lid of the carry case 377.198.
Case insert - bottom Matching insert for machine and Velcro backing pad, sponges/lambswool Ø 140 and other accessories for the bottom of carry case 377.198.
259
260
Stone working
Tools for stoneworking. For 90 years FLEX has been a competent and innovative partner for natural stone working, and for good reason. During this time we have worked hand in hand with experienced stone masons to develop a comprehensive and harmonized machine and accessory programme that sets the industry standards.
Stone working Wet grinders L/LE 12-3 100 WET Wet grinders, Overview of power tools Accessories Blind hole drills, Overview of power tools Core drilling machines, Overview of power tools Accessories Bushhammers, Overview of power tools Dry grinders, Overview of power tools Accessories Stone cutter CS 60 WET Accessories
262 264 266 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 281
261
Stone working
FLEX and natural stone. A special relationship. Natural stone has its own laws. That call for special experts. Specialists who know how to read the stone. Who by the nuances and shades of the colours in the stone can recognise the unique masterpiece that a completely sculptured piece of work can evolve, but to realize this vision good tools are needed. For 90 years FLEX is the competent and innovative partner for working with natural stone. Over this course of time a comprehensive range of machines has been developed in close co-operation with experienced stone masons. A product range that sets the industry standards for robustness and reliability also with handling and maintenance but especially by working safety when using water. The long-time competence of FLEX also includes the knowledge that FLEX engineers have gained about the nature of stone, its characteristics, and its sensitivities. That is why a FLEX machine of course does not damage or soil the valuable â&#x20AC;&#x153;natural stoneâ&#x20AC;?, but professionally processes and preserves it. As in every perfect relationship allows you to work to perfection.
262
Stone working
Stone on stone.
In the FLEX Stone range everything fits.
The extensive FLEX natural stone range provides everything - from wet and dry grinders, stone cutter, bushhammer, blind hole drill and core drilling machines, pressurized water tank, isolating transformers and safety vacuum cleaners to grinding discs, abrasive rings and diamond tools.
Very colourful
Isolating transformer
GFCI operator protector circuit breaker
You donâ&#x20AC;&#x2DC;t have to search long when selecting the required grain with the velcro diamond discs. Thanks to the colour-coded system you can identify the different grains just by their colour. And the practical velcro attachment allows for speedy replacement.
The contour plug is standard equipment on many wet grinders. It can be plugged only into the isolation transformer coupling and not into the power outlet.
Ensures electrical safety when undertaking wet sanding. Is released practically immediately (< 15 milliseconds) at the required response sensitivity. Complete with accidental restart safeguard on the power being interrupted.
263
Stone working L/LE 12-3 100 WET
The new generation of wet stone grinders from FLEX. Building on the successful design of the long-proven LW 1703 and LW 1503 grinders, the wet stone grinders L 12-3 100 WET and LE 12-3 100 WET are the next step forward. In future the L 12-3 100 WET will replace the familiar LW 1503 and LW 1703 machines. With integral electronic control the LE 12-3 100 WET brings something new to this class. Both machines are available in two versions “Transformer” (with connector cable and a 12 h contour plug for connection to an isolating transformer) and “PRCD” (portable residual current device integrated in the cable).
264
More secure grip The grip hood and the bail handle ensure comfortable handling and allow the machine to be guided with precision. Even when working on vertical surfaces, the machine can always be held securely.
Simple M 14 Tool fixture: M 14
Spindle stop Easy tool change with the integrated spindle stop.
The lower values count here The water supply and control are situated below the housing. This provides an unobstructed grip area directly above the sanding pad.
Perfectly modulated force Both types feature a powerful 1150 watt motor and built-in electronics with soft start, overload protection and constant speed control. The LE 12-3 100 WET also features stepless speed adjustment from 1200-3700 rpm.
Bring on the water! Simple and easily accessible operation of the water control.
Flexible connection The brass water connection for the ½” water hose is not attached directly to the device but to an extremely flexible 2 m long special hose.
Fits perfectly The special hose does not require additional hose safety devices. This prevents injuries from hose clips.
Stone working L/LE 12-3 100 WET
Brilliant ideas.
Optimized handling for top quality surfaces.
The water connection of the wet stone grinder L 12-3 100 WET and LE 12-3 100 WET is located below the housing. The machines can now be guided precisely and safely in any position and without obstructing the view of the workpiece. Thanks to the high torque, the wet stone grinders perform reliably in almost any position and at almost any pressure.
Clean sanding job
Clear view
Horizontally and vertically
The L 12-3 100 WET, LE 12-3 100 WET wet stone grinders and the FLEX Dia-Jet velcro diamond discs are ideally suited for polishing cut edges.
The superb handling and the unobstructed grip area allow edges to be worked exactly and precisely.
Working on vertical surfaces is now easier thanks to the grip hood and the ergonomically shaped bail handle. The machines can always be guided safely.
265
Wet grinders Overview of power tools
LE 12-3 100 WET
L 12-3 100 WET
1150 watt wet stone grinder with variable speed, plug for isolating transformer, 115 mm
1150 watt wet stone grinder with plug for isolating transformer, 115 mm
• Powerful 1150 W motor • VR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, overload protection and speed selection • High torque for maximum material removal and optimum surface quality • Powder-coated and varnished magnetic pad for a long service life, thanks to the additional protection against wear and abrasive dust • Grip hood for easy handling and precise working • Bail handle: Secure grip, even when working on vertical surfaces • The new water feed and control system is located below the housing, which makes operation and precise dosing easy. An unobstructed grip area is provided directly above the backing pad • 2 m special hose: No additional hose safety devices required. Increases flexibility, reduces weight and prevents risk of injury from hose clips • Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose • Contour plug: can be connected only to an isolating transformer. For safety reasons, operation is permitted only connected to the FLEX TT 2000 isolating transformer • Spindle lock • This machine is also available in 110 V Available with PRCD portable residual current device (integrated in the cable) or contour plug (for safety reasons operated via isolating transformer FLEX TT 2000 only).
• Powerful 1150 W motor • FR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, overload protection • High torque for maximum material removal and optimum surface quality • Powder-coated and varnished magnetic pad for a long service life, thanks to the additional protection against wear and abrasive dust • Grip hood for easy handling and precise working • Bail handle: Secure grip, even when working on vertical surfaces • The new water feed and control system is located below the housing, which makes operation and precise dosing easy. An unobstructed grip area is provided directly above the backing pad • 2 m special hose: No additional hose safety devices required. Increases flexibility, reduces weight and prevents risk of injury from hose clips • Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose • Contour plug: can be connected only to an isolating transformer. For safety reasons, operation is permitted only connected to the FLEX TT 2000 isolating transformer • Spindle lock • This machine is also available in 110 V Available with PRCD portable residual current device (integrated in the cable) or contour plug (for safety reasons operated via isolating transformer FLEX TT 2000 only).
SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter No load speed
115 mm 1200-3700 rpm
SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter
115 mm
No load speed
3700 rpm
Power input
1150 watt
Power input
1150 watt
Power output
700 watt
Power output
700 watt
Tool fixture
M 14
Tool fixture
M 14
Size (L x H)
340 x 140 mm
Size (L x H)
340 x 140 mm
Connecting hose with quick coupling Weight
Type LE 12-3 100 WET, contour plug LE 12-3 100 WET, PRCD
! Accessories from page 269 266
2m 2,4 kg
Order no.
Standard equipment: 1 bail handle 378.461 1 hook-and-loop cable ties 368.660
Connecting hose with quick coupling Weight
Type L 12-3 100 WET, contour plug L 12-3 100 WET, PRCD
! Accessories from page 269
2m 2,4 kg
Order no.
Standard equipment: 375.675 1 bail handle 378.488 1 hook-and-loop cable ties
Wet grinders Overview of power tools
LW 802 VR
LW 1202 / LW 1202 S
1800 watt wet stone grinder with plug for isolating transformer, 130 mm
1600 watt wet stone grinder with plug for isolating transformer, 130 mm
• VR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, overload protection and speed selection • Central water supply through gear shaft: for wet grinding of granite and marble • Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose • Contour plug: can be connected only to an isolating transformer. For safety reasons, operation is permitted only connected to the FLEX TT 2000 isolating transformer • Tool fixture: M 14 • This machine is also available in 110 V
• Central water supply through gear shaft: for wet grinding of granite and marble • Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose • Rugged metal composite housing for optimum heat dissipation • Contour plug: can be connected only to an isolating transformer. For safety reasons, operation is permitted only connected to the FLEX TT 2000 isolating transformer • Tool fixture: M 14 • This machine is also available in 110 V
Available with PRCD portable residual current device (integrated in the cable) or contour plug (for safety reasons operated via isolating transformer FLEX TT 2000 only). SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter No load speed
Max. disc diameter 130 mm 800-2400 rpm
130 mm
No load speed
1750 rpm
Power input
1600 watt
Power input
1800 watt
Power output
1040 watt
Power output
1200 watt
Weight
Weight
Type LW 802 VR
! Accessories from page 269
5,1 kg
4,3 kg Standard equipment: 1 bail handle 258.597 1 open-ended wrench SW 17
Order no.
Type LW 1202, contour plug LW 1202 S, PRCD
Order no.
Standard equipment: 1 bail handle 289.000 1 open-ended wrench SW 17 276.375
! Accessories from page 269 267
Wet grinders Overview of power tools
LWW 2106 VR
WD 10
2200 watt edge milling tool for granite with GFCI circuit breaker
Pressurized water tank 10 l
• VR full-wave electronic control: tachogenerator constant speed control, soft start, overload protection and speed selection • Central water supply through gear shaft: for wet grinding of granite and marble • Aluminum guide carriage: with plastic balls for easy control, corrosion-protected • GFCI operator protector circuit breaker: integrated in cord • Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose • Rugged metal composite housing for optimum heat dissipation • Tool fixture: G ½” • Ideal for profiling granite slabs
• Working pressure 6 bar • Ideal for mobile working • Fits all machines with a quick-fit coupling for a ½“ water hose
SPECIFICATIONS No load speed
1800-5500 rpm
For slab thickness
20-40 mm
Power input
2200 watt
SPECIFICATIONS
Power output
1540 watt
Capacity
Weight
Type LWW 2106 VR
! Accessories from page 269 268
13,7 kg
Standard equipment: 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 8 Order no. 1 open-ended wrench SW 32 253.705 1 splash guard
Weight
Type WD 10
10 l 4,5 kg
Order no.
Standard equipment: 251.622 4 m pressure hose
Wet grinders Overview of power tools and accessories
Accessories for wet grinding Rubber coupling For all applications where a smooth sanding is required. Adapts itself together with the velcro backing pad flexibly to the surface of the workpiece. Is screwed on as an adapter between the M14 machine connection and the velcro backing pad. QP
Order number
1
240.338
Velcro pad, soft For secure attachment of the velcro diamond discs. M 14 connection.
TT 2000 Isolating transformer • With contour socket for all FLEX machines with contour plug. Earth contact in 12 o'clock position, without protective contact
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
100 Ø
1
253.814
Dia-Jet velcro diamond discs wet (single) For grinding and polishing: Suitable for artificial stone, natural stone, stoneware and ceramics. The grinding output of the diamond discs is higher than that of traditional abrasives, they have a very long service live and high mechanical resilience.
Dimensions in mm
Grit
Colour
QP
Order number
100 Ø
grit 60
dark green 1
253.815
100 Ø
grit 100
blue
1
253.816
100 Ø
grit 200
light green 1
253.817
100 Ø
grit 400
yellow
1
253.818
100 Ø
grit 800
orange
1
253.819
100 Ø
grit 1500
red
1
253.820
100 Ø
grit 3000
brown
1
253.821
100 Ø
grit 10000
black
1
253.822
Dia-Jet velcro diamond discs wet in a set Set with 5 grains. For grinding and polishing. Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
100 Ø
grit 100 - 1500
5
253.823
Adapter plate For grinding rings with quick-action coupling. Thread M14. With rubber cushioning.
SPECIFICATIONS Max. performance up to 45 min. non-stop operation
200 x 200 x 270 mm
Primary voltage
230 V
Secondary voltage
230 V
Type TT 2000
QP
Order number
100 Ø
1
126.098
2000 VA
Size ( W x L x H)
Weight
Dimensions in mm
15,8 kg
Order no. 373.370
Grinding rings For plastic quick-action coupling backing pads, Order no. 126.098 Dimensions in mm
Grit
QP
Order number
100 Ø
F 30
1
126.144
100 Ø
F 60
1
126.152
100 Ø
F 120
1
126.160
269
Blind hole drills Overview of power tools
BHW 1549 VR
BED 18
Blind hole drill with integrated water feed with GFCI circuit breaker
Anchor drilling unit with integrated water feed with GFCI circuit breaker
• VR electronic control: with tachogenerator constant speed control, overload protection, and speed selector wheel • Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose • Integral water feed through the drive shaft ensures optimum cooling of diamond bits • For hand operation or for use on our BD 6 and BD 18 drill stands • Can also be used with FLEX pressurized water tanks • GFCI operator protector circuit breaker: integrated in cord • This machine is also available in 110 V
• VR electronic control: with tachogenerator constant speed control, overload protection, and speed selector wheel • Suction cup for fixing to smooth surfaces • Precise drill centring by accurate positioning with cross-hair registration marks • Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose • Adapter for vacuum extraction • Ideal for hard, fragile materials, including porcelain stoneware tiles, concrete, stone and masonry • When using FLEX industrial vacuums to extract drilling sludge, an additional vacuum is created to allow vacuum fastening of the drill stand • Integrated water feed through the drive shaft • GFCI operator protector circuit breaker: integrated in cord
SPECIFICATIONS Power input
1200 watt
Power output
700 watt
Speed under load No load speed Tool fixture Diamond drill Ø Weight
Type BHW 1549 VR
! Accessories from page 272 270
SPECIFICATIONS Power input
3000-9000 rpm
Power output
3500-10000 rpm
No load speed
M 14 5-10 mm 3,3 kg Standard equipment: 1 bail handle 1 open-ended wrench SW 17 Order no. 1 splash guard 299.197 1 metal carrying case
Tool fixture Diamond drill Ø Weight
Type BED 18
! Accessories from page 272
1200 watt 700 watt 3500-10000 rpm Standard equipment: M 14 1 suction cup 6-14 mm 1 bail handle 4,1 kg 1 stationary drill stand with column guide, BD 18 1 vacuum hose connection Order no. 1 sharpening stone 290.300 1 metal carrying case
Core drilling machines Overview of power tools
BED 69 Core drilling unit for drilling edges in facing slabs with GFCI circuit breaker • VR electronic control: with tachogenerator constant speed control, overload protection, and speed selector wheel • Clamping device: for slab thickness from 20 to 50 mm, with 2 adjustable stops (60/60 cm) • Integrated water feed through the drive shaft • Drilling unit works torsion-free and at an exact right angle • Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose • GFCI operator protector circuit breaker: integrated in cord
SPECIFICATIONS Power input
1200 watt
Power output
700 watt
No load speed
3500-10000 rpm
Tool fixture Diamond drill bit Ø Weight (complete unit)
Type BED 69
M 14 5-14 mm 15,5 kg
Order no.
Standard equipment: 254.175 Stationary drill stand BD 06
! Accessories from page 272 271
Core drilling machines Overview of power tools and accessories
BHW 812 VV
Wet drills for the BHW 1549 VR, BED 18 and BED 69
Core drilling machine for wet drilling with GFCI circuit breaker
Diamond hollow hole drill bits
• VV electronic control: constant speed control, soft start with continuous speed control trigger, overload protection, temperature monitoring and speed selection • Long additional handle: turns and latches in pre-set positions to absorb high torque in freehand operation • Safety slip clutch: offers protection if the core drill is jammed • Clamping neck: 53 mm, suitable for application in drilling stands • Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose • Integrated water feed through the drive shaft • GFCI operator protector circuit breaker: integrated in cord • Mechanical 2-speed gear unit and variable, electric speed setting provide optimum speeds for a wide range of drilling diameters • Suitable for hammer-free drilling of concrete, flush fitting of junction boxes flue connections and cutting breakthroughs • Also ideal for precise drilling holes to fix heavy-duty anchors
The hollow hole drill bits are suitable for use on machines with integrated water supply and M 14 spindle thread. Vibrationfree drilling in tiles (all hardnesses), fine stoneware (up to hardness 5), natural stone, granite. Designation
Diameter Length in mm in mm
QP
Order number
DD-WET D5x30 M14
5
30
1
386.359
DD-WET D6x30 M14
6
30
1
386.367
DD-WET D8x30 M14
8
30
1
386.375
30
1
386.383
DD-WET D10x30 M14 10
Hollow diamond drill bit M 14, wet, for natural stone and fine stoneware tiles. Dimensions in mm
T in mm
L in mm
QP
Order number
6Ø
58
88
1
315.052
8Ø
73
103
1
315.060
10 Ø
88
118
1
315.079
12 Ø
98
128
1
315.087
14 Ø
113
143
1
315.095
Accessories BED 18 Suction hose Vacuum hose, consisting of: 1 vacuum hose (255.505) and 1 vacuum hose connection (255.507).
SPECIFICATIONS Power input
1800 watt
Power output
1200 watt
Speed under load 1st/2nd gear Tool holder (inner Ø) Clamping neck Ø
53 mm
Max. drill hole Ø in concrete
85 mm
Max. drilling Ø masonry Weight
Type BHW 812 VV
272
185 mm 4,7 kg
Order no. 277.940
Order number
1
255.506
QP
Order number
1
255.505
QP
Order number
1
255.507
Suction hose
0-1000 / 0-3800 rpm G ½”
QP
Standard equipment: 1 handle 1 open-ended wrench SW 22 1 open-ended wrench SW 32 1 wrench case 1 drill depth stop 1 clamp fitting with ratchet clip and centering aid 1 plastic carry case
Vacuum hose connection
Bushhammers Overview of power tools
LST 803 VR
LST 1503 VR
Bushhammer for stairs and large surfaces
Bushhammer for stairs
• VR full-wave electronic control: with speed selection and constant speed control, soft start, overload protection. • Working width adjustable: 7 stages from approx. 55 mm to 130 mm • Guide: continuously adjustable for precise work along stone edges • Dust extraction: for use even in occupied buildings • Fitted with 80 aggressive carbide tips, the power tool rapidly and precisely copes with all roughening work • Sits comfortably in the hand and has a grip guard and a shaft handle, making it easy to guide • Rotating tool head on rubber bearings, reducing noise and vibration and increasing the life of the drive unit
• VR full-wave electronic control: with speed selection and constant speed control, soft start, overload protection. • Working width adjustable: 3 stages from approx. 40 mm up to 92 mm • Guide: continuously adjustable for precise work along stone edges • Dust extraction: for use even in occupied buildings • Fitted with 60 aggressive carbide tips, the power tool rapidly and precisely copes with all roughening work • Rotating tool head on rubber bearings, reducing noise and vibration and increasing the life of the drive unit • The grip guard directly over the tool enables precise guidance of the power tool
SPECIFICATIONS No load speed Power input Power output Working width Weight
Type LST 803 VR
! Accessories page 275
SPECIFICATIONS 800-2400 rpm 1800 watt 1200 watt Standard equipment: 55-130 mm 1 stop, complete 7,2 kg 1 carbide tipped complete 140 Ø 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 1 pin wrench Order no. 1 vacuum adapter 259.639 Vacuum hose extension
No load speed Power input Power output Working width Weight
Type LST 1503 VR
800-2400 rpm 1200 watt 700 watt Standard equipment: 40-92 mm 1 stop, complete 5,9 kg 1 carbide tipped complete 100 Ø 1 hexagon socket wrench, SW 5 1 pin wrench Order no. 1 vacuum adapter 259.229 Vacuum hose extension
! Accessories page 275 273
Dry grinders Overview of power tools
LG 1704 VR
LK 602 VR
1500 watt for heavy-duty grinding jobs, 178 mm
Polisher with grip hood for natural stone working
• Highly efficient and resilient motor for more power output • VR full-wave electronic control: with speed selection and constant speed control, soft start, overload protection. • Spindle lock: for easy disc changes • Ideally suited to low and medium-speed use with various grinding mediums • The grip guard directly over the tool enables precise guidance of the power tool
• VR electronic control: tachogenerator-controlled constant speed, soft-start, overload protection and speed selection • Integrated air deflection: protects against direct air flow • Perfect cooling for heavy-duty use. • Plastic grip guard allows extremely sensitive guiding • Grip hood: detachable • Rubber rest bar protects machine and surface of workpiece • Spindle lock: for easy tool change • Ideal for cleaning, conserving, polishing and care of natural stone flooring
SPECIFICATIONS Max. polishing pad diameter
SPECIFICATIONS Max. disc diameter
Max. back-up pad diameter 178 mm 1400-4200 rpm
No load speed
220 mm 175 mm 800-2400 rpm
Power input
1500 watt
Power input
1500 watt
Power output
1000 watt
Power output
1000 watt
Tool fixture
No load speed
Weight
Type LG 1704 VR
! Accessories page 275 274
2,7 kg
Order no.
Standard equipment: 293.768 1 side handle
Weight
Type LK 602 VR
! Accessories page 275
M 14 3,5 kg
Order no.
Standard equipment: 258.580 1 side handle
Dry grinding Accessories
Accessories LST 803 VR, LST 1503 VR Replacement carbide wheels
Diamond grinding pad
for LST 1503 VR
For use with velcro grinding disc 115 Ø. Grinding pads for dry grinding, a great advantage in the repair and renovation areas. Suitable for grinding and polishing granite worktops, fine stoneware tiles, floor tiles, concrete surfaces in the field of vision, natural stone on windowsills, cover panels, sculptures, steps.
QP
Order number
6
259.833
Designation Order number
Dimensions Grit in mm
QP
QP
Order number
DP 50 DRY D115
115 Ø
50
1
386.197
8
259.834
DP 100 DRY D115
115 Ø
100
1
386.200
DP 200 DRY D115
115 Ø
200
1
386.219
DP 400 DRY D115
115 Ø
400
1
386.227
DP 800 DRY D115
115 Ø
800
1
386.235
DP 1500 DRY D115
115 Ø
1500
1
386.243
DP 3000 DRY D115
115 Ø
3000
1
386.251
10000 1
386.278
for LST 803 VR
Replacement bearing block with 2 carbide wheels for LST 1503 VR and LST 803 VR QP
Order number
1
260.576
DP 10000 DRY D115 115 Ø
Cutting guard
Accessories for dry grinding
125 mm cutting guard Rubber coupling For all applications where a smooth sanding is required. Adapts itself together with the velcro backing pad flexibly to the surface of the workpiece. Is screwed on as an adapter between the M14 machine connection and the velcro backing pad. QP
Order number
1
240.338
With guide block and 32 mm Ø extraction nozzle for cutting discs with 125 mm Ø for flange without groove.
For secure attachment of the velcro diamond discs. M 14 connection. QP
Order number
100 Ø
1
253.814
Velcro backing pad Ø 115, Bowl Backing pad Bowl with velcro face for securing the abrasives with the velcro system. As damping elements 12 mm cellular rubber pads ensure uniform pressure distribution. Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
115 Ø
1
366.609
QP
Order number
125 Ø
1
254.797
With guide block and 32 mm Ø extraction nozzle for cutting discs with 125 mm Ø for flange with groove.
Velcro pad, soft
Dimensions in mm
Dimensions in mm
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
125 Ø
1
283.533
230 mm cutting guard For push and pull cuts with vacuum set and adjustable support, extraction nozzle with 32 mm outer Ø, collar Ø 62 mm, cut depth 65 mm max. Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
230 Ø
1
252.963
275
Stone working CS 60 WET
CS 60 WET. Diamond stone cutter for wet cuts. The CS 60 WET is a further development of the proven CSW 4161. With the CS 60 WET you cannot only cut cleanly and precisely, you can also make a perfect mitre cut in the range from 0-45°. It also has a cutting depth adjustment from 0-60 mm (with guide rail 0-54mm) and is therefore optimally suited to inserting weather grooves and water drainage channels in window sills or steps. The CS 60 WET is the ideal machine for stonemasons, kitchen and shop fitters and tilers who have to make exact cuts in natural and artificial stone; the machine can also be used in gardening and landscaping.
Powerhouse Powerful and high-output 1400 watt motor with high torque. Motor protection made of rubber prevents the direct intake of spray water and therefore protects the motor.
When you have to get a move on Cut marking at the base plate from 0°/30°/45° for rapid orientation
Tough performer The gearbox housing, the protective cover as well as the guide plate are made of highquality magnesium die-castings. Ideal for tough applications, e.g. in gardening and landscaping.
Supercooled Specially designed water supply for optimal cooling of the diamond tool.
GFCI operator protector circuit breaker Portable residual current device (PRCD) integrated in the cable for safe working.
Runs parallel Parallel stop with guide edge mounted upwards increases the contact surface of the saw bench. When the guide edge is mounted downwards, a cut can be made parallel to the workpiece edge.
Leadership The front handle also ensures that the machine is guided exactly.
Stepless The cutting depth can be adjusted steplessly and without any tools. Ideal in conjunction with the guide rail for inserting weather grooves and water drainage channels.
Spindle stop Easy tool change with the integrated spindle stop.
Maximum precision The applied scale enables the angle to be adjusted easily and exactly from 0-45°.
Coupled Quick coupling made of brass for easy connection of a ½” water hose.
All from one source Ergonomically shaped handle with on/off switch and lock for continuous operation.
277
Stone working CS 60 WET
Really good at an angle.
The diamont stone cutter for mitre cuts.
With the FLEX CS 60 WET diamond stone cutter you cannot only cut cleanly and precisely, you can also make a perfect mitre cut in the range from 0-45°.
Negative is not the same as positive
More mobility
Always in control
Thanks to the precise parallel stop which can be attached on either side, the CS 60 WET can also make a negative mitre cut.
In contrast to heavy stationary machines, the CS 60 WET is characterised by simple handling.
As the parallel stop is included in the product package, exact cuts can be made even without the aid of a guide rail.
278
Stone working CS 60 WET
Extremely free-cutting. For best results.
Jack of all trades
Quite long
Maximum flexibility.
The extremely rugged and reliable CS 60Â WET is ideal for cutting window sills, work surfaces, facing stones and terrazzo slabs in garden and landscaping, and cleaning up flooring joints.
Long cuts can be made with the CS 60 WET and the appropriate guide rail
If there is no direct water connection available, the FLEX water pressure tank WDÂ 10 is the ideal addition.
Clean edge
Can also plunge cut
Always straight
The guide rail, available as an accessory, can be used to cut clean and precise edge trims in the floor area.
The stepless cutting depth adjustment from 0-60 mm (with guide rail 0-54 mm) is particularly suitable for inserting expansion joints.
The CS 60 WET, in conjunction with the guide rail, is ideal for inserting weather grooves or water drainage channels in window sills or on the tops of walls.
279
Stone cutter Overview of power tools
CS 60 WET Diamond stone cutter for wet cuts, mitre cuts up to 45 °, with GFCI circuit breaker • High-performance motor: extra powerful for stone cutting and joint milling • Continuous cut depth setting from 0-60 mm, with rail guide up to 54 mm. In the mitre cut from 0-44 mm, with guide rail up to 38 mm • Continuous angle adjustment for mitre cuts from 0-45° • Cut marking at the base plate from 0°/30°/45° for rapid orientation • High-quality magnesium die-castings for protective cover and base plates • Motor protection made of rubber prevents the direct intake of spray water • Water supply: for an effective cooling of the diamond blade • Quick-fit brass coupling: for ½” water hose • GFCI operator protector circuit breaker: integrated in cord • Ideal for: Inserting water grooves in window sills or steps, work tops, facade slabs, terazzo slabs in garden design & landscaping, joint renovation in the floor • Spindle lock
SPECIFICATIONS Diamond cutting disc Ø / arbor (inside Ø) Cutting depth / with guide rail Mitre cuttings
170 / 22,2 mm 60 / 54 mm 0-45°
Depth of cut - mitre cut
5-44 mm
Depth of cut mitre cut with guide rail
0-38 mm
No load speed Power input Power output Weight
Type CS 60 WET
! Accessories from page 281 280
6200 rpm 1400 watt Standard equipment: 840 watt 1 diamond cutting disc with 4,5 kg segmented cutting edge 1 wrench for saw blade change 1 parallel guide fence Order no. 1 plastic system case 374.016 1 case insert
Stone cutter Accessories
Accessories CSW 4161, CS 60 WET Connector for guide rail GRS
Diamond cutting disc
Precise metal connector for connecting two guide rails GRS. When not in use, the connector can be parked in the guide rail with the included tool wrench SW 5 - screw driver.
With turbo segments for a clean wet cut; suitable for tiles and fine stoneware of any thickness up to hardness 5, marble, slate, granite and natural stone. Designation
Dimensions in mm
Turbo-F-Jet D170x22,2 170 Ø x 22,2
QP
Order number
1
386.189
QP
Order number
1
353.272
End caps Replacement parts for GRS 80/160 guide rails QP
Order number
2
364.967
Antislip profile Replacement parts for GRS 80/160 guide rails With segmented cutting edge, vibration-dampened. For granite, marble, sandstone, concrete.
QP
Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
170 Ø x 22,2
1
347.515
Order number
6,8 m 366.854
Anti-splinter guard Replacement parts for GRS 80/160 guide rails
With closed cutting edge for a clean wet-cut, suitable for tiles, marble plates and ceramics. Dimensions in mm
QP
Order number
170 Ø x 22,2
1
367.214
QP
Order number
3,4 m 366.846
Plastic system case Systainer for machine and accessories.
Guide rail GRS Precise aluminium profile with anodized sliding coating and guide rib.. Plugged rubber lip as contact edge at the marking, anti slip protection on the bottom. Connector 353.272 can be used to extend the guide rails as required.
Designation
Length in mm
QP
Order number
GRS 80
800
1
353.280
GRS 160
1600
1
359.351
Size ( W x L x H)
QP
Order number
281 x 360 x 272
1
353.302
Insert for systainer Insert for CSW 4161 or CS 60 WET and accessories, fits systainer 353.302. QP
Order number
1
353.310
281
Carrying case system Box on Box
The new carrying case system from FLEX ensures order. Whether safe transportation, skilful storage or just sensible packaging, the new “Box on Box” organisation system from FLEX combines all the requirements of modern trade. Machine, accessories or consumables – everything has its place in one of the “Box on Box” variants. Neatly and clearly arranged in elaborate inserts, adapted to the requirements of the vast range of applications. At a glance you can see whether everything is in the correct place. This saves time and avoids looking unnecessarily for items on the site or in the workshop.
Selection made simple Simply attach the boxes – they lock automatically. Additional use of buckles or handles is not necessary.
Everything in its right place Everything at a glance. Thanks to the elaborate inserts, the machines, accessories and consumables are clearly arranged. This saves time.
Duo-Click system The boxes are simply and quickly released by the side handles.
One case, several inserts There are various matching inserts available depending on the requirement (machines or accessories).
Easy handling All functional elements are colour coded and easy to operate.
Compact and secure No danger from flying cases. Stored compactly, securely and stably.
Just in case Rigid drill holes have been prepared for the use of a padlock*. The contents can then be locked securely.
Everything at hand Simply stack and conveniently carry boxes.
*Lock is not included in the product package
282
Carrying case system Box on Box
Duo-Click system The “Box on Box” system is based on a standard size. This allows the boxes to be connected easily by an innovative Duo-Click system and therefore to be selected simply and quickly for the site and stored securely in the vehicle. A simple handle separates the boxes from each other again. And when work is complete, the boxes are quickly and simply reconnected and removed using the Duo-Click system.
SPECIFICATIONS Size ( W x L x H)
TK-L BoB-1 464 x 335 x 142 mm 2,2 kg
Weight
SPECIFICATIONS Size ( W x L x H)
TK-L BoB-2 464 x 335 x 212 mm 2,5 kg
Weight
Type
Order no.
TK-L BoB-1
392.634*
TK-L BoB-2
392.642*
*Case without contents and case insert
283
Warranty
For your safety. Electrical safety of operation Faulty tools pose a hazard to the user when precautions are not taken seriously in high voltage areas, to prevent electric shock. FLEX electrical power tools are insulated according to the safety classes I and II from EN 60745.
Electrical safety devices 1. Machines with water supply The safety of FLEX machines with water supply is guaranteed as follows: a) Isolating transformer Devices that are equipped with a plug (position of the earth pin: 12h) acc. to IEC 60309-2 are delivered in safety class II and can be operated only in combination with a isolating transformer according to EN61558. b) Residual current operated device (GFCI) Machines with a GFCI in the power supply line (trip current 10 mA) are supplied with increased insulation and protective earth conductor (earthed connection of the metal parts that can be touched from outside).
service stations authorised by FLEX. An assertion of claims exists only when used appropriately. Excluded from this warranty are in particular regular operational wear, improper use, partially or completely disassembled power tools, as well as damage due to overload of the machine, the use of non-permitted, defective, or improperly applied tools. Damages caused by the machine on the application tool or workpiece, use of force, consequential damages, that can be traced to improper or insufficient maintenance by the customer or third parties, damaging due to external influence such as sand or stones as well as damages due to nonobservance of the instructions such as connection to wrong voltages or type of electricity. FLEX machines meet all legal trade and professional association safety regulations. FLEX stands for practical solutions and professional quality down to the last detail. Should there be any faults on a machine, the FLEX manufacturer warranty will take care of it, quickly and unbureaucratically.
Details of machine weight. The weights in our catalogue have been established on the basis of the EPTA Procedure 1/2003.
2. Transportable motor driven electrical power tools acc. EN 61029-1 Residual current operated device (GFCI) Machines with a GFCI in the power supply line (trip circuit 30Â mA) are supplied with increased insulation and protective earth conductor (earthed connection of the metal parts that can be touched from outside).
Radio interference suppression FLEX electrical power tools are shielded according to ENÂ 55014 and EN 61000 according to EU directive 2004/108/EC.
Warranty When purchasing a new machine FLEX provides a, 2-year manufacturer warranty, beginning on the day of the sale of the machine to the end customer. The warranty covers only damages that can be traced back to material and/or manufacturing faults as well as the non-compliance of promised features. In case of assertion of claims from this warranty the original sales receipt that shows the purchase date has to be submitted. Warranty repairs may be made only by shops or
284
Technical modifications and illustrations. Our FLEX electrical power tools are always brought to the current state of the art. We therefore reserve the right to change technical specifications. Illustrations are also non-binding.
Electronics
Tuning for FLEX machines. More power, gradual acceleration of the speed that is easy on the motor, speeds kept in the optimal range, and safe protection from overload. Those are, briefly summarised, the typical characteristics of FLEX electronics.
is regulated appropriately. It goes full throttle for example if there is an extra load until the set speed has been reached again. If the motor is unduly loaded, the drawing of current is automatically reduced to a â&#x20AC;&#x17E;healthyâ&#x20AC;&#x153; level.
A further advantage on machines with greater wattage is the starting-current limitation. It briefly reduces the high starting current and thus prevents the tripping of the fuse in the mains.
In highly loaded motors a temperature monitoring with PTC resistance is fitted. It protects the windings from overheating and overloading.
The tachometer generator is also a technology with many great features. It constantly monitors the speed of the armature. If it deviates from the nominal value, the current
Using FLEX electronics, the motor output can be increased up to 40% compared with machines which are not supported electronically.
Speed
Constant nominal speed under load for machines with electronics
power increase
Machine with electronics
Machine without electronics Load min.
Load max.
Thanks to the electronic increase in output, the machine can extend its nominal speed or the set nominal speed (with variable speed control) even under load compared with a machine which is not supported electronically. To achieve this without electronics, a more powerful motor would have to be used. This would result in a heavier and more unwieldy machine. The constantly maintained nominal speed also provides more efficient cooling. This increases the service life of the machine considerably.
285
How to find us
ervice
FLEX S
centre
FLEX-Elektrowerkzeuge GmbH Bahnhofstrasse 15 71711 Steinheim/Germany Phone: +49 (0) 7144 828-0 Fax: +49 (0) 7144 25899 Internet: www.flex-tools.com
FLEX Customer service
FLEX Service centre
FLEX retailers
Our customer service can be reached by phone Monday through Friday and any day via the Internet. For all questions about FLEX quality electrical power tools, accessories, and spare parts, but also for quick referral to the nearest FLEX dealer in your area.
In case your FLEX requires service - no problem: You send your machine with a brief fault description to our local service centre, we will carry out the service and send your FLEX back to you as fast as possible. And should you have any questions on the technology or the accessories, just give us a call.
No question: advance technology is accompanied by knowledgeable specialist consulting. That is why FLEX quality electrical power tools are available exclusively from qualified dealers. And qualified means in this case: Whoever is a FLEX dealer has been trained on FLEX and has competent answers for the trickiest questions.
Customer service: Phone: +49 (0) 7144 828-0 Fax: +49 (0) 7144 25899 E-mail: info@flex-tools.com Internet: www.flex-tools.com Should you wish to give us your opinion, make suggestions on improving FLEX machines, or tell us how we can expand our program â&#x20AC;&#x201C; please send us an e-mail: IhreMeinung@flex-tools.com
286
Notes
287
Notes
288
268.887/03-13 Printed in Germany. Imprimé en Allemagne.
Your FLEX retailer
FLEX-Elektrowerkzeuge GmbH Bahnhofstraße 15 71711 Steinheim Germany Phone +49 7144 828-0 Fax +49 7144 25899 info@flex-tools.com www.flex-tools.com Subject to technical alterations.